melhor cassino online
mr bet casino JogabilidadeThe Breakdown 4.5 9 As you will see, when we talk about Urikar AT1 we do it about a device in which quality is imposed to offer the most effective and pleasant massages you can find. Every single detail has been implemented with the aim of shaping a unique massage gun that can be yours right now. EASE OF USE 9 PERFORMANCE 9 DESIGN 9 BATTERY LIFE 9 EFFECTIVENESS 9 In order to deeply stimulate your muscles before or after a workout, the massage gun is an ideal ally. An excellent product to help you recover effectively after a good workout at home or outdoors.聽More and more people are using massage guns. The advantages of these devices are multiple, for example they make it possible to prevent cramps, reduce muscle pain, activate muscles before going to train or accelerate a rehabilitation process after injury. If you wanted to invest in this type of device, know that the Urikar AT1 currently available and it is one of the best solutions out there.The Urikar AT1 offers 3600 percussions per minute, 8 speed levels and a force of 30 kg. The main advantage of this device is the presence of AI. Thanks to the automatic mode, it will advise you on the place you want to massage and preconfigure the massage gun. In addition, the device automatically recognizes each massage head. This will allow you to view the areas to be massaged directly on the screen of the device, but above all to have preconfigured settings for each different use.Urikar officially established in Colorado, USA聽in 2015.聽In 2019, Urikar produced the world’s first AI-powered massage which highlights a user-oriented smart dashboard and a massage speed that adapts to movement.聽Urikar achieved annual sales surpassing 1 billion only five years after the enterprise’s inception. In an effort to cultivate healthier, manageable habits in conjunction with minimizing muscle pains, Urikar remains up-to-date with the most current technological advancements.Key FeaturesThe first AI-powered smart massage gun with massage head recognitionInfrared human body induction with self-adaptive massage speedNFC-powered deep-tissue massage8-speed levelsFlashing breathing light makes it look very technologicalSmart display with massage speeds, massage duration time, battery level, the massage head currently in use.Works smoothly with operation noise as low as 49dB2600mAh battery allows it to last up to 10 hours6 interchangable massage heads65W brushless motor, penetrating up to 16mm into deep musclesUnboxing The Urikar AT1 massage gun brings health to your musclesPercussion guns, also known as massage guns, can relieve pain and/or muscle tension through vibrations. One of the latest models is the Urikar AT1 which, unlike a common percussion gun, also adds the advantages of artificial intelligence to the massage to improve the user experience and obtain more immediate benefits. It is now available for purchase, and below you can take a look at its technical characteristics to get a more precise idea.Urikar AT1 has a chip that allows it to immediately recognize the massage head as soon as you insert it, providing complete instructions on the small touch LCD screen for an optimal massage (where, at what speed and for how long and etc). In addition, the infrared sensor ensures intelligent adaptation of the percussion speed according to the distance between the device and the part of the body, greatly extending the battery life.Powered by a professional-grade 65W brushless motor using patented QuietPower 2.0 technology, the AT1 offers approximately 30kg of force, 16mm amplitude and speeds of up to 3600rpm. Thanks to six differently shaped silicone massage heads and the ergonomic quadrangular handle, the percussion gun can be applied to small and large muscle groups, such as quadriceps, buttocks and adductors, stimulating circulation and accelerating post-workout recovery. Urikar AT1 has a 2600 mAh rechargeable lithium battery, for 10 hours of continuous use per single charge and then for weeks with an application of 15 minutes per day.Compared to its competitors, AT1 is not only more effective but also quieter, thanks to the graphene coating that reduces the coefficient of friction and therefore noise by up to 30%. It is also small and light (weighs only 1.2Kg), so you can put it into your bag without difficulty and used at any time.Urikar AT1: A personal percussion massager with AITo perform an effective work, you must first understand that not all parts of the body need the same care and how the muscles are located, that is why the聽AT1 has a chip with AI and infrared to locate the part of the body where it has been placed and what is the massage to be performed.Once the area is monitored, the motor with QuietPower 2.0 technology performs its work with an聽intensity that can reach 3,600 percussions per minute聽with an amplitude of 16 millimeters.聽It is calculated that it reaches 80% more depth than the massagers that have been used as a general rule.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramAll the features that we have listed are within reach of the user thanks to the聽LCD screen that incorporates Urikar AT1.聽In it you can read the information and configure aspects such as the intensity of the massage, the time it will last, the area, etc.From then on, the massage will be a relaxing activity for the muscles and the brain, something in which special effort has been put by Urikar when coating the gun with graphene to reduce the impact and noise by 30% compared to the competition. This quiet operation coupled with the lightness of the massage gun make the AT1 one of the most comfortable and enjoyable models that can be found.Urikar AT1 is a device that you can use at home, but also after training wherever you are or take with you on vacation or work trips. The muscles never rest and in some cases the discomfort that they have continues at all times, that is why it has a design to go with you whenever you want.Urikar AT1 VS CompetitorsAmong the key feature that makes AT1 stand out is the noise level. AT1 can greatly reduce the coefficient of friction and provide impressively high performance while producing minimal noise. It has reduced the overall for more than 30% than competitors. Also, AT1 is small and lightweight, weighing only 1.2kg, you can put it into your bag and take it anywhere.This massage gun is suitable for everyone, whether youre an athlete constantly dealing with muscle pains and soreness or a regular person struggling with text neck, or you want to relieve your own tension at home, it is definitely your best choice. The ease of use, flexibility and simplicity of changing intensity and descriptive massage heads make AT1 a 5-star product in every way.How to Properly Use the Massage GunFind the pain spots (buffing with a lower gear).After the 1st step, do not press the pain spot hardly. Hold the massage gun in a suspended position, then hit the pain spot for about one minute.After you have adjusted to the speed, increase the gear or change smaller heads to increase relaxation intensity. Further relax if needed.After full relaxation, hit on the desired muscle for 5 to 10 minutes.Availability and price聽So, the URIKAR AT1 is available for purchase through the company’s official site, where it enjoys a promotional discount for its recent launch.聽Its usual price is $ 269.99 but you can get it for only $229.99 on Amazon.galaxyno casino Jogabilidade
The Breakdown 4.0 7.9 Design is great and the addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is good, the mobile took an OTA update and looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good buy especially for those who are not into video recording. Performance 7.9 Battery 7.9 Camera 7.9 Value for money 7.9 Build quality 7.9 TECNO Mobile is a premium smartphone brand from TRANSSION Holdings.聽 TECNO unlocks the best of contemporary technologies in artistic designs, showcasing its mastery of serving the youth-generation consumers who are young at heart, and inspiring them to never stop pursuing excellence. TECNOs success in the global emerging market has been attributed to tailoring its phones features to the needs of the local market and is always committed to provide the users the latest technologies for the youth-generation consumers who are “young at heart”.The manufacturer is looking forward to increasing its share of the market pie and debuted a variety of modern smartphones last semester. In our hands we hold one of these smartphones, the Tecno Spark 7 Pro.This brand new Spark 7 Pro comes with good specs for a mobile phone in the entry-level category. There is a main 48MP AI camera, a 90 Hz display, a 5000 mAh battery and a Helio G80 chipset. We used this phone for two weeks and below you can read our impressions using this device as a main smartphone for all purposes.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – SpecificationsDimensions: 164.9*76.2*8.8mmMaterial: Glass front, plastic frame, plastic back.Display: IPS LCD, 90Hz, 6.6 inches, 105.2 cm2 (~89.5% screen-to-body ratio),720 x 1600 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~266 ppi density).CPU: Mediatek Helio G80 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.0 GHz Cortex-A75 & 6×1.8 GHz. Cortex-A55).GPU: Mali-G52 MC2.RAM+ROM: 64GB 4GB RAM, 64GB 6GB RAM, 128GB 4GB RAM eMMC 5.1, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 5000 mAh.Connectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n/ac, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE Cat4 150/50 MbpsGSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 850 / 900 / 2100LTE/4GBiometrics: Fingerprint (rear-mounted).Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash48 MP, PDAFSecondary unknown cameraThird unknown cameraSelfie Camera: 8 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: [email protected] Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: Micro USB, 3.5mm jack.Sound: 24-bit/192kHz audio.Sensors: FM radio,accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Alps Blue, Spruce Green, Neon Dream, Magnet Black.Software: Android 11, HIOS 7.5.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – UnboxingThe handset comes in a yellow box with a nice finish using “T” hidden letters and a large glossy SPARK 7 PRO blue font. Around the box there are stickers with information about the included device. The Spark 7 Pro in our hands is the 4/128 GB version in Spruce Green. Tecno informs us that the smartphone has 13 months of guarantee as a 12+1 offer. Generally speaking this is a nice retail box. Inside the box we can see the normal sum for most of the smartphones in this price range:The Spark 7 Pro smartphoneA USB-C to USB-A data transfer / charging cableA simple 5V/2A wall chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA Silicone soft caseJudging from the above I am really happy that earphones are included in the box – these times even a charger is considered a luxury. On the other hand, a first for me is the absence of user manuals, quick set up guides and the guarantee leaflet. A guide exists in the Settings of the smartphone.A plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but… yeah soft, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case.You can buy TECNO Spark 7 Pro from hereTECNO Spark 7 Pro – DesignTecno has designed a very nice phone that has nothing missing from smartphones in the category, even the best sellers from Redmi or Realme.聽 The 6.6 inch display comes with medium sized bezels, having a bit bigger chin. There is a hole for the selfie camera on the top left side. What is weird here is the fact that the camera itself is not wide in diameter but the display has a larger hole.My opinion is that the people wanted the hole to appear to buyers and users, as a mean to prove that Spark 7 Pro is modern and not an old notched design smartphone. The display itself is flat and big. Over the display is a very wide hidden horizontal line for the earphone, perfectly designed to listen to your caller without having to center a smaller earpiece to your ear. There is no second speaker in the phone or notification light – there is nothing else in the front.What’s insideThe side frame is connected to the back panel and is one big curvy piece of plastic. There is a line to separate them as a design detail but there is only one panel here. On the left side we can see the tray where 2 SIM cards and a microSD card fit. On the right side we can see two volume buttons and under them the lock/power on button. The position of them is ok, I can reach them easily with my thumb.The three buttons are well made without rattling. There are no visible bands because the smartphone’s sides and back are plastic. The top has nothing of interest while the bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a noise-canceling microphone, a microUSB port and a speaker grille. A drawback in my opinion is the inclusion of a microUSB port. I know that this is cheaper and people have a lot of chargers to lay around but it is 2021 and companies must stop providing smartphones and chargers based on this protocol.Build qualityThe back panel is amazing! The smartphone is separated in parts – there is a vertical part with almost glossy design (in green color) that takes some space on the left side. The rest is matte (in green color as well) and looks like sand-blast texture. In the center and almost in the top we can see the fingerprint reader. On the left we have a huge but elegantly designed camera area. The big vertical setup is divided into the top part, where we can see 3 camera sensors and into the lower part where we see the SPARK logo, an AI log and a 48 MP triple camera logo. The almost matte part divides the camera island.The main part is mirrorish here with the thinner right side providing an almost clear reflection. On the thin right side, inside the camera area we can see a LED. Top down on the panel we can see the TECNO brand logo in a not so mat reflection finish. The division between matte and sand-blast texture and the very beautiful camera area makes a very elegant device. TECNO is focusing on the artistic / presentation of this device and have surely succeeded in it.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramYou will not find any protection for water or dust – you can understand this from the SIM tray, there is no rubber seal. So guys, be carefull with water or any usage under heavy rain.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – HardwareThe display is a 6.6 inches IPS LCD panel with a refresh rate of 90Hz. It has a 89.5% screen-to-body ratio and a resolution of 720 x 1600 pixels. The side ratio is聽 20:9 ratio and there is a 266 ppi density. The panel is not very bright, you will have to shade it in mid-summer sun. Colors and angles of view are good. Generally this is a good budget panel for all kind of usage.The driving power behind this smartphone is the Mediatek Helio G80 SoC. It is an 8-core chipset that was announced on February 3, 2020, manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. The chipset packs 2 cores Cortex-A75 at 2000 MHz and 6 cores Cortex-A55 at 1800 MHz. Obviously this isn’t something extravagant, just a decent SoC that provides good processing power but you will not be able to play high render 3D games or multitask. We can also find Mali-G52 MC2 for graphics and eMMC 5.1 for storage. The smartphone comes with 4/64GB, 6/64GB and 4/128GB versions. There is no software lagging or heating issues. Spark 7 Pro has a single loudspeaker and music sounds ok in all levels of volume. Sound in calls and video-calls is ok but nothing to brag about. Connectivity is also good. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions and by the way, its GPS is instantaneous. Unlock featuresThere are two ways to unlock 7 Pro. Face-unlock is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.The other way is the back panel fingerprint reader. Be careful here, you must do a good setup else the scanner is not working probably, as it did in my case. I deleted all data and passed my fingerprints again and the result was a very accurate and extremely fast process. The in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use it only and disable Face Unlock for the reasons I explained. Adding also on this, is the speed that the in-display sensor unlocks the phone – it is ultra fast, the company advertises a speed of聽 0.12 seconds.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – SoftwareThe smartphone comes with Android 11 which is an amazing offer for this price segment. This is the first time that I used HIOS 7.5. It brings all the functions and abilities ROMs have these days. I have to mention that there’s some bloatware and advertisement as we see in other similarly priced smartphones. There were no major bugs or limitations and I believe with a little polishing HIOS can stand next to other skins but it needs a lot of work to reach MIUI or OxygenOS levels.The customisation is rich with many features, a theme shop and a dark mode. We can find a memory boost app, Phone Master – a general taking care app, a private app shop called Palm Store, a browser, Instant Apps – a very nice shortcut app to various games and apps that you can use without installing, a Community app for Tecno, various tools, and various other applications like music stores, data share apps etc. Especially in Notifications we are constantly bombarded by information and advertisement鈥 The good thing is that we can find Google Services and you can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is more light and user friendlyI have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs a user wants and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption. HIOS 7.5 also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. I hope Tecno will continue to provide updates for this phone. TECNO Spark 7 Pro – CameraTecno Spark 7 Pro comes with an AI 48 megapixel triple rear camera. I tried to find more information about the two smaller lenses and after a time I discovered that the one is a 2 megapixel depth sensor and a AI lens. The camera setup is paired with a quad LED flash. I have no idea what the latter sensor can do but the company advertises the system as AI capable. Indeed inside the camera app – a nice app, rich in details – we can find a lot of gimmicks that are around the Beauty and AR shot functions. A lot of work is done on the selfie camera. On the front we can find an 8-megapixel selfie camera with an aperture of f/2.0 and a dual adjustable flashlight.The phone has an eye-tracking autofocus – a first for me and weird to look at, it reminds me of a sci-fi film. The user can also take pictures only by smiling! The camera app has Super Night, Portrait, Google Lens, Beauty, Video, AI cam and Short Video. The latter is for usage on social media and has a lot of extras for visual effects. The company has added fun in the usage of the camera and I spent a lot of time playing with it. Camera featuresTaking into consideration the camera installation I was surprised at how good daylight pictures are. The 48 MP sensor works perfectly. I cant tell whether the depth / AI lenses help. This phone could be sold with a single camera in other times, but seeing how multi-camera phones push sales, all companies provide extra lenses. Night photos are good in case of light and get better with Night mode. I dont think anyone will complain about the camera.Video is another story. Video resolutions include shooting them at 30fps for 720p, 1080p and at 2K. While it provides similar quality with the photography day or night there is ZERO stabilization. The result is good only when the phone is stable somewhere. If you move it a bit it becomes a mess. Sound is not recorded well, I would prefer less lenses and EIS / sound improvements.TECNO Spark 7 Pro聽 – Battery The huge Li-Po 5000 battery and the software added by TECNO is an excellent combination that provides two days of light usage or one day of medium usage (no gaming). SOT is about 8-9 hours which is a top performance.I cannot say the same for the charging speed. The old type micro-USB 5V/2A wall charger is at 10W and that means a long, long charging procedure. You will need about 3 hours for a full change and there is no flash charge in case of need.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – ConclusionTecno Spark 7 Pro is a budget device with a lot of advantages and just a few shortcomings. The display is excellent with 90Hz frame rate but the brightness is mediocre. The SoC is energy efficient and stable and cool but 3D gaming or multitasking is a hassle. Camera has good performance but the lack of electronic image stabilization and sound of the video recording hurts the total performance in the area.Software is rich but needs polishing to remove some of the bloatware. There is a 5000mAh battery with top standby/usage times, but the charging is a tiring task left for night sleep. Design is great and the addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is good, the mobile took an OTA update and looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good buy but only for those who are not into video recording.Pros48MP camera90 Hz Display5000 mAh BatteryOTA update on Android 11The Breakdown 4.7 9.3 If your primary use case involves media consumption and light productivity, the MagicPad 2 is hard to beat. However, for those needing more power or a broader app ecosystem, the iPad Air remains a strong alternative. Quality 9.3 Display 9.3 Android 9.3 Battery 9.3 Performance 9.3 The Honor MagicPad 2 is a standout in the Android tablet market, boasting features and performance that rival more expensive competitors like the iPad Pro. Priced at around $600, this tablet offers an impressive 12.3-inch OLED display with a 3000 x 1920 resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. This results in vibrant colors and exceptional brightness, making it ideal for both productivity and entertainment.Honor provided me with the MaigcPad 2, as well as the Magic Keyboard and Magic Pencil accessories for the purposes of this review. However, the company had no saying in the contents of this hands on presentation.Design and Build QualityThe Honor MagicPad 2 features a slim and sleek design, measuring just 0.23 inches thick and weighing 1.2 pounds, making it easy to carry around. The premium aluminum chassis gives it a high-end look and feel, while the thin bezels surrounding the screen provide an immersive viewing experience. It鈥檚 available in multiple colors, adding to its aesthetic appeal. Display: A Visual TreatThe highlight of the Honor MagicPad 2 is its stunning OLED display. With a peak brightness of 1600 nits, it offers superior visibility even in bright environments. The 100% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage ensures accurate color reproduction, perfect for creative professionals working with visuals. The 144Hz refresh rate makes scrolling and animations smooth, enhancing the overall user experience.Compared to the M4 iPad Pro, the MagicPad 2 holds its own, providing similar, if not better, display quality at a significantly lower price. Watching HDR content, such as movies or high-definition videos, is a pleasure due to the deep blacks and vivid colors.Performance: Good Enough for Most TasksPowered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 chipset and 12GB of RAM, the MagicPad 2 handles everyday tasks like web browsing, document editing, and media consumption with ease. While it may not match the processing power of Apple鈥檚 M2 chip in the iPad Air, it is sufficient for most users who don鈥檛 require high-end performance for intensive tasks like video editing or gaming. For casual gaming and multitasking, the tablet performs well. However, it may show some lag under heavy multitasking or during graphically demanding games. This makes it more suitable for users whose primary needs are productivity and media consumption rather than intensive computing.Software and Features: Enhanced Android ExperienceThe MagicPad 2 runs on MagicOS 8, based on Android 14. This custom skin provides a refined user interface that enhances the Android experience with features like split-screen multitasking and an optimized office suite. The MagicOS attempts to bridge the gap between Android and iOS, offering a fluid and intuitive UI that makes the most out of the large display.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramOne of the standout features is the AI-driven Magic Portal, which suggests quick actions based on user habits, improving productivity and ease of use. The AI Defocus Display is another innovative feature, reducing eye strain by subtly blurring peripheral areas of the screen while keeping the center sharp. Honor MagicPad 2 Battery Life: All-Day UsageThe MagicPad 2 is equipped with a 10,050mAh battery, offering up to 10 hours of continuous usage on a single charge. Whether you鈥檙e watching your favorite series or working on the go, this tablet won鈥檛 leave you searching for a charger midday. The included 66W fast charger can juice up the device to 50% in just 30 minutes, minimizing downtime.Accessories: Elevating ProductivityFor those looking to use the Honor MagicPad 2 for work, the Smart Bluetooth Keyboard and MagicPen 3 are essential accessories. The keyboard provides a comfortable typing experience with responsive keys, while the MagicPen 3 offers precision for note-taking and drawing. These accessories transform the tablet into a versatile tool for productivity, making it a strong contender against other tablets in its class.What We LikeDisplay Quality: The OLED screen is the best in its class, with vibrant colors and high brightness.Design: Slim, lightweight, and premium feel, making it a pleasure to use and carry.Battery Life: Long-lasting battery that supports all-day use and fast charging.MagicOS 8: A polished UI with thoughtful features that make Android tablets more user-friendly.What We Don鈥檛 LikePerformance Limitations: While adequate for most users, the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 may struggle with intensive tasks.App Ecosystem: Despite MagicOS 8鈥檚 enhancements, Android still lags behind iOS in tablet-optimized apps.Software Updates: Honor鈥檚 update track record isn鈥檛 as strong as competitors, which could affect long-term support.Honor MagicPad 2: A Worthy ContenderThe Honor MagicPad 2 is an impressive Android tablet that offers a premium experience at a mid-range price. It excels in display quality, build, and usability, making it a great choice for users looking for a versatile device for entertainment and light productivity. While it doesn鈥檛 match the raw power of the iPad Air or Pro, its value proposition is undeniable, especially if you鈥檙e looking for an alternative to Apple鈥檚 ecosystem.The Breakdown 4.7 9.3 If your primary use case involves media consumption and light productivity, the MagicPad 2 is hard to beat. However, for those needing more power or a broader app ecosystem, the iPad Air remains a strong alternative. Quality 9.3 Display 9.3 Android 9.3 Battery 9.3 Performance 9.3 The Honor MagicPad 2 is a standout in the Android tablet market, boasting features and performance that rival more expensive competitors like the iPad Pro. Priced at around $600, this tablet offers an impressive 12.3-inch OLED display with a 3000 x 1920 resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. This results in vibrant colors and exceptional brightness, making it ideal for both productivity and entertainment.Honor provided me with the MaigcPad 2, as well as the Magic Keyboard and Magic Pencil accessories for the purposes of this review. However, the company had no saying in the contents of this hands on presentation.Design and Build QualityThe Honor MagicPad 2 features a slim and sleek design, measuring just 0.23 inches thick and weighing 1.2 pounds, making it easy to carry around. The premium aluminum chassis gives it a high-end look and feel, while the thin bezels surrounding the screen provide an immersive viewing experience. It鈥檚 available in multiple colors, adding to its aesthetic appeal. Display: A Visual TreatThe highlight of the Honor MagicPad 2 is its stunning OLED display. With a peak brightness of 1600 nits, it offers superior visibility even in bright environments. The 100% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage ensures accurate color reproduction, perfect for creative professionals working with visuals. The 144Hz refresh rate makes scrolling and animations smooth, enhancing the overall user experience.Compared to the M4 iPad Pro, the MagicPad 2 holds its own, providing similar, if not better, display quality at a significantly lower price. Watching HDR content, such as movies or high-definition videos, is a pleasure due to the deep blacks and vivid colors.Performance: Good Enough for Most TasksPowered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 chipset and 12GB of RAM, the MagicPad 2 handles everyday tasks like web browsing, document editing, and media consumption with ease. While it may not match the processing power of Apple鈥檚 M2 chip in the iPad Air, it is sufficient for most users who don鈥檛 require high-end performance for intensive tasks like video editing or gaming. For casual gaming and multitasking, the tablet performs well. However, it may show some lag under heavy multitasking or during graphically demanding games. This makes it more suitable for users whose primary needs are productivity and media consumption rather than intensive computing.Software and Features: Enhanced Android ExperienceThe MagicPad 2 runs on MagicOS 8, based on Android 14. This custom skin provides a refined user interface that enhances the Android experience with features like split-screen multitasking and an optimized office suite. The MagicOS attempts to bridge the gap between Android and iOS, offering a fluid and intuitive UI that makes the most out of the large display.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramOne of the standout features is the AI-driven Magic Portal, which suggests quick actions based on user habits, improving productivity and ease of use. The AI Defocus Display is another innovative feature, reducing eye strain by subtly blurring peripheral areas of the screen while keeping the center sharp. Honor MagicPad 2 Battery Life: All-Day UsageThe MagicPad 2 is equipped with a 10,050mAh battery, offering up to 10 hours of continuous usage on a single charge. Whether you鈥檙e watching your favorite series or working on the go, this tablet won鈥檛 leave you searching for a charger midday. The included 66W fast charger can juice up the device to 50% in just 30 minutes, minimizing downtime.Accessories: Elevating ProductivityFor those looking to use the Honor MagicPad 2 for work, the Smart Bluetooth Keyboard and MagicPen 3 are essential accessories. The keyboard provides a comfortable typing experience with responsive keys, while the MagicPen 3 offers precision for note-taking and drawing. These accessories transform the tablet into a versatile tool for productivity, making it a strong contender against other tablets in its class.What We LikeDisplay Quality: The OLED screen is the best in its class, with vibrant colors and high brightness.Design: Slim, lightweight, and premium feel, making it a pleasure to use and carry.Battery Life: Long-lasting battery that supports all-day use and fast charging.MagicOS 8: A polished UI with thoughtful features that make Android tablets more user-friendly.What We Don鈥檛 LikePerformance Limitations: While adequate for most users, the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 may struggle with intensive tasks.App Ecosystem: Despite MagicOS 8鈥檚 enhancements, Android still lags behind iOS in tablet-optimized apps.Software Updates: Honor鈥檚 update track record isn鈥檛 as strong as competitors, which could affect long-term support.Honor MagicPad 2: A Worthy ContenderThe Honor MagicPad 2 is an impressive Android tablet that offers a premium experience at a mid-range price. It excels in display quality, build, and usability, making it a great choice for users looking for a versatile device for entertainment and light productivity. While it doesn鈥檛 match the raw power of the iPad Air or Pro, its value proposition is undeniable, especially if you鈥檙e looking for an alternative to Apple鈥檚 ecosystem.The Breakdown 4.4 8.7 Overall, the 70mai A800S 4K dash cam is a high-quality, feature-rich product that offers excellent value for money. With its 4K recording, GPS tracking, ADAS, and compatibility with a rear camera, it provides all the features a driver might need to feel secure on the road. Image Quality 8.7 Ease of Use 8.7 Assembly and Car Installation 8.7 Value for money 8.7 Dash cams have become an essential tool for drivers, providing recorded evidence in the event of accidents or traffic incidents. After much consideration, I decided to try the 70mai A800S, a 4K dash cam from Xiaomi鈥檚 sub-brand 70mai, known for producing high-quality car accessories. This review provides a detailed look at the A800S鈥檚 features, performance, and overall usability, which I believe sets it apart in the competitive dash cam market.Unboxing and First ImpressionsThe 70mai A800S arrives in a sleek white box, clearly marked with the 鈥?K鈥 logo, signaling its ability to capture ultra-high-definition video. Inside the box, you鈥檒l find the following items:Dash cam unitMounting bracketAdhesive stickerUSB cableDual-port cigarette lighter adapterTwo antistatic filmsCable crowbarUser guideThe packaging is well-organized and gives off a premium feel. The inclusion of a dual-port adapter is particularly useful, allowing you to power the dash cam while charging other devices, like a smartphone or GPS.70mai A800S review: Design and Build QualityThe design of the 70mai A800S is minimal and functional. Unlike some dash cams that stick out with large mounts, the A800S has a sleek, unobtrusive form that hugs the windshield. When mounted behind the rearview mirror, it becomes almost invisible, which is perfect for those who prefer a clean, clutter-free cabin.I appreciate that the dash cam can be installed with minimal exposed wiring. For those who want an even cleaner setup, there鈥檚 an option to hardwire the unit directly into the car鈥檚 electrical system, although this requires purchasing an additional cable.Video Quality and PerformanceOne of the standout features of the 70mai A800S is its 4K video recording capability. The dash cam captures footage at a resolution of 3840×2160, ensuring crisp and clear images. License plates, road signs, and other small details are easily discernible, which is crucial in the event of an accident or dispute.The Sony IMX415 sensor enhances the camera鈥檚 ability to perform well in both day and night conditions. Daytime footage is sharp, and colors are accurate, while nighttime recording benefits from advanced night vision, delivering clear images even in low-light scenarios. The wide 140-degree field of view ensures that most of the road is covered, reducing blind spots.Cyclical Recording and MemoryThe A800S supports memory cards up to 256GB, ensuring ample storage space for your recordings. The dash cam operates on a loop, meaning that when the memory card is full, the oldest recordings are overwritten automatically. This ensures that you always have the most recent footage saved.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramI recommend investing in a high-quality memory card, as lower-end options may fail over time, especially when used in devices like dash cams, which are constantly writing data. The absence of an included memory card is understandable, as this allows users to select the storage capacity that best suits their needs.70mai A800S review: Display and InterfaceThe 70mai A800S features a 3-inch screen, allowing you to view recordings directly from the device. While the screen is not touch-sensitive, the dash cam has a set of buttons below the display for navigating the menu. The interface is intuitive, and there are even voice prompts available in several languages, including Russian.An accompanying mobile app makes it easy to transfer videos to your phone via Wi-Fi. The app鈥檚 interface is user-friendly and allows you to download, share, and manage recordings effortlessly.GPS and Advanced FeaturesAnother impressive feature of the 70mai A800S is the built-in GPS. This records your speed, location, and the exact time of each recording. This information can be critical when dealing with insurance claims or legal matters, as it provides a complete picture of events leading up to an accident.The dash cam also includes an Advanced Driver Assistance System (ADAS). This system offers alerts for potential dangers on the road, such as lane departure warnings and forward-collision warnings. While it shouldn鈥檛 replace attentive driving, ADAS adds an extra layer of safety, especially during long trips.Parking Mode and SurveillanceWhen parked, the 70mai A800S can act as a surveillance camera, recording footage in the event of an impact or unusual activity around your vehicle. This can be particularly useful for people who park in public or high-traffic areas. However, parking mode requires a constant power supply, meaning it鈥檚 most effective if the dash cam is hardwired to your vehicle鈥檚 battery.Rear Camera CompatibilityFor those looking for additional protection, the A800S is compatible with a rear camera that records in Full HD. This second camera captures what鈥檚 happening behind the vehicle, giving you nearly 360-degree coverage. The footage from both cameras is saved on the same memory card, making it easy to manage all recordings from one place.Setup and InstallationSetting up the 70mai A800S is straightforward. The package includes a crowbar tool to help hide the wires neatly, and the provided adhesive mount ensures the dash cam stays securely in place. Even though I haven鈥檛 tested the hardwiring installation yet, the dash cam works flawlessly when powered through the cigarette lighter adapter or USB port.The Breakdown The ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is great mobile gimbal that makes capturing cinematic videos easy. It sports multiple modes, has a built-in light, and comes with an AI tracker. However, while the bundled ZY Cami is packed with features, it has some shortcomings. Build quality – 95% Stabilization – 95% Ease of use – 90% App – 70% Value for money – 80% Pros Great stabilization. Multiple gimbal modes. Easy to control. Works with native camera app. Durable and comfort-forward build. Cons Bundled app may not offer advanced options on your phone. Cant hold a smartphone cage. These days, phones come with a very capable camera setup. Take the latest iPhone 16 Pro, for example. The Weeknd’s camera team has used that phone to film the entire Dancing In The Flames music video. But if you want to create professional-grade videos, a gimbal is a must, and that’s basically where the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI steps in.I’ve had the chance to test the AI gimbal out, and I found it to be the perfect fix for some of the problems you may face while shooting videos with just your smartphone. Let me give you a proper idea of what the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI mobile gimbal brings to the table.What’s In the BoxThe contents you get inside the box will vary depending on the package you’re selecting during purchase. ZHIYUN offers three options, and all of them have:Smooth 5S AI gimbalA tripod attachmentUSB-C charging cableZHIYUN 1-year Prime account cardPaperworksIf you choose the “Combo” package, you will receive an additional AI Tracker attachment. On the other hand, the “Pro” option adds an AI Tracker and a Fill Light attachment, a wrist strap, and a storage bag. The package that I have for this review is the “Combo” one.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressA Quick Setup Guide of ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AILike me, this might be your first professional photography gear. The good part is that setting your phone up with the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is an easy task. You just need to adjust two key points. First is the tilting motor, which must be adjusted to balance the setup.Attach your phone to the mount, move the tilting motor to unlock it, and slide the mount up and down. Get it to a position so that your phone can stay still in a horizontal position. Next is the vertical motor.For that, first, unlock the lateral motor with the orange switch found on the body and twist the vertical motor to unlock it. Keep the gimbal on a flat surface, and unscrew the lock. Move the slider and check if the phone Smooth 5S AI is staying still. Once you find the right slider position, lock the screw.Check whether the Smooth 5S AI is staying balanced when you’re putting it on a flat surface. If not, make the necessary changes on the two points. One important thing to note is that you should keep the gimbal turned off while balancing it. Only turn it on after you’re done with the adjustments.Installing the App and Making Further AdjustmentsFor further calibration of the Smooth 5S AI, ZY Cami, the bundled app, has two advanced options. First, install the app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store. Turn on the gimbal through the power button and get it paired with the app. Once paired, tap the three dots and navigate to the “Gimbal” section.There, you will find two calibration options: Gimbal Auto Calibration and Motor Calibration. Use them to further get the Smooth 5S AI balanced and ready for some cinematic shots.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Review 閳 Capturing Smooth Cinematic Videos Made EasyWith the setup out of the way, let’s move into the main aspect of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI: how it performs. Here are the key highlights:Proper Stabilization for Smooth VideosEven though high-end smartphones these days have EIS and OIS, capturing cinematic shots can get a little challenging. Fast-paced scenes require quick movements, which can introduce unwanted shakiness.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI fixes this issue with an orthogonal three-axis design. You get the full freedom to capture videos the way you want with this gimbal, and it won’t introduce any shakiness.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Has Multiple Modes for Bringing Out Your CreativityAs a professional-grade gear, the Smooth 5S AI offers you multiple gimbal modes. They are:Pan Follow (PF) 閳 When you move your hand from left to right, the gimbal will follow your hand movements. But it won’t move up or down.Lock (L) 閳 The gimbal will keep the smartphone locked. It will not move even if you’re moving your hands.Follow (F) 閳 This is similar to the PF mode. However, in this mode, the up and down movements of your hands are also followed.Point of View (POV) 閳 This mode of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI offers more movement. It doesn’t keep the smartphone locked and allows it to move more freely.Vertigo (V) 閳 It makes the smartphone face up. In this mode, you need to hold the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI horizontally. It’s mainly for creating an inception mode video.Easy Controls on the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AIYou get full control over the capture with the control panel on ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI. This panel has multiple buttons that allow you to change different parameters easily. For example, in a couple of the gimbal modes, you can move the camera with the joystick. There’s a dedicated capture button as well.The AI-trackerOne of the key highlights of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is the AI tracker. It comes bundled with the “Combo” and the “Pro” package, and it’s mainly there to make tracking easy. It works in any camera app, which means you can track yourself while using the native camera app of your smartphone.Built-in Fill Lights for the Perfect ShotsYou don’t need to worry about not having enough lights to get the shots you want. The Smooth 5S AI has built-in fill lights, which can get very bright. If you need more, you can install detachable fill lights on the magnetic connections found on the mount.Premium Build Quality and Dependable Battery Backup of Smooth 5S AIThe overall construction of the Smooth 5S AI gimbal feels solid. While it doesn’t have any official IP rating, you can take it outdoors without worrying too much. The main body has a rubberized texture to it. This makes the gimbal comfortable to hold.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI can also offer reliable battery backup. In the standby mode, it can last for up to 26 hours. With the magnetic AI Tracker and the fill light turned on, the battery life is up to 7 hours. So, one full charge should be plenty for a full day’s worth of video captures.Above the tilt motor is a USB-C out port. You can use it to charge your phone while filming. That is, the Smooth 5S AI can also act like a power bank.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressBut the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Isn’t PerfectWhile the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is a great gimbal, there are some areas for improvement. To start with, it can’t hold a smartphone cage, which could’ve made video recordings even smoother and more stable.Secondly, the ZY Cami app is feature-rich, but it doesn’t offer some features that you will get on your native camera app. For example, on my Android phone, I couldn’t find the option to record at 60 FPS.
The Breakdown The ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is great mobile gimbal that makes capturing cinematic videos easy. It sports multiple modes, has a built-in light, and comes with an AI tracker. However, while the bundled ZY Cami is packed with features, it has some shortcomings. Build quality – 95% Stabilization – 95% Ease of use – 90% App – 70% Value for money – 80% Pros Great stabilization. Multiple gimbal modes. Easy to control. Works with native camera app. Durable and comfort-forward build. Cons Bundled app may not offer advanced options on your phone. Cant hold a smartphone cage. These days, phones come with a very capable camera setup. Take the latest iPhone 16 Pro, for example. The Weeknd’s camera team has used that phone to film the entire Dancing In The Flames music video. But if you want to create professional-grade videos, a gimbal is a must, and that’s basically where the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI steps in.I’ve had the chance to test the AI gimbal out, and I found it to be the perfect fix for some of the problems you may face while shooting videos with just your smartphone. Let me give you a proper idea of what the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI mobile gimbal brings to the table.What’s In the BoxThe contents you get inside the box will vary depending on the package you’re selecting during purchase. ZHIYUN offers three options, and all of them have:Smooth 5S AI gimbalA tripod attachmentUSB-C charging cableZHIYUN 1-year Prime account cardPaperworksIf you choose the “Combo” package, you will receive an additional AI Tracker attachment. On the other hand, the “Pro” option adds an AI Tracker and a Fill Light attachment, a wrist strap, and a storage bag. The package that I have for this review is the “Combo” one.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressA Quick Setup Guide of ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AILike me, this might be your first professional photography gear. The good part is that setting your phone up with the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is an easy task. You just need to adjust two key points. First is the tilting motor, which must be adjusted to balance the setup.Attach your phone to the mount, move the tilting motor to unlock it, and slide the mount up and down. Get it to a position so that your phone can stay still in a horizontal position. Next is the vertical motor.For that, first, unlock the lateral motor with the orange switch found on the body and twist the vertical motor to unlock it. Keep the gimbal on a flat surface, and unscrew the lock. Move the slider and check if the phone Smooth 5S AI is staying still. Once you find the right slider position, lock the screw.Check whether the Smooth 5S AI is staying balanced when you’re putting it on a flat surface. If not, make the necessary changes on the two points. One important thing to note is that you should keep the gimbal turned off while balancing it. Only turn it on after you’re done with the adjustments.Installing the App and Making Further AdjustmentsFor further calibration of the Smooth 5S AI, ZY Cami, the bundled app, has two advanced options. First, install the app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store. Turn on the gimbal through the power button and get it paired with the app. Once paired, tap the three dots and navigate to the “Gimbal” section.There, you will find two calibration options: Gimbal Auto Calibration and Motor Calibration. Use them to further get the Smooth 5S AI balanced and ready for some cinematic shots.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Review 閳 Capturing Smooth Cinematic Videos Made EasyWith the setup out of the way, let’s move into the main aspect of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI: how it performs. Here are the key highlights:Proper Stabilization for Smooth VideosEven though high-end smartphones these days have EIS and OIS, capturing cinematic shots can get a little challenging. Fast-paced scenes require quick movements, which can introduce unwanted shakiness.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI fixes this issue with an orthogonal three-axis design. You get the full freedom to capture videos the way you want with this gimbal, and it won’t introduce any shakiness.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Has Multiple Modes for Bringing Out Your CreativityAs a professional-grade gear, the Smooth 5S AI offers you multiple gimbal modes. They are:Pan Follow (PF) 閳 When you move your hand from left to right, the gimbal will follow your hand movements. But it won’t move up or down.Lock (L) 閳 The gimbal will keep the smartphone locked. It will not move even if you’re moving your hands.Follow (F) 閳 This is similar to the PF mode. However, in this mode, the up and down movements of your hands are also followed.Point of View (POV) 閳 This mode of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI offers more movement. It doesn’t keep the smartphone locked and allows it to move more freely.Vertigo (V) 閳 It makes the smartphone face up. In this mode, you need to hold the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI horizontally. It’s mainly for creating an inception mode video.Easy Controls on the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AIYou get full control over the capture with the control panel on ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI. This panel has multiple buttons that allow you to change different parameters easily. For example, in a couple of the gimbal modes, you can move the camera with the joystick. There’s a dedicated capture button as well.The AI-trackerOne of the key highlights of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is the AI tracker. It comes bundled with the “Combo” and the “Pro” package, and it’s mainly there to make tracking easy. It works in any camera app, which means you can track yourself while using the native camera app of your smartphone.Built-in Fill Lights for the Perfect ShotsYou don’t need to worry about not having enough lights to get the shots you want. The Smooth 5S AI has built-in fill lights, which can get very bright. If you need more, you can install detachable fill lights on the magnetic connections found on the mount.Premium Build Quality and Dependable Battery Backup of Smooth 5S AIThe overall construction of the Smooth 5S AI gimbal feels solid. While it doesn’t have any official IP rating, you can take it outdoors without worrying too much. The main body has a rubberized texture to it. This makes the gimbal comfortable to hold.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI can also offer reliable battery backup. In the standby mode, it can last for up to 26 hours. With the magnetic AI Tracker and the fill light turned on, the battery life is up to 7 hours. So, one full charge should be plenty for a full day’s worth of video captures.Above the tilt motor is a USB-C out port. You can use it to charge your phone while filming. That is, the Smooth 5S AI can also act like a power bank.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressBut the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Isn’t PerfectWhile the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is a great gimbal, there are some areas for improvement. To start with, it can’t hold a smartphone cage, which could’ve made video recordings even smoother and more stable.Secondly, the ZY Cami app is feature-rich, but it doesn’t offer some features that you will get on your native camera app. For example, on my Android phone, I couldn’t find the option to record at 60 FPS.Apple has just unveiled the 10th version of its iconic smartwatch, the Apple Watch Series 10. Announced during their event on Monday, this latest model comes with some exciting improvements, including a 40% brighter wide-angle OLED screen that surpasses even the display of the Apple Watch Ultra.Apple Launches Series 10 Watch with Stunning Display and Faster ChargingThe Apple Watch Series 10 boasts a slim design, measuring just 9.7 millimeters thick, which makes it 10% thinner than its predecessor, the Series 9. The larger OLED screen, the biggest ever in an Apple Watch, allows for more content to be displayed at once. Providing an extra line of text on the screen. This makes it much easier for users to glance at emails, messages, and notifications.Under the hood, the Series 10 is running Apple‘s new S10 chip, which features a four-core neural engine. This chip not only enhances performance but also enables smoother and faster experiences for users. The polished aluminum finish gives the watch a sleek look. While a new metal back integrates various antennas for improved connectivity. Despite its thinner profile, the Series 10 maintains its water resistance to depths of 50 meters, making it suitable for swimming and water sports. Another major upgrade is the larger charging coil, which allows for faster charging times 閳 the battery can reach 80% in just 30 minutes.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramApple Watch Series 10: The Ultimate Health Tool Just Got BetterOne of the standout features of the Series 10 is its upcoming ability to detect sleep apnea, pending FDA approval. Sleep apnea is a condition that causes people to stop breathing during sleep. This condition is traditionally detected through special medical equipment. With the Series 10, the built-in accelerometer monitors breathing patterns overnight. And if it detects signs of sleep apnea, it will alert the user and generate a report that can be shared with a doctor.The Breakdown We were pleasantly surprised by the OneOdio Monitor 60 and the OneOdio A70 headphones. At a very affordable price, the headphones do not lack arguments in their favor and will appeal to those looking for versatile and high-performance headphones. Both haedphones are perfect for amateurs who want to benefit from superior sound quality during their sound-related activities. Build quality – 85% Sound – 90% Comfort of use – 95% Connectivity – 85% Value for money – 90% Pros Sounds very good, Very comfortable, Value for money, Good build quality for this price, 50 hours of autonomy for the A50, Bluetooth connection with excellent range and low latency, Allows two simultaneous analog inputs (3.5mm and 6.35mm). Cons They are a bit big. Also, they do not isolate too much from outside noise The audio equipment market, particularly in the headphones and earphones segment, is split between two trends. On the one hand, brands that offer inexpensive products, but of questionable quality. On the other, well-known brands whose catalog is full of premium products, but at particularly high prices. It is therefore difficult to find a satisfactory in-between both in terms of quality and price.This is where brands like OneOdio come in. Founded more than ten years ago, this Chinese company aims to offer its audio equipment at the best price (often under $100), without skimping on manufacturing quality and performance. The result is a range of products tor music lovers who do not have a high budget. A philosophy and a positioning rare enough to be underlined and of which OneOdio is the spokesperson with its headphones such as OneOdio A70 and the OneOdio Monitor 60.OneOdio Monitor 60 wired headphones specifications:Type: WiredColour: BlackDrivers: 50mmImpedance: 38惟Sensitivity: 110dB卤3dBFrequency Response: 20Hz-40KHzMax input power: 1600mWPlug Type: 3.5mm/6.35mm stereoShareport: Daisy-Chain supportFeatures: headphones for tracking, mixing, DJ, mastering, broadcast, monitoring, personal listeningOneOdio Monitor 60 Review:The OneOdio Monitor 60 or M60 are the brand’s new commitment to high-quality audio and aims to improve the Pro-50 headphones.What鈥榮 in the box锛烖/h3>Monitor 60Storage bagUser Manual3.5mm to 3.5mm cable with microphone (1.2M)3.5mm to 6.35mm coiled cable (1.5M~3M)3.5mm-to 3.5mm cable (3M)Design and comfortThe M60s come in black with some silver accents, giving them a classic look. The quality of the plastics is reasonably good for its price. And overall the build quality is good. The earphones have a good touch, they seem solid and they don’t creak at all when using them.The rotating hinge mechanisms that allow us to adjust the headphones to the shape of our head have a perfect fit and no looseness. I think they are completely plastic, but they seem sturdy. The turning is quite smooth, perhaps too smooth.The cups can also rotate up and down very smoothly, also too smooth for some tastes because you have to be holding them when you put on or take off the headphones, but overall I don’t think it’s a problem for most users.However, what stands out most about the M60 are the generous padding on the cups and headband. They are impressive. Because of that, the earphones are big and bulky, which is what one expects from an over-ear Hi-Fi earphone. The weight of 333 grams also places them as mid-weight high-fidelity headphones on the high side, although once worn they are very comfortable thanks to the padding.ConnectivityThe headphones feature a 3.5mm connection on the right cup and a 6.35mm connection on the left cup. This means that the cables are fully removable which is excellent for durability. Of course, some very good quality cables are included.聽Specifically, 3 cables are included:A long 3.5mm cable: it has both minijack connections and is 3 meters long. Plus, it’s thick and sturdy. It is ideal for use at home with the Hi-Fi equipment, the amplifier or the computer.A short 3.5 mm cable with a microphone: both connections are minijack sized and are one and a half meters long. It is perfect to use it with the mobile and to be able to use it with calls. In the microphone part it has a button that is used to pause and resume the music.A mixed cable: This is a cable with a 6.35mm plug and a 3.5mm plug. It can be connected in both ways to the headphones. The cable has a smooth part and a spring part. It is also a thick and robust cable.SoundEach earphone mounts a 50mm dynamic driver with a diaphragm made from a “protein-enhanced” fabric. By the way, although the design can be misleading, they are closed headphones, although the passive isolation is not very good either.I would say that they isolate very little from outside noise, but the music is reduced quite a bit before going outside. Even so, if we have the volume high, the people around us will be able to hear what the headphones play.OneOdio has opted for a very present bass with a lot of body and strength, but contained and defined. They are quality basses, but they do not stand out excessively above the rest of the frequencies as it happens in many headphones.The mids are very good. Lead vocals and instruments are direct and very natural. They have strength and definition. Also, the instrument separation is quite good, in general, and very good considering the price of the M60. The soundstage is fine, but it doesn’t stand out too much, perhaps because of the closed design of these headphones.The highs have a very good level of detail, which gives cymbals and high-pitched strings a sparkle without ever becoming harsh. In addition, they sound natural and relatively warm.In general, the OneOdio M60 have a fairly balanced sound with slightly boosted bass frequencies. I think they have followed the maxim that everyone likes bass, but without letting it take center stage over the rest of the frequencies. And they have succeeded. The overall sound stands out for being very sharp and clear in all frequencies. With an excellent level of detail and a very good separation of instruments.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramOpinionThe OneOdio Monitor 60 has an excellent sound quality for headphones that usually cost $80. I don’t think there are many headphones in this price range that can compete with them. In addition, they are very comfortable, the cables are removable and they come with 3 quality cables. As negative points, we can say that they are quite bulky and that they do not isolate too much from outside noise.OneOdio A70 wireless & DJ headphones specifications:Speaker: 40mmSensitivity: 110dB 卤 3dBTransmission Frequency: 2402MHz-2480MHzPlug Type: 3.5mm/6.35mm stereoBattery: 650mAhPlay Time: 72 HoursImpedance: 32 OhmsTransmission Frequency: 2402MHz-2480MHzFrequency Response: 20Hz-20KHzCable Length: 1.5m-2.8m coiled cableBluetooth Version: 5.2OneOdio A70 ReviewThe OneOdio A70 are headphones that can be used via Bluetooth or via cable. In addition, via cable they can play two audio sources simultaneously, one through the 3.5 mm connection and the other through the 6.35 mm connection. The headphones are also quite comfortable and the sound quality is good for a $45 headphone.What鈥榮 in the box锛烖/h3>Wireless headphonesPouch for headphones3.5 mm audio cableDual-duty cable for 6.35mm and 3.5mm socketsUSB charging cableUser guideDesign and comfortThe headphones are mostly made of plastic, although they do have metal internals like the headband. Still, the plastics are pretty good and the build quality is outstanding. Nothing creaks or makes noise when using them and the adjustment mechanisms move well and feel robust.The headphones have a certain angle in the joints that make them adapt better to the shape of the head. The fit is very good, although visually they can be a bit more cumbersome than other designs. For example, these OneOdio A70s are bulkier than alternative headphones.The cup pads are quite large and my whole ear fits inside them, so for me they are circumaural headphones. But, big people or people with generous ears may not fit them.ConnectivityThe headphones feature Bluetooth 5.0 for wireless connectivity. The connection is very stable, I have not had a drop at normal distances, and the range is excellent. I can go to the kitchen with them and continue listening to the computer in the room via Bluetooth, something that few headphones achieve. The supported codecs are the typical SBC and AAC.In terms of latency, they defend themselves quite well. In videos the sound and image are completely synchronized and in video games they are usable without any problem, if you concentrate a lot you may notice a small lag in fast games (FPS), but it is minimal and does not bother.As we have already said, the headphones also have 3.5mm and 6.35mm connections to be used as auxiliary inputs. Both can be used at the same time so we can listen to two sources at the same time, something that can be very useful for DJs or musicians.SoundThe OneOdio A70 mount 40mm dynamic drivers and have an impedance of 32惟. And, although the cups cover the entire ear, their passive noise cancellation is inferior to other similar headphones.n terms of sound, the general equalization is relatively balanced, although the basses are somewhat raised, but nothing excessive.The focus of the headphones is on the bass, even so, they are not too exaggerated. Of course, in certain songs they can dirty other frequencies a little. They don’t sound thunderous either, though, and they hold their own pretty well in all genres of music.The lower mids have quite a punch as well. Although the upper mids are somewhat weaker and some voices may lack a bit of prominence. Even so, the voices sound quite direct and natural. The separation of instruments is not great, but they do not tend to blur with complex melodies either. Of course, they could have a little more clarity.The treble is somewhat worse. They don’t go too high up and don’t reach out to help produce a more open sound. Even so, when they reach the frequency they don’t sound bad at all.AutonomyThe A70s have an internal 950 mAh battery with which they achieve autonomy, according to the manufacturer, up to 72 hours. And with my experience, I think the real autonomy is very close to 50 hours. Of course, we can use the headphones without a battery via cable and the microphone will still work.OpinionI like the OneOdio A70 headphones a lot because they are comfortable, they can be connected in many ways and they have excellent autonomy. The sound quality is not the most impressive thing about the headphones, but it is enough for me to listen to music while working, watch a movie or play a quick game. The truth is that you can’t ask for much more for the $40 they cost.VerdictThe OneOdio Monitor 60 is perfect for amateurs who want to benefit from superior sound quality during their sound-related activities. Compatible with musical instruments as well as amps or a tablet, it offers great versatility that makes it an ideal partner for everyday life.With its A70, OneOdio offers a Bluetooth headset suitable for everyday use. Equipped with 40mm speakers that deliver deep, warm sound, it stands out above all for its excellent battery life, which peaks at almost 72 hours in normal use. A little more significant, its CVC 8.0 noise reduction microphone which improves the quality of your calls by reducing external interference. Which makes this headset offered at less than $50 a great choise.Buy the OneOdio Monitor 60 and OneOdio A70 headphonesOneOdio Monitor 60
The Breakdown 4.1 8.1 The Poco X4 Pro 5G comes as a nice upgrade over its predecessor in terms of features and design. Xiaomi suggests it鈥檚 a premium gaming smartphone, but I guess it鈥檚 not. It鈥檚 a VFM mid-range killer. Battery 8.1 Quality 8.1 Performance 8.1 Camera 8.1 POCO has been very busy the past couple of years, announcing smartphones both for the masses and for the 鈥渇ew鈥樷€? The Chinese company unveiled the Poco X4 Pro 5G during this year鈥檚 Mobile World Congress in Barcelona, dubbing it as the 鈥榠ndustry standard鈥 for the mid-range price point. Nice name don鈥檛 you agree? To be honest the device packs a lot of juice inside, such as a 6.67in 120Hz AMOLED display, 67W fast charging and more, all for a budget-friendly price of US $254. How well does it fare compared to the competition from (either Xiaomi) or other brands such as OnePlus, Vivo, Oppo, Realme? Let鈥檚 have a look in our Poco X4 Pro 5G review鈥 (sent to us by Hekka.com).POCO X4 Pro 5G specifications6.67-inch FHD+ (1080脳2400 pixels) AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate, DCI-P3 color gamut, 1200 nits peak brightnessOcta Core Snapdragon 695 8nm Mobile Platform (2.2GHz x 2+1.8GHz x 6 Kryo 560 CPUs) with Adreno 619L GPU6GB LPDDR4X RAM with 128GB UFS 2.2 internal storage, 8GB LPDDR4X RAM with 256GB UFS 2.2 internal storage, expandable memory up to 1TB with microSDAndroid 11 with MIUI 13Hybrid SIM (nano + nano / microSD)108MP rear primary camera with Samsung HM2 sensor, f/1.9 aperture, 8MP 118掳 ultra-wide angle camera, 2MP macro camera with f/2.4 aperture16MP front camera with f/2.4 apertureSide-mounted fingerprint sensor, IR blaster3.5mm audio jack, Stereo speakers, Hi-Res Audio certificationDimensions: 164.19 x 76.1 x 8.12mm; Weight: 205g5G SA / NSA (n1,3,5,7,8,20,28,38,40,41,77,78), Dual 4G VoLTE, Wi-Fi 802.11 ac (2.4GHz + 5GHz), Bluetooth 5.1, GPS + GLONASS, USB Type-C, NFC5000mAh (typical) battery with 67W fast chargingAppearance:I must admit, that this surely doesn鈥檛 look like a mid-range smartphone. I鈥檇 call it a semi-flagship looking device. It packs a premium design with relatively slim bezels and flat edges, a mirror like effect at the back side, while remaining thin at just 8.1mm and weighs 205 gr. A lot ex Poco owners describe it as a huge refresh of the notorious POCO X3 Pro and I tend to agree. The 2021 smartphone was much bulky, heavier and had a huge POCO logo all over the place. Today, its successor is slimmer, neat, and powerful.If you鈥檙e a camera addict, then the rear side of the device will be of your interest. It packs a 108Mp sensor housing, with a refractive pattern that catches the light and gives it a unique shimmer. In this area we can find the 108MP rear primary camera with Samsung HM2 sensor and f/1.9 aperture, an 8MP 118掳 ultra-wide-angle camera, along with a 2MP macro camera with f/2.4 aperture. All in all, the POCO X4 Pro may appear as a quality looking smartphone, but in truth it鈥檚 made out of plastic and aluminium frame. This means that it may seem cheap when you hold it, but in fact it鈥檚 more durable (won鈥檛 shatter like glass when dropped) and lighter as well. While it won鈥檛 be for everyone, it鈥檚 not something I noticed much after my first day with the smartphone.What else caught my eye? The decent IP53 certification, giving decent dust and water resistance, along with a 3.5mm audio jack on top and USB-C connectivity at the bottom. DisplayThe display of the POCO X4 Pro 5G is 鈥 no doubt 鈥 one of the main selling points of the device. I wouldn鈥檛 call it mid-range 鈥 quite the contrary! It鈥檚 an AMOLED panel with a 120Hz refresh rate and a 360Hz touch sample rate, along with fairly high res at 1080 x 2400 pixels too. I was quite pleased with the DCI-P3 support and the true colors during day or night, thus making the default choice for those who wish to enjoy Netflix movies/series, TikTok videos or YouTube.Watching videos at a 120Hz refresh rate is great for those who prefer this type of multimedia fun. There鈥檚 also HDR10+ support to further improve the movie-watching experience on offer, with a peak brightness of 1300nits when watching HDR content. I had no problems using the display under the Spring sun of Greece, but also during the night 鈥 the light sensor works miracles and lowers the ambiance almost instantly.The hole punch camera placed at the top of the display is quite small 鈥 smaller than the competition with only 4mm diameter but I鈥檓 sure there will be some of you out there not fond of its placement. And that鈥檚 OK.If I were to mention something negative about the whole display area of the device, then I would have to mention the bezels (top and bottom). They could be smaller, I guess.POCO X4 Pro 5G performanceI don鈥檛 know why but POCO mentions that their newest X4 Pro is a 鈥済aming鈥 smartphone 鈥 but I wouldn鈥檛 suggest it. It鈥檚 surely capable of excellent gaming in most cases, but there鈥檚 always some lagging in certain applications. Lagging isn鈥檛 something you鈥檇 like with a smartphone is it?Inside the device there鈥檚 Qualcomm鈥檚 Snapdragon 695 5G chipset, coupled with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage or 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage depending on the option you鈥檒l choose. Oh, and if 128/256GB of storage isn鈥檛 quite enough for your needs, you can add up to 1TB of additional storage via microSD. That鈥檚 not exactly a gaming behemoth, just fairly impressive for a smartphone that costs 鈧?99.Buy Poco X4 Pro 5G from Hekka.comYou can also use the coupon: Giz10聽to get 10$ discount for any order over 29$!One thing you鈥檙e going to love however is Xiaomi鈥檚 Dynamic RAM Expansion technology that utilises storage as extra RAM, boosting the RAM up to 8GB and 11GB respectively when required 鈥 using storage space as extra RAM space.Dynamic RAM expansionTo be honest I hate when companies resort to gimmicks such as Dynamic RAM expansion 鈥 to admit that they didn鈥檛 want to make the phone more expensive by adding real extra RAM. However, the Poco X4 Pro 5G DOES have great performance with responsive scrolling, quick app switching and relatively speedy image processing capabilities.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramBut when you kill it with heavy apps like Instagram, Facebook or when you open 50 Chrome tabs simultaneously, that鈥檚 when you truly know that it is a mid-ranger phone you have in your hands 鈥 not a flagship. If you ask me about gaming performance, then you won鈥檛 get 60fps gaming in Call of Duty Mobile for sure (nor 120 fps obviously) but still you will enjoy the gaming procedure 鈥 no problem at all. You won鈥檛 find any game specific switches, liquid cooling like the Black Shark phones obviously. Only decent gaming by a mid-range smartphone. Have a look at the benchmarks above and below, they will verify my saying 馃槈 CameraLet鈥檚 have a look at the camera bulge, ok? POCO insists that the gaming smartphone they designed can shoot impeccable 108MP photos and I can confirm that it does. The main camera on the rear is paired with an 8Mp 118-degree ultra wide lens and a 2Mp macro lens that aren鈥檛 quite as exciting, but still do the job. When choosing to shoot 108MP photos, the device鈥檚 sensor utilizes Xiaomi鈥檚 9-in-1 pixel binning technology and in basic terms snaps photos one with the other together. The standard 12MP photos look great in general: they鈥檙e well balanced, with decent focus, exposure, and color accuracy. As one could expect, daylight photos are much better than those low-light shooters. If you decide however to go for the whole 108MP caveat then you may not see any real difference when looking at them from the device鈥檚 display. These photos are good only for cropping or using them for typical printing 鈥 not for huge quality. The POCO X5 Pro 5G doesn鈥檛 have any telephoto lens so don鈥檛 expect miracles when zooming in. There is a nice zoom effect (2x) but it could be so much better if it had a dedicated telephoto lens.Low light shotsLow light photos are just鈥 nice. The phone doesn鈥檛 have any OIS, so despite the size of the sensor and low aperture it cannot do much. Night photos have a lot of digital noise when you zoom in.Finally, on the front, you鈥檒l find a 16Mp selfie camera that performs fairly well overall, making it a great option for selfies and video calls. There鈥檚 also support for Portrait photography that blurs the background, although the edge tracking could be much better 鈥 I admit.As for video recording? The best you can do is 1080p at 30fps, and even dropping down to 720p won’t raise that frame rate. MIUI 13 SoftwareI guess one reason for choosing to buy a POCO smartphone, is the MIUI interface inside. The device comes with Android 11 and MIUI 13 skin 鈥 Xiaomi鈥檚 notorious UI over the years. The latest iteration of the UI is much more stylish. Really smart but remains buggy sometimes and Xiaomi fans are not happy when this happens. MIUI 13 brings several performance improvements over the previous release 鈥 MIUI 12.5. Xiaomi claims that the latest version of its custom Android skin offers better app fluency with 15% fewer dropped frames in third-party applications when compared to the previous release. Xiaomi鈥檚 native apps also run better on the new release, with 23% fewer dropped frames.Xiaomi claims that MIUI 13 ranks at the top in Master Lu鈥檚 fluency test, beating Android skins from other OEMs. The company has also improved the multitasking capabilities on MIUI 13. The software now lets you have up to 14 apps open in the background on a device at any given time. They have also worked on making MIUI 13 more secure for the end-users. This means new features like face verification protection, privacy watermark, and fraud protection.The fraud protection feature, consists of a couple of different measures to protect users from online and telecom frauds. Like 鈥淓-fraud warning,鈥 鈥淥fficial logo,鈥 Fraud application installation interception,鈥 and 鈥淭ransfer protection.鈥滷urthermore, MIUI 13 comes with a host of new live wallpapers that showcase crystal formation. Xiaomi says that these wallpapers were captured using a polarization microscope via 8K timelapse photography.There are a lot of pre-installed apps, but most of them are non-removable. There鈥檚 a More Apps folder where we can find some of them. You can also find a Games folder, and others are peppered around the main and second screens. Furthermore, if you’re in one of those two folders, the screen’s bottom row of icons wants to suggest ‘promoted apps’. It’s all rather messy.MIUI Interface: love or hate situationAs much as one may love the MIUI interface, another could easily hate it. Chinese vendors are often poor in software updates and POCO is no stranger to this. The Settings menu is still confusing, I’m sorry to say. The Camera app difficult to navigate while shooting, and some important details are hidden in the menus. If you previously owned a Xiaomi/POCO device, then you will have no trouble navigating. If you come from another Chinese vendor, then you will need some hours to get to know it better.Oh, I really liked Mi Remote and the IR blaster of the device. It reminds me of my old Symbian days.My opinionThe Poco X4 Pro 5G comes as a nice upgrade over its predecessor in terms of features and design. Xiaomi suggests it鈥檚 a premium gaming smartphone, but I guess it鈥檚 not. It鈥檚 a VFM mid-range killer, made for those who wish to have a decent overall experience without breaking the bank.I loved the 120Hz AMOLED display. It is bright, vibrant and buttery-smooth, with one of the smallest camera cutouts out there. The 67W fast charging support guarantees that you鈥檒l go from 0 to 100% in just over 40 minutes. That’s an excellent charging speed for any average user. Yes, there鈥檚 a 67W charger in the box.The 108Mp camera is an impressive addition to the whole performance of the POCO X4 Pro 5G. It provides decent colour representation in well-lit environments and decent video quality in FHD. However the lack of OIS means night photography performance could be better.Xiaomi鈥檚 MIUI interface isn鈥檛 my favorite, but the lack of a decent update policy by POCO is a negative. Despite all the above, the newest POCO X4 Pro 5G remains one of the best choices out there. Buy Poco X4 Pro 5G from Hekka.comThe Breakdown 4.1 8.1 The Poco X4 Pro 5G comes as a nice upgrade over its predecessor in terms of features and design. Xiaomi suggests it鈥檚 a premium gaming smartphone, but I guess it鈥檚 not. It鈥檚 a VFM mid-range killer. Battery 8.1 Quality 8.1 Performance 8.1 Camera 8.1 POCO has been very busy the past couple of years, announcing smartphones both for the masses and for the 鈥渇ew鈥樷€? The Chinese company unveiled the Poco X4 Pro 5G during this year鈥檚 Mobile World Congress in Barcelona, dubbing it as the 鈥榠ndustry standard鈥 for the mid-range price point. Nice name don鈥檛 you agree? To be honest the device packs a lot of juice inside, such as a 6.67in 120Hz AMOLED display, 67W fast charging and more, all for a budget-friendly price of US $254. How well does it fare compared to the competition from (either Xiaomi) or other brands such as OnePlus, Vivo, Oppo, Realme? Let鈥檚 have a look in our Poco X4 Pro 5G review鈥 (sent to us by Hekka.com).POCO X4 Pro 5G specifications6.67-inch FHD+ (1080脳2400 pixels) AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate, DCI-P3 color gamut, 1200 nits peak brightnessOcta Core Snapdragon 695 8nm Mobile Platform (2.2GHz x 2+1.8GHz x 6 Kryo 560 CPUs) with Adreno 619L GPU6GB LPDDR4X RAM with 128GB UFS 2.2 internal storage, 8GB LPDDR4X RAM with 256GB UFS 2.2 internal storage, expandable memory up to 1TB with microSDAndroid 11 with MIUI 13Hybrid SIM (nano + nano / microSD)108MP rear primary camera with Samsung HM2 sensor, f/1.9 aperture, 8MP 118掳 ultra-wide angle camera, 2MP macro camera with f/2.4 aperture16MP front camera with f/2.4 apertureSide-mounted fingerprint sensor, IR blaster3.5mm audio jack, Stereo speakers, Hi-Res Audio certificationDimensions: 164.19 x 76.1 x 8.12mm; Weight: 205g5G SA / NSA (n1,3,5,7,8,20,28,38,40,41,77,78), Dual 4G VoLTE, Wi-Fi 802.11 ac (2.4GHz + 5GHz), Bluetooth 5.1, GPS + GLONASS, USB Type-C, NFC5000mAh (typical) battery with 67W fast chargingAppearance:I must admit, that this surely doesn鈥檛 look like a mid-range smartphone. I鈥檇 call it a semi-flagship looking device. It packs a premium design with relatively slim bezels and flat edges, a mirror like effect at the back side, while remaining thin at just 8.1mm and weighs 205 gr. A lot ex Poco owners describe it as a huge refresh of the notorious POCO X3 Pro and I tend to agree. The 2021 smartphone was much bulky, heavier and had a huge POCO logo all over the place. Today, its successor is slimmer, neat, and powerful.If you鈥檙e a camera addict, then the rear side of the device will be of your interest. It packs a 108Mp sensor housing, with a refractive pattern that catches the light and gives it a unique shimmer. In this area we can find the 108MP rear primary camera with Samsung HM2 sensor and f/1.9 aperture, an 8MP 118掳 ultra-wide-angle camera, along with a 2MP macro camera with f/2.4 aperture. All in all, the POCO X4 Pro may appear as a quality looking smartphone, but in truth it鈥檚 made out of plastic and aluminium frame. This means that it may seem cheap when you hold it, but in fact it鈥檚 more durable (won鈥檛 shatter like glass when dropped) and lighter as well. While it won鈥檛 be for everyone, it鈥檚 not something I noticed much after my first day with the smartphone.What else caught my eye? The decent IP53 certification, giving decent dust and water resistance, along with a 3.5mm audio jack on top and USB-C connectivity at the bottom. DisplayThe display of the POCO X4 Pro 5G is 鈥 no doubt 鈥 one of the main selling points of the device. I wouldn鈥檛 call it mid-range 鈥 quite the contrary! It鈥檚 an AMOLED panel with a 120Hz refresh rate and a 360Hz touch sample rate, along with fairly high res at 1080 x 2400 pixels too. I was quite pleased with the DCI-P3 support and the true colors during day or night, thus making the default choice for those who wish to enjoy Netflix movies/series, TikTok videos or YouTube.Watching videos at a 120Hz refresh rate is great for those who prefer this type of multimedia fun. There鈥檚 also HDR10+ support to further improve the movie-watching experience on offer, with a peak brightness of 1300nits when watching HDR content. I had no problems using the display under the Spring sun of Greece, but also during the night 鈥 the light sensor works miracles and lowers the ambiance almost instantly.The hole punch camera placed at the top of the display is quite small 鈥 smaller than the competition with only 4mm diameter but I鈥檓 sure there will be some of you out there not fond of its placement. And that鈥檚 OK.If I were to mention something negative about the whole display area of the device, then I would have to mention the bezels (top and bottom). They could be smaller, I guess.POCO X4 Pro 5G performanceI don鈥檛 know why but POCO mentions that their newest X4 Pro is a 鈥済aming鈥 smartphone 鈥 but I wouldn鈥檛 suggest it. It鈥檚 surely capable of excellent gaming in most cases, but there鈥檚 always some lagging in certain applications. Lagging isn鈥檛 something you鈥檇 like with a smartphone is it?Inside the device there鈥檚 Qualcomm鈥檚 Snapdragon 695 5G chipset, coupled with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage or 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage depending on the option you鈥檒l choose. Oh, and if 128/256GB of storage isn鈥檛 quite enough for your needs, you can add up to 1TB of additional storage via microSD. That鈥檚 not exactly a gaming behemoth, just fairly impressive for a smartphone that costs 鈧?99.Buy Poco X4 Pro 5G from Hekka.comYou can also use the coupon: Giz10聽to get 10$ discount for any order over 29$!One thing you鈥檙e going to love however is Xiaomi鈥檚 Dynamic RAM Expansion technology that utilises storage as extra RAM, boosting the RAM up to 8GB and 11GB respectively when required 鈥 using storage space as extra RAM space.Dynamic RAM expansionTo be honest I hate when companies resort to gimmicks such as Dynamic RAM expansion 鈥 to admit that they didn鈥檛 want to make the phone more expensive by adding real extra RAM. However, the Poco X4 Pro 5G DOES have great performance with responsive scrolling, quick app switching and relatively speedy image processing capabilities.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramBut when you kill it with heavy apps like Instagram, Facebook or when you open 50 Chrome tabs simultaneously, that鈥檚 when you truly know that it is a mid-ranger phone you have in your hands 鈥 not a flagship. If you ask me about gaming performance, then you won鈥檛 get 60fps gaming in Call of Duty Mobile for sure (nor 120 fps obviously) but still you will enjoy the gaming procedure 鈥 no problem at all. You won鈥檛 find any game specific switches, liquid cooling like the Black Shark phones obviously. Only decent gaming by a mid-range smartphone. Have a look at the benchmarks above and below, they will verify my saying 馃槈 CameraLet鈥檚 have a look at the camera bulge, ok? POCO insists that the gaming smartphone they designed can shoot impeccable 108MP photos and I can confirm that it does. The main camera on the rear is paired with an 8Mp 118-degree ultra wide lens and a 2Mp macro lens that aren鈥檛 quite as exciting, but still do the job. When choosing to shoot 108MP photos, the device鈥檚 sensor utilizes Xiaomi鈥檚 9-in-1 pixel binning technology and in basic terms snaps photos one with the other together. The standard 12MP photos look great in general: they鈥檙e well balanced, with decent focus, exposure, and color accuracy. As one could expect, daylight photos are much better than those low-light shooters. If you decide however to go for the whole 108MP caveat then you may not see any real difference when looking at them from the device鈥檚 display. These photos are good only for cropping or using them for typical printing 鈥 not for huge quality. The POCO X5 Pro 5G doesn鈥檛 have any telephoto lens so don鈥檛 expect miracles when zooming in. There is a nice zoom effect (2x) but it could be so much better if it had a dedicated telephoto lens.Low light shotsLow light photos are just鈥 nice. The phone doesn鈥檛 have any OIS, so despite the size of the sensor and low aperture it cannot do much. Night photos have a lot of digital noise when you zoom in.Finally, on the front, you鈥檒l find a 16Mp selfie camera that performs fairly well overall, making it a great option for selfies and video calls. There鈥檚 also support for Portrait photography that blurs the background, although the edge tracking could be much better 鈥 I admit.As for video recording? The best you can do is 1080p at 30fps, and even dropping down to 720p won’t raise that frame rate. MIUI 13 SoftwareI guess one reason for choosing to buy a POCO smartphone, is the MIUI interface inside. The device comes with Android 11 and MIUI 13 skin 鈥 Xiaomi鈥檚 notorious UI over the years. The latest iteration of the UI is much more stylish. Really smart but remains buggy sometimes and Xiaomi fans are not happy when this happens. MIUI 13 brings several performance improvements over the previous release 鈥 MIUI 12.5. Xiaomi claims that the latest version of its custom Android skin offers better app fluency with 15% fewer dropped frames in third-party applications when compared to the previous release. Xiaomi鈥檚 native apps also run better on the new release, with 23% fewer dropped frames.Xiaomi claims that MIUI 13 ranks at the top in Master Lu鈥檚 fluency test, beating Android skins from other OEMs. The company has also improved the multitasking capabilities on MIUI 13. The software now lets you have up to 14 apps open in the background on a device at any given time. They have also worked on making MIUI 13 more secure for the end-users. This means new features like face verification protection, privacy watermark, and fraud protection.The fraud protection feature, consists of a couple of different measures to protect users from online and telecom frauds. Like 鈥淓-fraud warning,鈥 鈥淥fficial logo,鈥 Fraud application installation interception,鈥 and 鈥淭ransfer protection.鈥滷urthermore, MIUI 13 comes with a host of new live wallpapers that showcase crystal formation. Xiaomi says that these wallpapers were captured using a polarization microscope via 8K timelapse photography.There are a lot of pre-installed apps, but most of them are non-removable. There鈥檚 a More Apps folder where we can find some of them. You can also find a Games folder, and others are peppered around the main and second screens. Furthermore, if you’re in one of those two folders, the screen’s bottom row of icons wants to suggest ‘promoted apps’. It’s all rather messy.MIUI Interface: love or hate situationAs much as one may love the MIUI interface, another could easily hate it. Chinese vendors are often poor in software updates and POCO is no stranger to this. The Settings menu is still confusing, I’m sorry to say. The Camera app difficult to navigate while shooting, and some important details are hidden in the menus. If you previously owned a Xiaomi/POCO device, then you will have no trouble navigating. If you come from another Chinese vendor, then you will need some hours to get to know it better.Oh, I really liked Mi Remote and the IR blaster of the device. It reminds me of my old Symbian days.My opinionThe Poco X4 Pro 5G comes as a nice upgrade over its predecessor in terms of features and design. Xiaomi suggests it鈥檚 a premium gaming smartphone, but I guess it鈥檚 not. It鈥檚 a VFM mid-range killer, made for those who wish to have a decent overall experience without breaking the bank.I loved the 120Hz AMOLED display. It is bright, vibrant and buttery-smooth, with one of the smallest camera cutouts out there. The 67W fast charging support guarantees that you鈥檒l go from 0 to 100% in just over 40 minutes. That’s an excellent charging speed for any average user. Yes, there鈥檚 a 67W charger in the box.The 108Mp camera is an impressive addition to the whole performance of the POCO X4 Pro 5G. It provides decent colour representation in well-lit environments and decent video quality in FHD. However the lack of OIS means night photography performance could be better.Xiaomi鈥檚 MIUI interface isn鈥檛 my favorite, but the lack of a decent update policy by POCO is a negative. Despite all the above, the newest POCO X4 Pro 5G remains one of the best choices out there. Buy Poco X4 Pro 5G from Hekka.comThe Breakdown The X-Sense SC07-W detector provides 360掳 smoke and carbon monoxide detection. Listed at less than $50 on the manufacturers website, the two-in-one SC07-W detector from X-Sense fulfills its role perfectly. Design and build quality – 85% Ease of use and installation – 90% The App and the features – 85% Performance – 90% Detect the presence of smoke and analyze the level of carbon monoxide present in a room in a single operation. This is what X-Sense offers with the combined detector SC07-W. Simple to use, it provides discreet protection.X-Sense is a leading manufacturer of integrated home security products and solutions. With the aim of making homes and apartments much safer, this company puts innovation at the heart of its business. One of its flagship products is smoke detectors. Compulsory for several years in homes, the smoke detector has now become one of the essential products in terms of security. This device makes it possible to detect the presence of smoke in homes and, if necessary, warns the inhabitants by an audible signal when smoke is actually present. Back here, today we have on one of X-Sense’s products, the SCO7-W detector.X-Sense SC07-W SpecificationsItem Model NumberSC07-WOperating Life10 yearsPower Source3 V CR123A lithium battery (non-replaceable)Sensor TypeSmoke: photoelectric; CO: electrochemicalSafety StandardsUL 217 and UL 2034Standby Current< 6 碌A (avg.)Alarm Current< 60 mA聽(avg.)Operating Temperature40鈥?00掳F (4.4鈥?7.8掳C)Operating Relative Humidity10%鈥?5% (non-condensing)Alarm Loudness鈮 85 dB at 10 ft (3 m)Silence DurationSmoke: 鈮 9 minutes; CO: 鈮 6 minutesDisplayLCDIndicator LightLED (red/yellow/green)ColorWhiteMaterialABS/PCInstallation MethodScrew fixings and mounting bracket suppliedUsageIndoor use onlyProduct Weight0.66 lb (300 g)Product Dimensions5.7 x 5.7 x 2.0 inches (146 x 146 x 51 mm)Package Contents1 x Alarm Unit + 1 x Mounting Bracket + 3 x Screws + 3 x Anchor Plugs+ 1 x User Manual +2 X Carbon Monoxide Safety StickersUnboxingMain featuresWireless Interconnection: Wireless interconnected alarms are linked to each other which means that if one detector is triggered, all detectors will alarm.2-in-1 Protection: Combining smoke and carbon monoxide detection into one device, the X-Sense SC07-W is a must-have safety detector to protect both your home and family from fire and CO poisoning.Full Home Coverage: Up to 24 wireless detectors can link with each other, creating a home safety network that provides you with total home coverage to help save lives.10-Year Battery: The use of a 10-year sealed lithium battery helps reduce the waste and inconvenience of changing batteries, plus it is always on giving you constant protection.Easy-to-Read LCD: The LCD screen displays the present concentration level of carbon monoxide measured in ppm, so you can instantly know whether there are any dangerous CO leaks in your room.LED Indicator: This allows you to easily know the detector鈥檚 working status at a glance by a combination of audible beeps and visual flashes of green, red, or yellow.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramReviewPresented in the form of a well-made cylindrical box, the SC07-W detector provides 360掳 smoke and carbon monoxide detection. Powered by a lithium battery, it incorporates two types of sensors: photoelectric, to detect the presence of smoke and electrochemical, to continuously analyze the level of carbon monoxide (CO) present in the indoor air of a room.The carbon monoxide level and the battery level are displayed on a small LCD screen. In addition, this information is supplemented by an LED indicator which flashes and changes color (green, yellow, red) depending on the different cases. Also, in the event of a problem, the alert is given via a sufficiently powerful siren (85 dB).Located on the back of the X-Sense SC07-W detector, a plastic pin is used to disconnect the battery. An irreversible operation that must be performed when the battery is empty. With an estimated lifespan of ten years, it is sealed and cannot be replaced.X-Sense SC07-W smoke and carbon detectionFor optimal detection, the X-Sense SC07-W detector can be interconnected with other identical models, up to a limit of twenty-four detectors. More than enough for an apartment or a house. This operating mode ensures simultaneous broadcast of the alarm. The X-Sense SC07-W can also be combined with other wireless alarm devices from X Sense. Up to 24 wirelessly connected detectors communicate with each other on a network, which means that when an alarm is activated, all alarms in the house are activated. So, All alarms – smoke detectors, CO detectors, radio combinations and the optional remote control – are compatible.In addition, provided with a radio frequency module, the SC07-W detectors can be interconnected. If one of them detects an anomaly, the alarm sounds on all the detectors. They can therefore be connected to other X-Sense models.Also, in use, the X-Sense SC07-W combined detector knows how to be forgotten by not triggering inappropriately. In order to save the battery, the LCD screen is on standby which does not allow you to consult the information at a glance. Only the LED indicator (green) flashes briefly every minute. To ensure the proper functioning of this detector, it is necessary to test it once a week by pressing the central button and to clean it regularly.Listed at less than $50 on the manufacturer’s website, the two-in-one SC07-W detector from X-Sense fulfills its role perfectly. Its only small flaw its that the interconnection procedure that could be simpler. At the time of everything connected, a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection, via a dedicated smartphone application, would have been appreciable.The Breakdown 4.3 8.5 The PREMBOT P3 is a functional robot vacuum cleaner that boasts good navigation and high cleaning performance. And given the interesting price, the model can successfully compete in the market. Quality 8.5 Battery life 8.5 Software - App 8.5 Value for money 8.5 The PREMBOT P3 is an example of robot vacuum cleaners that has high performance and an adequate price. It offers all the main features including wide-angle visual scanning, intelligent navigation, powerful suction, app control, auto recharging, and much more. And all this for a low price.According to the company, the PREMBOT P3 is suitable for cleaning all types of floors. The manufacturer announced good functionality: extensive possibilities for working with the map, auto navigation, replaceable main brushes, scheduled cleaning, support for the voice assistant “Alexa” and more. Let’s take a closer look at the quality of implementation of all these options.PREMBOT P3 Technical SpecificationsProduct聽name锛歅REMBOT P3Wireless connections锛歐i-Fi IEEE802.11b/g/n 2.4GHFrequency锛?0-60HzWorking time锛?10minPower锛?2WBattery capacity 2600mAhInput voltage锛?00Vac – 240VacIncoming electric current锛?.5AmaxOutput voltage锛?9VOutput current锛?.6ACharging holder Model P3Output voltage锛?9VOutput current锛?.6AUnboxing What’s in the box:Robot vacuum cleanerDust collectorWater tankRemote controllerBatteriesMain brush cleaning toolSide brushCharging stationPower AdapterQuick Start GuideMAIN FEATURES100-degree visual scanning cameraTwo in one tank as well as an individual dust tankIncredible suction power at 4000pa7.5cm slim body and the ability to cross over 21mm obstaclesAdopting Nidec motor, a Japanese professional motor brand, enables a larger battery’s capacityThe brushless design reduces the noiseThe existance of an infrared sensorThe 100 degree camera prevents it from falling off from the boundary and enables it to work under dark conditionFloating roller brush, making the suction mouth closer to the ground, and increasing the cleaning efficiency on different material.Supports Tuya Smart Home Devices, making the mobile app function in a more stable network.NavigationThe PREMBOT P3 Robot vacuum cleaner has sweeping while detecting features, intelligent inertial navigation and visual Navigation. It boasts a high-precision gyroscope built inside for arched sweeping mode, in addition, the 100-degree visual scanning makes the sweeping more efficient and neglects no corners of hygiene in your room. Also, the existence of an infrared sensor simplifies the task.In addition, the 100-degree visual scanning, sharper vision, based on the traditional gyroscopic navigation give more precise scanning and detecting for your room layout and a more efficient planned cleaning path will double your cleaning efficiency compared with the traditional ones on the market. Also, The 100-degree camera prevents it from falling off from the boundary and enables it to work under dark condition. PerformanceThe PREMBOT P3 has an incredible suction power at 4000pa, making a clean sweep of all sorts of ground dirt. Its powerful suction is the key point of making a clean sweep, brush-less Nidec motor manufactured Japanese professional motor brand will bring constant suction with mighty strength, sweeping out the dirt and dust in crevices in an instant startup, and enables a larger battery’s capacity.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramAlso, it has 3 gears for Suction switch-free to fulfill family cleaning needs. It has 3 preset suction gears for specific rooms and dirt, sizing from steel shot, soybean to fluff and hair. In addition, the vacuum cleaner boasts an intelligent recognition switch suction between floor and carpet. It comes installed with an intelligent infrared sensing system, recognizing the ground texture to switch the suction accordingly.聽In addition, the robot boasts a floating roller brush, making the suction mouth closer to the ground, and increasing the cleaning efficiency on different materials.FunctionsThis robot vacuum cleaner stands against 鈥渄arkness鈥? considering the narrow limitation of gyroscopic cleaner that can鈥檛 function normally on black carpet and floor, P3 has been equipped with an advanced intelligent visual scanning system to get over with this tricky problem. Yes, the night is dark and full of terrors, but the P3 can just confront darkness with no fears.The robot has an intelligent electric 3 gears watering control, just to protect your floor and tiles conditions. A 240ml electrical control water tank with 3 gears adjustment are built inside to make the watering effectually and evenly without leaking while mopping. The P3 cares about the conditions of your floor and tiles.Also, the robot has a maglev suction port with a high-density brush, taking all kinds of ground texture and dirt in stride. The mega maglev suction port can mesh together with all kinds of ground texture tightly, with the high-density brush it carries, vacuuming with more power and mopping more thoroughly.User ExperienceThe P3 has two in one tank as well as an individual dust tank a water tank and a dust bin. The water tank and the dust bin can be separated or combined. The cleaner comes along with a 580ML separate dust bin and a 2-in-1 water and suction tank to meet different cleaning duties. It easy as it is for your cleaning experience. Also, the brushless design reduces the noise.In addition, the robot supports 21mm obstacles surmounting. It supports doorsill, slideway, or carpet and crosses it easily anywhere and anyhow. Also, the 110 min ultra-endurance makes the big unit a small dish. The 2600MAh battery supports self-cleaning for 110 minutes and cleaning up to 120 m虏, which is awesome. And we must not forget that the P3 supports voice control through Alexa and Google Assistant. You can launch the robot only in one word as it鈥檚 very smart. We also have support for Tuya Smart Home Devices, making the mobile app function in a more stable network.In addition, the robot vacuum cleaner has a 7.5 cm slim body, automatic recharge function, automatic return to the charging station for recharging, while remembering the place where cleaning was stopped, and returns to it after recharging the battery. In addition, the vacuum cleaner has washable filters.Availability and price of the PREMBOT P3For those interested in this robot vacuum cleaner, it is for sale in the Aliexpress.com online store for a fairly competitive price ($175).BUY THE PREMBOT P3 ROBOT VACUUM CLEANERVerdict
The trend of fast-charging for smartphones and other smart devices, also brought some new good accessories to the market offering versatility and compatibility with many of these fast-chargeable devices. If you are looking for a product that can do more than simply charge your smartphone, tablet, we have an interesting solution from Baseus. The Baseus 65W GaN III Charger / Powerstrip, as the name suggests is a big combo-product with power and charging ports that can charge and also keep your smart devices tuned on.Baseus Gan Pro III 65W charger / powerstripFor those unaware, Baseus is a maker of accessories for audio, smartphones, and homes. Now, the company is expanding its efforts into the power accessory landscape. The company has already unveiled multiple power strips and chargers, now we have a Power Combo. The new PowerCombo GaN 65W charger offers a four-port, high-power charger, and as the name implies it’s built on the latest Gallium Nitride (GaN) technology. The result is a 65W charger and power strip that offers the advertised capabilities and also keeps a small profile and you won’t need to be concerned with heating.Baseus 65W GaN III Charger / Powerstrip Description:The Baseus 65W GaN III Charger / Powerstrip acts as a two-port 110V power strip and also is a 4-port (2x USB-C + 2x USB-A), 65W, high-speed charger.Box Content:The Baseus 65W GaN III Charger / Powerstrip comes in a simple box, but is loaded with the following content:1x Baseus PowerCombo GaN 65W charger/power strip – features a 1,50m cord and 45-degree low profile power plus1 x Baseus 100W (20V / 5A) USB-C to USB-C cable with E-Marker chipWarranty CardUser ManualCool StickersWarning TagsBaseus 65W GaN III Charger / Powerstrip technical specificationsDimensions: 3.82 x 1.61 x 1.5 inchesPower cord: 4.92 ftRated Voltage:125V~,60HzRated Power:1250W MaxCurrent:10A MaxUSB Input: AC 100-125V~, 50/60Hz, 1.5A MaxType-C1/Type-C2 output: 65W Max, 5V/9V/12V/15V閳 3A; 20V閳 3.25AUSB1 Output: 5W Max, 5V閳 1AUSB2 Output: 60W Max, 5V/9V/12V/20V閳 3AThe front part of the Powerstrip delivers the 4-port solution and looks like a conventional smartphone charger. There are two USB Type-C ports at the top and two USB-A ports at the bottom. This way, you can use both cable standards to charge your smartphone or smart device. Take note that the USB Type-C to Type-C is the fastest ports and Baseus has been kind enough to add a USB-C to USB-C cable that allows you to charge your compatible smartphone very fast. There is a power LED indicator at the top.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramIn case you need it, you can also find all the technical specs of the device on one of its sides.Both sides also feature a three-prong 110V port allowing you to not also plug some conventional devices like a fan, or even a laptop. This is the big add-on that makes the device act like a charger and a power strip simultaneously. However, depending on your region, you’ll need to get an adapter since the Powerstrip is mostly based on the US standard. Here in Brazil, for example, I had to pick some adapters since the standards here are mostly based on the EU plug with the addition of a third plug. So, you’ll need to make sure you have the necessary adapters in case you’re out of the US.Baseus provides a deep explanation of the Powerstrip. As a result, you’ll be able to know exactly how the device will work depending on your use scenario. It’s a 65W charger when you’re charging via USB-C and that’s the only USB connection you are using. Anything else will certainly step the output down and it is limited to a maximum output of 65W combined across the four charging ports. If you have a power-demanding computer that needs more than 65W, it’s better to use the original charger and plug it into one of the 110V ports. Otherwise, you’ll experience discharging even with the device connected.When you’re using the four ports, the first USB Type-C will provide 45W, the second one will provide 15W as well as one of the USB-A ports. The last USB-A port will have just 5W. So, you’ll still be able to charge your smartphone fastly depending on the input that it supports. The Split-charging may sound like a limitation, but still, this does not make the product sound less useful. It’s still a powerful charger that will charge multiple devices at very good rates. The 45W is still fast, 15W is also acceptable depending on the device. There are other scenarios and you can see in the picture above. I could easily charge my POCO X3 Pro with the Baseus charger since it supports 33W charging. Moreover, I’ve plugged my iPlay DualShock 4 charging dock in one of the USB-A ports and it’s working perfectly fine.ProsCompact SizeCompatibility with multiple devicesPortable PowerSource with the 110W portsLong Cable and USB Type-C to Type-C port provided for freeConsYou’ll need an adapter depending on the regionConclusionBaseus PowerStrip GaN Charger is a complete and compact product that can save your day when you’re needing to charge multiple devices but also needs a power source for some of your electronics. If you’re traveling, you can easily take this device with your to charge your smartphones and also to turn on some of your electronics.Buy Baseus 65W GaN III USB C Wall Charger with 2 OutletsThe Breakdown The Baseus Encok W11 earphones are currently available for a lowered price of $32.23 on Amazon. It is worth mentioning here that the original list price of the product is $59.99. Appearance – 8.2 Quality – 7.6 Battery life – 8.0 Sound quality – 8.5 Much to the delight of audiophiles, the Baseus Encok W11 True Wireless Earbuds went official, last month. These pair of earphones work with wireless chargers. Moreover, they offer superior bass quality. There’s no dearth of earbuds in the market. However, the Baseus W11 boasts an impressive array of features that are usually available on premium earbuds.As mentioned, the market is teeming with all sorts of audio accessories. However, wireless earphones have been garnering huge popularity among audiophiles since they deliver a superior listening experience. Moreover, a considerable number of wireless earbuds are extremely compact and easy to carry. They are an ideal choice for frequent travelers and even students who fancy listening to their favorite music on the go. In addition to that, most earphones are designed to be perfect for working out.They are usually designed to stay inside the ear even during rigorous workout sessions. Moreover, they usually offer sweat and water resistance, making it a must-have accessory for fitness enthusiasts, as well as adventure junkies. On the downside, these feature-laden earphones aren’t easy on the pocketbook. What sets the Baseus W11 Wireless Earbuds apart from the rest is the affordable price tag it carries. As if that weren’t enough, the W11 offers top-end specifications, a highly appealing design, and a host of useful functions.In today’s hands-on, we would be diving straight into more details about the Baseus Wireless Earbuds Bluetooth Earphones W11.Baseus Encok W11 Wireless Earbuds – Technical SpecificationsMaterial used: ABS+PCCharging port: Type-CFrequency response range: 20Hz-20KHzCharging time: about 60 minutesMagnetic wireless charging time: about 120 minutesListening time: about 4 hours with 70 percent volumeStandby time: 6 months with earbuds in the charging caseBluetooth version: Bluetooth 5.0Most Notable FeaturesFast Magnetic Wireless Charging: The Encok W11 comes with a portable magnetic charging case that uses a 300mAh battery to charge the earbuds up to 3.5 times.Ear Tips With A Unique Design: Baseus has designed the ear tips ergonomically in a bid to offer ultimate comfort and a perfect fit.Baseus Flash Charging Technology: The Baseus W11 earbuds, as well as the case, can be charged at once via the Baseus flash charging technology. The earbuds last for 4 hours after just 10 minutes of charging.Baseus App Setup: Baseus Smart app lets you check connection status and the remaining battery. Aside from that, the app comes in handy for customizing the earbuds button, OTA upgrade, and taking advantage of the anti-lost Function.Ideal For Leisure & Entertainment: The W11 comes with a 10mm dynamic driver and has built-in ENC microphones to minimize outside noise. Moreover, this amplifies your voice during calls. Aside from that, they support SBC and AAC audio codecs. The 60ms low latency connection ensures high-quality audio output and a superior gaming experience.Awe-Inspiring & Practical DesignThe outward appearance of the Baseus W11 Wireless Earbuds is highly appealing and practical. The earbuds come with ergonomically designed ear tips that ensure superior comfort and excellent fit even for a longer duration. Aside from offering a secure fit, ear tips serve as a seal from noises from the outside world. In other words, the sound gets directly delivered from the driver to the wearer’s eardrum. On top of that, they look pretty good inside the ear and go well with athleisure, formal, and even casual outfits.Moreover, the compact charging case of the Baseus W11 Wireless Earbuds fits perfectly inside your palm. The charging case is so compact, that you can carry it fits in your pocket. The dimensions of the charging case are 70.4mm (2.77 inches) x 33.85mm (1.33 inches). Likewise, the earbuds’ dimensions are 18.46mm (0.73 inch) x 25.35mm (0.99 inch). The earbuds and the charging case come in a black color option, with the Baseus branding on top of the charging case.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramThe plug, as well as the charging case, are made using high-quality ABS+PC materials. The case has a matte finish. There’s a glossy strip between the inner and outer regions of the plugs. This inner and outer region is frosted. I enjoyed the big touch-sensitive external area, which is hard to miss when it comes to control with your fingers. Although there is no practical use of it, I missed the LEDs on the plugs, They would have enhanced the overall appearance of the earbuds.Package – What’s Inside The Box?The package dimensions are 4.53 x 3.74 x 1.93 inches, and the item weighs 5 ounces. The box comprises the Baseus W11 wireless earbuds, a must-read quick operation guide, a 7-language user manual, XL/L/M/S ear tips, type c charging cable, and a charging case with magnetic charging technology. Upfront, the box features the earbuds with the text, “Encok W11 True Wireless Earphones.” The yellow (with black text) Baseus branding can be seen at the top left corner. The branding is also visible on the warranty card with other pieces of vital information. Key features like fast charging, automatic aligned wireless charging, comfort secure fit, and IPX8 waterproof are mentioned on the side of the box.How To Use?The Quick Operation Guide shows how to use the earbuds. The Type C charging cable is long enough. First off, use an app to find the Baseus W11 wireless earbuds. Now, download, install and open the Baseus Smart app. The GPS function will automatically track the location of the earphones. Moreover, the app shows the status and remaining battery.It is worth mentioning here that the app should be used when the wireless is enabled. Likewise, the GPS function should be used when the app is always enabled. More details about specific use are included in the manual.Audio Quality & Other FunctionsThe Encok W11 produces good quality audio. Especially, considering that it carries an affordable price tag, the earphones offer a considerably good listening experience. Furthermore, their sound isolation is relatively better than similar products available in the market for under $60. Aside from that, they deliver powerful bass and sufficiently good treble. The heavyweight style of the Encok W11 is ideal for funk and hip hop. Also, pop and rock sound great on the earbuds. You can configure the touch controls of the earphones on a smartphone using the Baseus app, which is available for Android, as well as iOS. Moreover, you can find the earphones by a beep and even installing new firmware versions. The product’s Bluetooth signal range is quite good. In other words, you can wear it in a pool, while keeping your smartphone at a safe distance.Battery & ChargingThe Baseus Encok W11 delivers one week (7 days) of battery life, exactly what the popular digital accessory brand promises. However, you’d need to ensure you are using the earbuds at medium volume, for up to 4 hours a day. Since the case supports fast charging, I tested the feature using a 25W charger. Much to my delight, the device took just 40 minutes to charge from 0 to 100 percent. Alternatively, you can take advantage of the wireless charging capability of the product, but it might take slightly longer to fully charge the earbuds.The compact form factor of earbuds usually restricts the size of the battery it can use. However, the Baseus W11 delivers an impressive 6-hour listening, and up to an entire day with the charging case. The earphones come with Type-C charging port, which works with PD ultra-fast charging.Verdict, Price & Where To BuyThe Baseus Encok W11 is a good product to consider if you aren’t willing to spend a lot of money on your first TWS headset. The reasonably priced earphones deliver superior sound and offer a firm fit in the ears. Aside from that, they provide customizable controls and fast wireless charging. As if that weren’t enough, the W11 is waterproof.
The Breakdown 4.1 8.2 A device that comes as a surprise! TECNOs CAMON 18 Premier is packed with impressive camera system, a quite powerful chipset - and a huge battery for mid-range phone needs. Its surely a MUST-see device! Camera 8.2 Battery 8.2 Specs 8.2 Quality 8.2 Performance 8.2 Audio 8.2 Last year our team started to review smartphones from TECNO – a subsidiary of TRANSSION Holdings. The latter is the group with the biggest sales in Africa and a relatively new player in East and Central Asia.聽To push its portfolio, TECNO has聽 presence in more than 70 emerging markets and is the official partner of Manchester City football club. We mention these facts because having seen a lot of TECNO smartphones during the past few months we believe that this could be the beginning of something interesting in the mobile market. If performed properly, TECNO’s vision in the global market has all the necessary features to succeed. Yes, this is how excited we are after having played for several weeks with the latest smartphone of the brand, CAMON 18 Premier.This… premier tag is added to advertise the camera abilities of the phone and believe me this happens for a reason! It comes with a stabilised Gimbal camera, a technology that has become now mainstream starting last year from certain vivo smartphones. The phone also features a digital 60X zoom ability on its telephoto lens, while the main CMOS is a 64MP sensor. The display is 6.7 inches large with an AMOLED panel and 120Hz refresh rate. Last but not least, the SoC is the new Helio G96, a SoC designed for gaming.Buy TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Here.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – SpecificationsDimensions: 8 x 75.9 x 8.2 mm,Weight: 200.6 gDisplay: AMOLED, 120Hz, 550 nits (typ), 6.7 inches, 108.4 cm2 (~87.2% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~393 ppi density)CPU: Mediatek Helio G96 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.05 GHz Cortex-A76 & 6×2.0 GHz Cortex-A55)GPU: Mali-G57 MC2RAM+ROM: 8GB RAM, 128GB, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 4750 mAh, Fast charging 33W, 64% in 30 minConnectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-AGSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 850 / 900 / 2100LTEBiometrics: Fingerprint (side-mounted)Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash, panorama, HDR, gimbal OIS64 MP, f/1.6, 26mm (wide), PDAF8 MP, f/3.5, 135mm (periscope telephoto), PDAF, 5x optical zoom12 MP, (ultrawide)Selfie Camera: 32 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: 4K@30fps, 1080p@30fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: USB Type-C, 3.5mm jack.Sound: 24-bit/192kHz audio.Sensors: FM radio,accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Polar night, Vast skySoftware: Android 11, HIOS 8TECNO Camon 18 Premier – UnboxingCamon 18 Premier comes in a white box with multiple details, a good sign that the company has made the extra effort to properly present this smartphone. Around the box we can see a label with the characteristics (Made in China visible) and the partnership with Manchesters City football club. Underneath the box we can spot the main characteristics of the device, along with 2 useful informations. The smartphone is TUV Rheinland Certified for Low Blue Light and has a Safe Fast-Charge System. Excellent presentation in my humble opinion.Opening the box, we can see the smartphone, its 33W fast charger, a SIM tray pin, a soft silicon case, a set of headphones and a charging / data transfer cable. The manual is added in the phone itself – you can find it in the settings. We are happy for the extras, but the headphones cable could be of a better quality material, as it looks very fragile.A Camon 18 Premier smartphoneA USB-C to USB-A data transfer / charging cableA 33W fast chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA silicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later – after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but soft, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case. Summarizing the box is complete and we could not be more happy about it.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – DesignA modern design, similar to OnePlus and Samsung latest smartphones, is the first thing that catches your eyesight. TECNO redesigned the smartphone from its previous generations with a flat angular design with flat surfaces. The company claims it is designed based on the Golden ratio G-2 curvature, placing all the details in a way for the device to look beautiful yet easy to use.It is lightweight and the body is only thick at 8.15mm. The smartphone is big but not difficult to keep it in your hand.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodThe front of the phone has a huge 6.7 inch flat screen with a hole in the center upper part. Its bezels are small, a bit wider on the lower part. The selfie camera hole is not small – the company decided not to hide but to enhance the sensor entry with a silver ring. A small detail used to turn over the design into something positive. On the top bezel we can see the main head speaker on a wide thin tray. The screen has a thin plastic film on, to protect from daily scratches.The chassis is almost flat, with a bit of curvature near the two panels. On the top we can see the external audio cancelling input, on the left side the sim tray and on the bottom the 3,5 mm audio jack port, a second external audio cancelling input, a USB-C port and the main speakers tray. The right side has the volume buttons and the power on/off button that also works as a fingerprint sensor. The display is AMOLED and the position to add the fingerprint sensor here is possibly a way to lower the cost of the smartphone.Camon 18 Premier – Quality聽finishThe back panel is characterised by the last camera island – a similar design found in OnePlus latest premium flagships. The camera island is tall, a bit more than a millimeter with 3 same size circular lenses. The middle one has a red ring, the other two are just black. The lower one is square inside, a sign that it packs telescopic telephotos. On it we can read 60X and Video / AI triple camera adding in extra small font some camera details. The camera installation closes with a LED flash on the top right side.The panel is clear other than a TECNO Camon logo vertically placed in the right bottom side. The phone comes in 2 colors, Polar Night and Vast SKy. We got the Polar Night color version ( light blue/green matte) which looks professional and modern. The matte finish is felt on the fingertips as silky glass and it is added to protect from fingerprints.The panel itself is not coated with any special oil phobic material and you can see the fingerprints in the sun. Our opinion is to use the silicon case that comes in the retail box. It is good enough for everyday usage and is clear enough to see the color. The latter is altering under different angles of sun and is a pleasant surprise to the eye.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – HardwareThe main star is of course the 6.7 inch display. It has a 92% ratio to the body with very slim bezels and a resolution of 1080p. The panel is AMOLED with excellent colors and 120 Hz聽 refresh rate! Yes, the rate can be altered using software between 60Hz, 120Hz or auto-switch according to usage. The brand is focusing on generally extra sunny markets and the display goes up to 550 nits having excellent usage under direct sunlight.Touch is precise. What is extra here and very appreciated is a Certification from T脺V Rheinland that this specified product is Low Blue Light (Hardware Solution). This means that the CAMON 18 Premier can reduce blue light to provide comfort for your eyes all day long and reduce overall power consumption. We cant be more happy than this! Considering the price this is a major selling point. TECNO Camon 18 Premier – Helio SoCThe driving power behind this smartphone is the MediaTek Helio G96 CPU. G96 is an 8-core chipset that was announced on June 16, 2021, and is manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. It has 2 cores Cortex-A76 at 2050 MHz and 6 cores Cortex-A55 at 2000 MHz. It is supported by Mali-G57 MC2 for graphics, 8GB of RAM, and 256GB of storage. This is a new SOC and at this point TECNO, realme and Infinix are the only users. The CPU is gaming oriented and this means that the smartphone can handle multitasking, integration of multiple apps and gaming for everyday usage. It is not getting hot neither in gaming or during charging. In general, watching videos, playing games and swiping through various applications is smooth and lag-free. We found the SoC more than able in speed and energy efficiency. Memory is plenty as mentioned with 8/256GB. In case you want extra space and you don’t like Cloud options, there is a SDcard option in the SIM tray to expand the storage in the device. COVID-19 is something we all must be aware of. Contact-less with payments through the phone is a much appreciated extra and TECNO had added NFC to it.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramTECNO Camon 18 Premier – ConnectivityConnectivity is excellent with WIFI Turbo, a technology powered by an industrial chip coupled with some antenna tuning algorithms. The results are 50% more range than similar phones while ensuring that handling the phone during gaming will not block the signal. Calls and video calls are performed without issues.Sound is good, it has a single loudspeaker and music sounds ok in all levels of volume but we would prefer stereo sound. Sound during calls and video-calls is ok but nothing to brag about. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous.There are two ways to unlock CAMON 18 Premier. Face-unlocking is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.The other way is the side panel fingerprint reader. The scanner is working perfectly with my first setup. The side sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use only the side sensor and disable the Face Unlock for the reasons I explained above. Adding also to this, is how quickly the sensor unlocks the phone – it is super fast. The only issue is the right side position, so for people that are left handed this is not very helpful.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – SoftwareThe operating system in the phone is the HiOS 8.0. It is redesigned and reminds me a lot of the ColorOS from OPPO/OnePlus. It is fast and smooth with many extras. An extra we did not find is multiple language support as it is intended for specific markets. Global markets should be the target here and a few translations could make the difference. Please check before buying this phone if your mother language is supported – else English can be used with the multiple language G-Keyboard, as in my case.HiOS 8.0 has multiple features for daily usage. A unique Always-On Display which provides key information about notifications, date, turn-off patterns,clock, date and much more. Notifications and control center is divided for simpler presentation. There is a Real-time Weather Broadcasting with very beautiful animations. Animations are generally smooth with beautiful effects. Za-Hooc 2.0 is a personal security guard that sums all actions needed from the user to keep his smartphone clean and safe. There is a Video Editor for video customisation and Visha Player for playing local videos with various extras.Film album is the native gallery app while adding the ability to make pictures into movies. Voice changer customizes voice effects. Phone cloner makes data transfer easy and safe from one phone to another in seconds.聽 Document Correction uses perspective correction and page edge detection technology to auto course-correct documents and adjusts them for easy and correct viewing.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodAdded security is a must these days and we have a Security Keyboard for keeping digital identities secure. This is added to new App Privacy Permissions that control which application has permissions to your personal data. TECNO Language master provides real-time photo translation, voice recognition and translation, reading and typing assistance. It has support for 60 languages for in-app communication (Whatsapp, Messenger, Wecom, IMO, Teams, LINE, Twitter etc). Ella is an AI Voice Assistant that is able to help scheduling activities, control media etc. AR cards is a method to present information like AR business cards and is a modern method to present 3D business identities. Smart Cards can also include Calendar, Business trips & meetings, Flight information and Birthday reminders. We did not find anything missing but TECNO has added a lot of extra apps (bloatware) that are either obscured by Google Services pack or not really needed. If you like minimal looks and clear OS you can delete these apps. You can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is much cleaner and user friendly.I have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs of a user and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption.HIOS 8 is also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. According to the company this smartphone will get an update to Android 12.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – CameraAs we said in the beginning, the Premier tag is used to promote the camera abilities of the phone. The gimbal technology is new on smartphones but works perfectly providing unparalleled Optical Stabilisation to videos. The company brags for 300% effectiveness over other smartphones without a similar mechanism.The gimbal has a rotation angle of up to 5x greater than traditional OIS technology and 3x better image stability. Basically you dont need to buy a gimbal to shoot steady videos – according to them anyways.The camera uses a wide angle lens and Camon 18 Premier is really capable of 109掳 wide-angle shooting with sublime clarity up to 4K resolution and this is a feature found only on premier flagships. Unfortunately the gimbal mechanism is not available to all sensors, but only supports the ultra wide 12 MP camera. The main 64MP camera uses only EIS. 64MP is top choice for mid-range phones, and really we havent seen a bad picture from these shooters the last 3 years. The rule applies here too, with quality results day or night. A third lens of 8MP is using a telescope mechanism ( a characteristic usually found also only on premier flagships)! The telephoto can zoom at 5X and uses a Galileo algorithm engine to gather pixel information to enhance resolution and clarity. The telephoto can also reach 12X zoom using an AI algorithm and then push up to 60x hybrid zoom! Yes you can use this phone for moon pics and astrophotography.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodPushing the envelope, Camon 18 Premier adds a 32 MP front camera for quality selfies and video calls.What we really like, is that TECNO did not fall into the quad camera pit of advertisement by adding low quality macro or depth shooters. It takes courage to do so, having triple camera phones in the quad camera phone era,聽 but believe us the 4th camera is usually useless.The sum comes with a compact and convenient UI, incorporating clear function buttons and new intelligent gender-based identification for beautify functions. Users can now utilize the Portrait Light Effect Mode to lighten, darken, change, or remove the background completely!TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodThis software is world wide class and a major selling point to Africa, because of the peoples dark characteristics. Equipped with 1.6micron pixels, the phone is able to capture 2X light as competitor phones. Photos captured with the CAMON 18 Premier appear brighter and have more details.From our usage these two weeks the videos are ultra clear and amazingly stable with good sound and colors.The pictures are good from the main 64MP sensor but medium quality from the other two shooters. Same goes for the night shots.The phone focuses more on videos and color discrimination and this is not bad at all.My opinion is that TECNO can work a bit on the telephoto max zoom and ultra wide shots for their future updates.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – BatteryThese are the times of large displays with 120Hz refresh rates, 3D gaming and surfing in social media. A smartphone is only good if it can stay on through the day. Energy efficient CPUs, large batteries and software customization is the only path. CPU is energy efficient enough. HiOS has a separate menu for battery and various modes of usage. Finally TECNO added a 4750mAh battery for extra long usage. We found that the phone has 11 hours of SoT, something more than good as you can understand.With T脺V Rheinland certifications for Safe Fast-charge Systems, Camon 18 Premier supports 33W Flash Charging. It can charge from 0 to 50% in just 20 minutes. It can reach 100% in 65 minutes. The phone charges through a USB Type port.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – ConclusionWe are impressed. This is a VFM camera/video phone that has basically everything. The display is top notch. The camera is a first in the mid-range category, a gimbal is something new and an excellent choice to stand out. The CPU is new and fast. The battery is big and fast charging. The fingerprint sensor is ultra fast. Hardware-wise the smartphone is what an average user needs – without having to break the bank.The looks are excellent with top quality. The retail box has everything in. Connectivity is what we look for – sure there is no 5G but not all countries have 5G and the few that have do not support it fully.Software is full and quite user friendly. TECNO must prove here that as a company, they have come to stay and show what they can do. The only way is constant support and upgrades. For example in some scenarios the camera needs improvement. Android 12 is on the road too. We need to see all these. Plus TECNO should REALLY add full language support. This way people can advertise and use your phones all around the planet.What’s not to like?The Breakdown 4.1 8.2 A device that comes as a surprise! TECNOs CAMON 18 Premier is packed with impressive camera system, a quite powerful chipset - and a huge battery for mid-range phone needs. Its surely a MUST-see device! Camera 8.2 Battery 8.2 Specs 8.2 Quality 8.2 Performance 8.2 Audio 8.2 Last year our team started to review smartphones from TECNO – a subsidiary of TRANSSION Holdings. The latter is the group with the biggest sales in Africa and a relatively new player in East and Central Asia.聽To push its portfolio, TECNO has聽 presence in more than 70 emerging markets and is the official partner of Manchester City football club. We mention these facts because having seen a lot of TECNO smartphones during the past few months we believe that this could be the beginning of something interesting in the mobile market. If performed properly, TECNO’s vision in the global market has all the necessary features to succeed. Yes, this is how excited we are after having played for several weeks with the latest smartphone of the brand, CAMON 18 Premier.This… premier tag is added to advertise the camera abilities of the phone and believe me this happens for a reason! It comes with a stabilised Gimbal camera, a technology that has become now mainstream starting last year from certain vivo smartphones. The phone also features a digital 60X zoom ability on its telephoto lens, while the main CMOS is a 64MP sensor. The display is 6.7 inches large with an AMOLED panel and 120Hz refresh rate. Last but not least, the SoC is the new Helio G96, a SoC designed for gaming.Buy TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Here.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – SpecificationsDimensions: 8 x 75.9 x 8.2 mm,Weight: 200.6 gDisplay: AMOLED, 120Hz, 550 nits (typ), 6.7 inches, 108.4 cm2 (~87.2% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~393 ppi density)CPU: Mediatek Helio G96 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.05 GHz Cortex-A76 & 6×2.0 GHz Cortex-A55)GPU: Mali-G57 MC2RAM+ROM: 8GB RAM, 128GB, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 4750 mAh, Fast charging 33W, 64% in 30 minConnectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-AGSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 850 / 900 / 2100LTEBiometrics: Fingerprint (side-mounted)Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash, panorama, HDR, gimbal OIS64 MP, f/1.6, 26mm (wide), PDAF8 MP, f/3.5, 135mm (periscope telephoto), PDAF, 5x optical zoom12 MP, (ultrawide)Selfie Camera: 32 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: 4K@30fps, 1080p@30fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: USB Type-C, 3.5mm jack.Sound: 24-bit/192kHz audio.Sensors: FM radio,accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Polar night, Vast skySoftware: Android 11, HIOS 8TECNO Camon 18 Premier – UnboxingCamon 18 Premier comes in a white box with multiple details, a good sign that the company has made the extra effort to properly present this smartphone. Around the box we can see a label with the characteristics (Made in China visible) and the partnership with Manchesters City football club. Underneath the box we can spot the main characteristics of the device, along with 2 useful informations. The smartphone is TUV Rheinland Certified for Low Blue Light and has a Safe Fast-Charge System. Excellent presentation in my humble opinion.Opening the box, we can see the smartphone, its 33W fast charger, a SIM tray pin, a soft silicon case, a set of headphones and a charging / data transfer cable. The manual is added in the phone itself – you can find it in the settings. We are happy for the extras, but the headphones cable could be of a better quality material, as it looks very fragile.A Camon 18 Premier smartphoneA USB-C to USB-A data transfer / charging cableA 33W fast chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA silicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later – after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but soft, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case. Summarizing the box is complete and we could not be more happy about it.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – DesignA modern design, similar to OnePlus and Samsung latest smartphones, is the first thing that catches your eyesight. TECNO redesigned the smartphone from its previous generations with a flat angular design with flat surfaces. The company claims it is designed based on the Golden ratio G-2 curvature, placing all the details in a way for the device to look beautiful yet easy to use.It is lightweight and the body is only thick at 8.15mm. The smartphone is big but not difficult to keep it in your hand.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodThe front of the phone has a huge 6.7 inch flat screen with a hole in the center upper part. Its bezels are small, a bit wider on the lower part. The selfie camera hole is not small – the company decided not to hide but to enhance the sensor entry with a silver ring. A small detail used to turn over the design into something positive. On the top bezel we can see the main head speaker on a wide thin tray. The screen has a thin plastic film on, to protect from daily scratches.The chassis is almost flat, with a bit of curvature near the two panels. On the top we can see the external audio cancelling input, on the left side the sim tray and on the bottom the 3,5 mm audio jack port, a second external audio cancelling input, a USB-C port and the main speakers tray. The right side has the volume buttons and the power on/off button that also works as a fingerprint sensor. The display is AMOLED and the position to add the fingerprint sensor here is possibly a way to lower the cost of the smartphone.Camon 18 Premier – Quality聽finishThe back panel is characterised by the last camera island – a similar design found in OnePlus latest premium flagships. The camera island is tall, a bit more than a millimeter with 3 same size circular lenses. The middle one has a red ring, the other two are just black. The lower one is square inside, a sign that it packs telescopic telephotos. On it we can read 60X and Video / AI triple camera adding in extra small font some camera details. The camera installation closes with a LED flash on the top right side.The panel is clear other than a TECNO Camon logo vertically placed in the right bottom side. The phone comes in 2 colors, Polar Night and Vast SKy. We got the Polar Night color version ( light blue/green matte) which looks professional and modern. The matte finish is felt on the fingertips as silky glass and it is added to protect from fingerprints.The panel itself is not coated with any special oil phobic material and you can see the fingerprints in the sun. Our opinion is to use the silicon case that comes in the retail box. It is good enough for everyday usage and is clear enough to see the color. The latter is altering under different angles of sun and is a pleasant surprise to the eye.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – HardwareThe main star is of course the 6.7 inch display. It has a 92% ratio to the body with very slim bezels and a resolution of 1080p. The panel is AMOLED with excellent colors and 120 Hz聽 refresh rate! Yes, the rate can be altered using software between 60Hz, 120Hz or auto-switch according to usage. The brand is focusing on generally extra sunny markets and the display goes up to 550 nits having excellent usage under direct sunlight.Touch is precise. What is extra here and very appreciated is a Certification from T脺V Rheinland that this specified product is Low Blue Light (Hardware Solution). This means that the CAMON 18 Premier can reduce blue light to provide comfort for your eyes all day long and reduce overall power consumption. We cant be more happy than this! Considering the price this is a major selling point. TECNO Camon 18 Premier – Helio SoCThe driving power behind this smartphone is the MediaTek Helio G96 CPU. G96 is an 8-core chipset that was announced on June 16, 2021, and is manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. It has 2 cores Cortex-A76 at 2050 MHz and 6 cores Cortex-A55 at 2000 MHz. It is supported by Mali-G57 MC2 for graphics, 8GB of RAM, and 256GB of storage. This is a new SOC and at this point TECNO, realme and Infinix are the only users. The CPU is gaming oriented and this means that the smartphone can handle multitasking, integration of multiple apps and gaming for everyday usage. It is not getting hot neither in gaming or during charging. In general, watching videos, playing games and swiping through various applications is smooth and lag-free. We found the SoC more than able in speed and energy efficiency. Memory is plenty as mentioned with 8/256GB. In case you want extra space and you don’t like Cloud options, there is a SDcard option in the SIM tray to expand the storage in the device. COVID-19 is something we all must be aware of. Contact-less with payments through the phone is a much appreciated extra and TECNO had added NFC to it.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramTECNO Camon 18 Premier – ConnectivityConnectivity is excellent with WIFI Turbo, a technology powered by an industrial chip coupled with some antenna tuning algorithms. The results are 50% more range than similar phones while ensuring that handling the phone during gaming will not block the signal. Calls and video calls are performed without issues.Sound is good, it has a single loudspeaker and music sounds ok in all levels of volume but we would prefer stereo sound. Sound during calls and video-calls is ok but nothing to brag about. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous.There are two ways to unlock CAMON 18 Premier. Face-unlocking is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.The other way is the side panel fingerprint reader. The scanner is working perfectly with my first setup. The side sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use only the side sensor and disable the Face Unlock for the reasons I explained above. Adding also to this, is how quickly the sensor unlocks the phone – it is super fast. The only issue is the right side position, so for people that are left handed this is not very helpful.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – SoftwareThe operating system in the phone is the HiOS 8.0. It is redesigned and reminds me a lot of the ColorOS from OPPO/OnePlus. It is fast and smooth with many extras. An extra we did not find is multiple language support as it is intended for specific markets. Global markets should be the target here and a few translations could make the difference. Please check before buying this phone if your mother language is supported – else English can be used with the multiple language G-Keyboard, as in my case.HiOS 8.0 has multiple features for daily usage. A unique Always-On Display which provides key information about notifications, date, turn-off patterns,clock, date and much more. Notifications and control center is divided for simpler presentation. There is a Real-time Weather Broadcasting with very beautiful animations. Animations are generally smooth with beautiful effects. Za-Hooc 2.0 is a personal security guard that sums all actions needed from the user to keep his smartphone clean and safe. There is a Video Editor for video customisation and Visha Player for playing local videos with various extras.Film album is the native gallery app while adding the ability to make pictures into movies. Voice changer customizes voice effects. Phone cloner makes data transfer easy and safe from one phone to another in seconds.聽 Document Correction uses perspective correction and page edge detection technology to auto course-correct documents and adjusts them for easy and correct viewing.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodAdded security is a must these days and we have a Security Keyboard for keeping digital identities secure. This is added to new App Privacy Permissions that control which application has permissions to your personal data. TECNO Language master provides real-time photo translation, voice recognition and translation, reading and typing assistance. It has support for 60 languages for in-app communication (Whatsapp, Messenger, Wecom, IMO, Teams, LINE, Twitter etc). Ella is an AI Voice Assistant that is able to help scheduling activities, control media etc. AR cards is a method to present information like AR business cards and is a modern method to present 3D business identities. Smart Cards can also include Calendar, Business trips & meetings, Flight information and Birthday reminders. We did not find anything missing but TECNO has added a lot of extra apps (bloatware) that are either obscured by Google Services pack or not really needed. If you like minimal looks and clear OS you can delete these apps. You can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is much cleaner and user friendly.I have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs of a user and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption.HIOS 8 is also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. According to the company this smartphone will get an update to Android 12.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – CameraAs we said in the beginning, the Premier tag is used to promote the camera abilities of the phone. The gimbal technology is new on smartphones but works perfectly providing unparalleled Optical Stabilisation to videos. The company brags for 300% effectiveness over other smartphones without a similar mechanism.The gimbal has a rotation angle of up to 5x greater than traditional OIS technology and 3x better image stability. Basically you dont need to buy a gimbal to shoot steady videos – according to them anyways.The camera uses a wide angle lens and Camon 18 Premier is really capable of 109掳 wide-angle shooting with sublime clarity up to 4K resolution and this is a feature found only on premier flagships. Unfortunately the gimbal mechanism is not available to all sensors, but only supports the ultra wide 12 MP camera. The main 64MP camera uses only EIS. 64MP is top choice for mid-range phones, and really we havent seen a bad picture from these shooters the last 3 years. The rule applies here too, with quality results day or night. A third lens of 8MP is using a telescope mechanism ( a characteristic usually found also only on premier flagships)! The telephoto can zoom at 5X and uses a Galileo algorithm engine to gather pixel information to enhance resolution and clarity. The telephoto can also reach 12X zoom using an AI algorithm and then push up to 60x hybrid zoom! Yes you can use this phone for moon pics and astrophotography.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodPushing the envelope, Camon 18 Premier adds a 32 MP front camera for quality selfies and video calls.What we really like, is that TECNO did not fall into the quad camera pit of advertisement by adding low quality macro or depth shooters. It takes courage to do so, having triple camera phones in the quad camera phone era,聽 but believe us the 4th camera is usually useless.The sum comes with a compact and convenient UI, incorporating clear function buttons and new intelligent gender-based identification for beautify functions. Users can now utilize the Portrait Light Effect Mode to lighten, darken, change, or remove the background completely!TECNO Camon 18 Premier – More under the hoodThis software is world wide class and a major selling point to Africa, because of the peoples dark characteristics. Equipped with 1.6micron pixels, the phone is able to capture 2X light as competitor phones. Photos captured with the CAMON 18 Premier appear brighter and have more details.From our usage these two weeks the videos are ultra clear and amazingly stable with good sound and colors.The pictures are good from the main 64MP sensor but medium quality from the other two shooters. Same goes for the night shots.The phone focuses more on videos and color discrimination and this is not bad at all.My opinion is that TECNO can work a bit on the telephoto max zoom and ultra wide shots for their future updates.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – BatteryThese are the times of large displays with 120Hz refresh rates, 3D gaming and surfing in social media. A smartphone is only good if it can stay on through the day. Energy efficient CPUs, large batteries and software customization is the only path. CPU is energy efficient enough. HiOS has a separate menu for battery and various modes of usage. Finally TECNO added a 4750mAh battery for extra long usage. We found that the phone has 11 hours of SoT, something more than good as you can understand.With T脺V Rheinland certifications for Safe Fast-charge Systems, Camon 18 Premier supports 33W Flash Charging. It can charge from 0 to 50% in just 20 minutes. It can reach 100% in 65 minutes. The phone charges through a USB Type port.TECNO Camon 18 Premier – ConclusionWe are impressed. This is a VFM camera/video phone that has basically everything. The display is top notch. The camera is a first in the mid-range category, a gimbal is something new and an excellent choice to stand out. The CPU is new and fast. The battery is big and fast charging. The fingerprint sensor is ultra fast. Hardware-wise the smartphone is what an average user needs – without having to break the bank.The looks are excellent with top quality. The retail box has everything in. Connectivity is what we look for – sure there is no 5G but not all countries have 5G and the few that have do not support it fully.Software is full and quite user friendly. TECNO must prove here that as a company, they have come to stay and show what they can do. The only way is constant support and upgrades. For example in some scenarios the camera needs improvement. Android 12 is on the road too. We need to see all these. Plus TECNO should REALLY add full language support. This way people can advertise and use your phones all around the planet.What’s not to like?The Breakdown Realme GT Master edition tries to balance between good specs and excellent design. The price is good, the smartphone is more than good to use and the sum is a good buy Performance – 90% Camera – 85% Software – 92% Battery – 85% Not that long time ago, we had in our hands Realmes newest flagship-killer, Realme GT, and we really enjoyed the all around experience it offered. Today – and starting from those days of Realme X, the innovative company adds a Master Edition model to its portfolio with certain improvements under the hood. As Realme is a mostly online brand focused on young people, the Realme GT Master Edition comes as an upgrade focused on design, as a way to catch the eye of a more mature audience.To do so, the company collaborates with special product design director and world-renowned industrial designer, Naoto Fukasawa. Fukasawa provides amazing designs based on daily experiences. The onion/garlic design or the concrete/red brick of previous Realme Master Edition smartphones were highly praised and accepted from the market as a fresh way to design smartphones. This time the Japanese designer gave us a suitcase design – a real magnet for surrounding looks – and a luxurious matte plastic design. Both are less fancy / sporty than the vanilla Realme GT series.The suitcase design is focused on people who want the extra artistic touch – according to the designer himself the Travel Suitcase look and feel tries to evoke memories of traveling, something that the young people have missed in the pandemic era. The matte plastic design is for people that are attracted to luxury / premium style smartphones and want some added elegance. While the suitcase design is a clear identity – no other phone exists like that, the matte plastic design has nothing to add in the plethora of similar designs that exist in the market.Suitcase DesignFor the first time, Realme did not stay in the external design but tried to separate the Master for the vanilla edition of its annual flagships. Remember the more mature audience of the Master series? Well, Realme possibly discovered that a Gran Tourismo themed series boosting specifications is not the first choice for people aged 30-50+. They usually dont play 3D games, they dont care about super multitasking BUT they take a lot of pictures and videos and want style and a pit of posh. Based on this, this years Master edition comes in two models:the vanilla model, that is the GT model aesthetically upgraded, with a more powerful selfie camera and Snapdragon 778G SoC in Voyager Grey, Luna White and Cosmos Black colors, anda higher specification model, Master Explorer Edition, with more powerful cameras all around and Snapdragon 870 SoC in Gray and Apricot colors.In both cases the Realme GT Master Series are a design / camera focused series and not an extreme flagship killer – after all the supreme Snapdragon 888 SoC is gone.We believe the naming of the basically NEW smartphone series was not successful. GT should have gone, leaving the Master-Master Explorer naming alone. This way, people of different age groups and needs would not get confused.In our hands we have the vanilla Realme GT Master Edition. We reviewed the phone for a period of two weeks. Below you will read our impressions along with the pros and cons of this new series.Realme GT Master – Specifications (in RED the differences from GT)Dimensions: 159.2 mm x 73.5 mm x 8.0/8.7 mm (depending on color)Weight: 174-180 g (depending on color)Display: Super AMOLED, 120Hz, 6.43 inches, 99.8 cm2 (~85.3% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~409 ppi)CPU: Qualcomm Snapdragon 778G 5G (6 nm), Octa-core (1×2.4 GHz Kryo 670 Prime & 3×2.2 GHz Kryo 670 Gold & 4×1.9 GHz Kryo 670 Silver)GPU: Adreno 642LRAM+ROM: 128GB 8GB RAM, 256GB 12GB RAM, UFS 3.1Battery: Li-Po 4300 mAh, non-removable, Fast charging 65W, 100% in 35 minConnectivity: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5G2G: GSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2, CDMA 8003G: HSDPA 850 / 900 / 1700(AWS) / 1900 / 2100, CDMA2000 1xEV-DO4G: LTE FDD: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 34, 38, 39, 40, 415G: 1, 3, 28, 41, 77, 78, 79 SA/NSASpeed: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5GBiometrics: Under display Fingerprint Sensor, Face UnlockMain Camera: Triple Camera, Dual-LED dual-tone flash, HDR, panorama64 MP, f/2.2, 26mm (wide), 1/1.73″, 0.8碌m, PDAF8 MP, f/2.3, 16mm, 119藲 (ultrawide), 1/4.0″, 1.12碌m2 MP, f/2.4, (macro)Selfie Camera: 32 MP, f/2.5, 26mm (wide), 1/2.74″Video: 4K@30/60fps, 1080p@30/60/240fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps螔luetooth:5.2, A2DP, LE, aptX HDGPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS, GALILEOPorts: USB Type-C 2.0Sound: 1 SpeakerSensors: accelerometer, gyro, proximity, compassColors: Gold/Black, Blue, SilverSoftware: Android 11, Realme UI 2.0Realme GT Master Edition – Retail BoxThe phone comes in the same Racing themed box as GT did. We have a black box that has white huge font for the brand logo and smaller for the phone model. The black color is striped by brown lines in an effort to bring something of a polycarbonate texture in mind. Inside the box we can see the normal sum of accessories for most of the Chinese smartphones this year:Realme GT Master Edition smartphone in Luna White colorUSB-C to USB-C data transfer / charging cableSuperDART 65W wall chargerSIM tray ejection pinSilicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. The wall charger comes in white colour and is smaller than the previous 50W chargers Realme included in the retail boxes. The charging cable is quite fat and works along the charger to provide the flash charge. As most cables in 2021, it is USB-C to USB-C.Main packageThere are no guides in the box, which is a very weird thing for me. Companies add some small guarantee leaflets or a quick guide in the retail boxes. Nothing here. Is this a new paperless nature friendly approach?The silicon case is soft and does a good job protecting the phone from small drops. I especially like the corners where more plastic is added, the corners being the most easy part to be broken in a fall. The case is not hard enough for drops for taller heights, please buy a new semi-hard (or hard) case if you are prone to accidents. What I dont like is the color. It came in cement grey! Possibly the most uninteresting color I have seen in a case. Why buy this amazing Luna White smartphone and put it on a dull ugly grey case? Realme failed miserably on this. A transparent case would be the obvious choice.Realme GT Master Edition – DesignRealme GT in front, is the usual smartphone seen in the stores for the past two years. It is a slim and lightweight phone at 159.2 mm x 73.5 mm x 8.0/8.7 mm (depending on color – the suitcase design is a bit wider). This is similar to GTs dimensions: 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mm and 186 grams. We can find the typical all around small bezels, a horizontal microphone included in the upper one and a smal camera hole in the top left of the display – the hole looks big because of the plastic film on the display panel.聽 There is nothing else in the front.On the left side of the panel we can see the SIM tray near the top and two buttons for handling the volume. On the right side there is only a power/lock button. The three buttons are exceptionally made without rattling – same quality is applied on the panel. The join of the silver shiny panel to the front and back panels is exceptional. In the top we can find a noise-canceling microphone. The bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a second noise-canceling microphone, the USB-C port and the speaker grille.Elegant designThe version we have is not the suitcase design – but the more elegant matte plastic one. In Luna White, it has a matte perly color that looks excellent to the eye. The matte finish means that the phone is fingerprint smudge proof. The camera installation looks like a piece of glass is added on top of the back panel, surrounding the camera lenses. The sum is very pleasant to the eye. The camera lenses themselves are black and the small LED light in a yellowish white that I don’t like. The branding is on the bottom left of the panel, placed vertically, looking at the interior.It is a nice minimalistic design that I like a lot. The worst possible thing to do is to cover it with the horrible Realme grey case. Please order a transparent case when buying this gem.Realme GT Master Edition – HardwareThe main selling point of GT is the powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 SoC. This SoC is removed and altered with the Snapdragon 778G. This is not bad. The SoC is behind SD870 (the upgraded SD865+ of 2020) in speed. It is more powerful than MediaTeks recent SoCs in the middle category. You will not see any stutters, any laging or any other issue whatsoever in daily use. The cost-efficient 6nm Snapdragon 778G 5G is assisted by 8GB of RAM and 128 GB of ROM of latest technology, guaranteeing smooth performance in all scenarios. Ok, this is not a 3D gaming machine but you will play any other games and handle daily multitasking with ease. Dont forget this is a 5G SoC.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramSpecial DesignGT Master Edition retains the same 6.43-inch 120Hz OLED screen with 1080 x 2400px resolution. This is an amazing display as we described it to you on the Realme GT review. Colors are amazing, black is perfect, angles of view are exceptional, bezels are small. 120Hz is top frame rate and gaming is excellent to see. The motion is smooth in all scenarios. There is also a 60Hz and a variable frame rate to save battery if you are on a journey or away from the ultra fast charger. There’s 1,000 nits of peak brightness, a 5,000,000:1 contrast ratio, and 100% coverage of the DCI-P3 wide color gamut. This is the best part of the smartphone.Sound featuresGT has two loudspeakers used in Stereo more. One is the earpiece and the other is the main loudspeaker in the bottom of the frame. GT Master Edition loses the Stereo mode, when listening to music or watching a film only the main loudspeaker works. Really I have no idea why they degraded this part. The good thing is the 3.5mm headphone jack! I really miss this on most phones, not everybody has a Bluetooth headset and sometimes the latter is uncharged. A 3.5mm option is always good to have.The rest of the hardware is the same as in the GT version.Connectivity is excellent. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is top notch – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is excellent under any conditions.There are two ways to unlock the phone. Both are very fast. Face unlock is ultra fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is enough, even the display from your notebook, to unlock the device with your face shape.聽The other way is the in-display fingerprint reader. Very accurate and extremely fast. There are no complaints from me. After I did a good setup there were no issues at all.There is no need to use the face unlock – it is not 3D and not very safe, the in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage. There is no heat in any usage scenarios. I am happy with the SoC myself and I think it is a good solution concerning the market audience this phone is intended for.聽There’s no water resistance or IP rating here so don’t drop your phone in water.Realme GT Master – SoftwareSoftware wise we have the exact same version of software as in GT models. Realme uses RealmeUI 2.0 over Android 11. RealmeUI started as a fork of ColorOS (from Oppo) back when the latter was a mess. These days ColorOS is really amazing with a plethora of functionalities and is really close to the top of User Experience. We must not oversee that OnePlus in China uses it and possibly, will use it for global users too. This version of RealmeUI is very very close to the latest ColorOS version and I dont think Realme will stay far from fully adopting it. RealmeUI is a beautiful and rich skin, it has nothing to do with the version of OS I saw for the first time back in X2 Pro. There is full optimisation in user experience from wallpapers to animations. Unfortunately there is also a lot of bloatware, either the companys own software (not user because of Google applications) or some third-party apps ( selection depending on the area? ). Luckily all these apps can be uninstalled. Minor bugs were found like streaming where the film would pause-start all time making viewing it impossible. Settings menu is ultra rich – I thought I was browsing MIUI – with many many options for all user needs. A lot of viewing, battery, personalization, privacy et settings. Excellent job really. I think OPPO with ColorOS is playing on the top spots for Android skins this year and RealmeUI has taken its best characteristics.聽 Fully absorption of ColorOS would solve all minor bugs or any future issues with updates. We will see how OnePlus will react in the coming months about it and if Realme will follow closely on its example. Camera specs and featuresWith the first look the camera setup is the exact same with GT model. However to distinguish the two Master models the camera in the basic model, is a bit cheaper version of the hardware used in GT. The 64MP sensor is smaller in size compared to the one found on the GT – 1/2″ vs. 1/1.73″ and uses smaller pixels too – 0.7碌m vs. 0.8碌m pixels. The ultrawide camera has a smaller aperture – f/2.3 vs. f/2.2 – a paper difference in real world. I dont think you will understand any difference with GTs setup samples. I checked side by side, same themed pics and I cant find any difference. The only difference is the upgrade of the selfie camera with a 32MP f/2.5, 1/2.74″ sensor. Quality is better, especially in night shots. The general feeling I have is the same as the one I had when I used the Realme GT 鈥婸hotos and videosDaylight pics with the main camera are bright and good, a pit overprocessed – you can remove the AI enhancement for realistic pictures. If we check the details we can see signs of overexposure, but generally this is a nice sensor. The small 8 MP ultra wide lens is not bad at all. Good pics, without weird angles and the corners. Macro is almost useless, I never managed to take a nice shot with it – a waste of money in the shake of advertisement. There is no telephone lens, you can zoom using the main camera up to x10, but after x2 the results are blurry and you will miss the details. Night shots are not as good as in day photography. The main sensor is ok, better with Night Mode. Ultra wide can be used only when a bit of light is available, macro is not to be considered. Portraits and selfies are good. A lot of functionalities are added like beautification or a special video set where a single color is kept but all rest are BW.Video is good, it has anti-shake enhancement and wide and zoom shots. It can record up to 4K at 30/60fps. I am not complaining, it provides nice results day or night. Realme GT Master – Battery Realme GT has a 4500 mAh battery and Master Edition reduces this already small sized battery to 4300mAh. The difference is not different in daily life because the SD778G is not as hungry for energy as the SD888 of the vanilla GT. In both cases I feel that a 5000 mAh should have been the proper choice. The phone with a normal usage will get through the day but not more and not if you decide to see a film or play a game.Realme kept the 65W wall charger from the Realme GT model in the retail box to compensate for the mediocre battery size. This wall charger has been used by BBK Group in Oppo, Realme and OnePlus for two years now and is amazing in all aspects. The phone is topped up from 0% to 100% in less than half an hour (85% at 18 minutes). A few minutes every morning can keep the phone topped up, in case you forgot to charge it overnight. The smartphone gets immediately warm, but not hot, during charging. Similar thermal behavior we face at the wall charger: warm but not hot.There is no wireless charging or reverse wireless charging.ConclusionRealme GT Master edition tries to balance between good specs and excellent design. The price is good, the smartphone is more than good to use and the sum is a good buy. That is of course IF you care about the design – nice to have the suitcase option but what about the matte plastic option? Unfortunately there are some nice smartphones in the market that offer more capable hardware so I dont think someone will easily choose the plastic option. My opinion is to go for the suitcase design or add some extra money to buy the Master Explorer edition that offers SD870 and better camera package.Pros:DesignDisplayMain cameraFast ChargeThe Breakdown Realme GT Master edition tries to balance between good specs and excellent design. The price is good, the smartphone is more than good to use and the sum is a good buy Performance – 90% Camera – 85% Software – 92% Battery – 85% Not that long time ago, we had in our hands Realmes newest flagship-killer, Realme GT, and we really enjoyed the all around experience it offered. Today – and starting from those days of Realme X, the innovative company adds a Master Edition model to its portfolio with certain improvements under the hood. As Realme is a mostly online brand focused on young people, the Realme GT Master Edition comes as an upgrade focused on design, as a way to catch the eye of a more mature audience.To do so, the company collaborates with special product design director and world-renowned industrial designer, Naoto Fukasawa. Fukasawa provides amazing designs based on daily experiences. The onion/garlic design or the concrete/red brick of previous Realme Master Edition smartphones were highly praised and accepted from the market as a fresh way to design smartphones. This time the Japanese designer gave us a suitcase design – a real magnet for surrounding looks – and a luxurious matte plastic design. Both are less fancy / sporty than the vanilla Realme GT series.The suitcase design is focused on people who want the extra artistic touch – according to the designer himself the Travel Suitcase look and feel tries to evoke memories of traveling, something that the young people have missed in the pandemic era. The matte plastic design is for people that are attracted to luxury / premium style smartphones and want some added elegance. While the suitcase design is a clear identity – no other phone exists like that, the matte plastic design has nothing to add in the plethora of similar designs that exist in the market.Suitcase DesignFor the first time, Realme did not stay in the external design but tried to separate the Master for the vanilla edition of its annual flagships. Remember the more mature audience of the Master series? Well, Realme possibly discovered that a Gran Tourismo themed series boosting specifications is not the first choice for people aged 30-50+. They usually dont play 3D games, they dont care about super multitasking BUT they take a lot of pictures and videos and want style and a pit of posh. Based on this, this years Master edition comes in two models:the vanilla model, that is the GT model aesthetically upgraded, with a more powerful selfie camera and Snapdragon 778G SoC in Voyager Grey, Luna White and Cosmos Black colors, anda higher specification model, Master Explorer Edition, with more powerful cameras all around and Snapdragon 870 SoC in Gray and Apricot colors.In both cases the Realme GT Master Series are a design / camera focused series and not an extreme flagship killer – after all the supreme Snapdragon 888 SoC is gone.We believe the naming of the basically NEW smartphone series was not successful. GT should have gone, leaving the Master-Master Explorer naming alone. This way, people of different age groups and needs would not get confused.In our hands we have the vanilla Realme GT Master Edition. We reviewed the phone for a period of two weeks. Below you will read our impressions along with the pros and cons of this new series.Realme GT Master – Specifications (in RED the differences from GT)Dimensions: 159.2 mm x 73.5 mm x 8.0/8.7 mm (depending on color)Weight: 174-180 g (depending on color)Display: Super AMOLED, 120Hz, 6.43 inches, 99.8 cm2 (~85.3% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~409 ppi)CPU: Qualcomm Snapdragon 778G 5G (6 nm), Octa-core (1×2.4 GHz Kryo 670 Prime & 3×2.2 GHz Kryo 670 Gold & 4×1.9 GHz Kryo 670 Silver)GPU: Adreno 642LRAM+ROM: 128GB 8GB RAM, 256GB 12GB RAM, UFS 3.1Battery: Li-Po 4300 mAh, non-removable, Fast charging 65W, 100% in 35 minConnectivity: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5G2G: GSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2, CDMA 8003G: HSDPA 850 / 900 / 1700(AWS) / 1900 / 2100, CDMA2000 1xEV-DO4G: LTE FDD: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 34, 38, 39, 40, 415G: 1, 3, 28, 41, 77, 78, 79 SA/NSASpeed: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5GBiometrics: Under display Fingerprint Sensor, Face UnlockMain Camera: Triple Camera, Dual-LED dual-tone flash, HDR, panorama64 MP, f/2.2, 26mm (wide), 1/1.73″, 0.8碌m, PDAF8 MP, f/2.3, 16mm, 119藲 (ultrawide), 1/4.0″, 1.12碌m2 MP, f/2.4, (macro)Selfie Camera: 32 MP, f/2.5, 26mm (wide), 1/2.74″Video: 4K@30/60fps, 1080p@30/60/240fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps螔luetooth:5.2, A2DP, LE, aptX HDGPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS, GALILEOPorts: USB Type-C 2.0Sound: 1 SpeakerSensors: accelerometer, gyro, proximity, compassColors: Gold/Black, Blue, SilverSoftware: Android 11, Realme UI 2.0Realme GT Master Edition – Retail BoxThe phone comes in the same Racing themed box as GT did. We have a black box that has white huge font for the brand logo and smaller for the phone model. The black color is striped by brown lines in an effort to bring something of a polycarbonate texture in mind. Inside the box we can see the normal sum of accessories for most of the Chinese smartphones this year:Realme GT Master Edition smartphone in Luna White colorUSB-C to USB-C data transfer / charging cableSuperDART 65W wall chargerSIM tray ejection pinSilicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. The wall charger comes in white colour and is smaller than the previous 50W chargers Realme included in the retail boxes. The charging cable is quite fat and works along the charger to provide the flash charge. As most cables in 2021, it is USB-C to USB-C.Main packageThere are no guides in the box, which is a very weird thing for me. Companies add some small guarantee leaflets or a quick guide in the retail boxes. Nothing here. Is this a new paperless nature friendly approach?The silicon case is soft and does a good job protecting the phone from small drops. I especially like the corners where more plastic is added, the corners being the most easy part to be broken in a fall. The case is not hard enough for drops for taller heights, please buy a new semi-hard (or hard) case if you are prone to accidents. What I dont like is the color. It came in cement grey! Possibly the most uninteresting color I have seen in a case. Why buy this amazing Luna White smartphone and put it on a dull ugly grey case? Realme failed miserably on this. A transparent case would be the obvious choice.Realme GT Master Edition – DesignRealme GT in front, is the usual smartphone seen in the stores for the past two years. It is a slim and lightweight phone at 159.2 mm x 73.5 mm x 8.0/8.7 mm (depending on color – the suitcase design is a bit wider). This is similar to GTs dimensions: 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mm and 186 grams. We can find the typical all around small bezels, a horizontal microphone included in the upper one and a smal camera hole in the top left of the display – the hole looks big because of the plastic film on the display panel.聽 There is nothing else in the front.On the left side of the panel we can see the SIM tray near the top and two buttons for handling the volume. On the right side there is only a power/lock button. The three buttons are exceptionally made without rattling – same quality is applied on the panel. The join of the silver shiny panel to the front and back panels is exceptional. In the top we can find a noise-canceling microphone. The bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a second noise-canceling microphone, the USB-C port and the speaker grille.Elegant designThe version we have is not the suitcase design – but the more elegant matte plastic one. In Luna White, it has a matte perly color that looks excellent to the eye. The matte finish means that the phone is fingerprint smudge proof. The camera installation looks like a piece of glass is added on top of the back panel, surrounding the camera lenses. The sum is very pleasant to the eye. The camera lenses themselves are black and the small LED light in a yellowish white that I don’t like. The branding is on the bottom left of the panel, placed vertically, looking at the interior.It is a nice minimalistic design that I like a lot. The worst possible thing to do is to cover it with the horrible Realme grey case. Please order a transparent case when buying this gem.Realme GT Master Edition – HardwareThe main selling point of GT is the powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 SoC. This SoC is removed and altered with the Snapdragon 778G. This is not bad. The SoC is behind SD870 (the upgraded SD865+ of 2020) in speed. It is more powerful than MediaTeks recent SoCs in the middle category. You will not see any stutters, any laging or any other issue whatsoever in daily use. The cost-efficient 6nm Snapdragon 778G 5G is assisted by 8GB of RAM and 128 GB of ROM of latest technology, guaranteeing smooth performance in all scenarios. Ok, this is not a 3D gaming machine but you will play any other games and handle daily multitasking with ease. Dont forget this is a 5G SoC.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramSpecial DesignGT Master Edition retains the same 6.43-inch 120Hz OLED screen with 1080 x 2400px resolution. This is an amazing display as we described it to you on the Realme GT review. Colors are amazing, black is perfect, angles of view are exceptional, bezels are small. 120Hz is top frame rate and gaming is excellent to see. The motion is smooth in all scenarios. There is also a 60Hz and a variable frame rate to save battery if you are on a journey or away from the ultra fast charger. There’s 1,000 nits of peak brightness, a 5,000,000:1 contrast ratio, and 100% coverage of the DCI-P3 wide color gamut. This is the best part of the smartphone.Sound featuresGT has two loudspeakers used in Stereo more. One is the earpiece and the other is the main loudspeaker in the bottom of the frame. GT Master Edition loses the Stereo mode, when listening to music or watching a film only the main loudspeaker works. Really I have no idea why they degraded this part. The good thing is the 3.5mm headphone jack! I really miss this on most phones, not everybody has a Bluetooth headset and sometimes the latter is uncharged. A 3.5mm option is always good to have.The rest of the hardware is the same as in the GT version.Connectivity is excellent. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is top notch – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is excellent under any conditions.There are two ways to unlock the phone. Both are very fast. Face unlock is ultra fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is enough, even the display from your notebook, to unlock the device with your face shape.聽The other way is the in-display fingerprint reader. Very accurate and extremely fast. There are no complaints from me. After I did a good setup there were no issues at all.There is no need to use the face unlock – it is not 3D and not very safe, the in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage. There is no heat in any usage scenarios. I am happy with the SoC myself and I think it is a good solution concerning the market audience this phone is intended for.聽There’s no water resistance or IP rating here so don’t drop your phone in water.Realme GT Master – SoftwareSoftware wise we have the exact same version of software as in GT models. Realme uses RealmeUI 2.0 over Android 11. RealmeUI started as a fork of ColorOS (from Oppo) back when the latter was a mess. These days ColorOS is really amazing with a plethora of functionalities and is really close to the top of User Experience. We must not oversee that OnePlus in China uses it and possibly, will use it for global users too. This version of RealmeUI is very very close to the latest ColorOS version and I dont think Realme will stay far from fully adopting it. RealmeUI is a beautiful and rich skin, it has nothing to do with the version of OS I saw for the first time back in X2 Pro. There is full optimisation in user experience from wallpapers to animations. Unfortunately there is also a lot of bloatware, either the companys own software (not user because of Google applications) or some third-party apps ( selection depending on the area? ). Luckily all these apps can be uninstalled. Minor bugs were found like streaming where the film would pause-start all time making viewing it impossible. Settings menu is ultra rich – I thought I was browsing MIUI – with many many options for all user needs. A lot of viewing, battery, personalization, privacy et settings. Excellent job really. I think OPPO with ColorOS is playing on the top spots for Android skins this year and RealmeUI has taken its best characteristics.聽 Fully absorption of ColorOS would solve all minor bugs or any future issues with updates. We will see how OnePlus will react in the coming months about it and if Realme will follow closely on its example. Camera specs and featuresWith the first look the camera setup is the exact same with GT model. However to distinguish the two Master models the camera in the basic model, is a bit cheaper version of the hardware used in GT. The 64MP sensor is smaller in size compared to the one found on the GT – 1/2″ vs. 1/1.73″ and uses smaller pixels too – 0.7碌m vs. 0.8碌m pixels. The ultrawide camera has a smaller aperture – f/2.3 vs. f/2.2 – a paper difference in real world. I dont think you will understand any difference with GTs setup samples. I checked side by side, same themed pics and I cant find any difference. The only difference is the upgrade of the selfie camera with a 32MP f/2.5, 1/2.74″ sensor. Quality is better, especially in night shots. The general feeling I have is the same as the one I had when I used the Realme GT 鈥婸hotos and videosDaylight pics with the main camera are bright and good, a pit overprocessed – you can remove the AI enhancement for realistic pictures. If we check the details we can see signs of overexposure, but generally this is a nice sensor. The small 8 MP ultra wide lens is not bad at all. Good pics, without weird angles and the corners. Macro is almost useless, I never managed to take a nice shot with it – a waste of money in the shake of advertisement. There is no telephone lens, you can zoom using the main camera up to x10, but after x2 the results are blurry and you will miss the details. Night shots are not as good as in day photography. The main sensor is ok, better with Night Mode. Ultra wide can be used only when a bit of light is available, macro is not to be considered. Portraits and selfies are good. A lot of functionalities are added like beautification or a special video set where a single color is kept but all rest are BW.Video is good, it has anti-shake enhancement and wide and zoom shots. It can record up to 4K at 30/60fps. I am not complaining, it provides nice results day or night. Realme GT Master – Battery Realme GT has a 4500 mAh battery and Master Edition reduces this already small sized battery to 4300mAh. The difference is not different in daily life because the SD778G is not as hungry for energy as the SD888 of the vanilla GT. In both cases I feel that a 5000 mAh should have been the proper choice. The phone with a normal usage will get through the day but not more and not if you decide to see a film or play a game.Realme kept the 65W wall charger from the Realme GT model in the retail box to compensate for the mediocre battery size. This wall charger has been used by BBK Group in Oppo, Realme and OnePlus for two years now and is amazing in all aspects. The phone is topped up from 0% to 100% in less than half an hour (85% at 18 minutes). A few minutes every morning can keep the phone topped up, in case you forgot to charge it overnight. The smartphone gets immediately warm, but not hot, during charging. Similar thermal behavior we face at the wall charger: warm but not hot.There is no wireless charging or reverse wireless charging.ConclusionRealme GT Master edition tries to balance between good specs and excellent design. The price is good, the smartphone is more than good to use and the sum is a good buy. That is of course IF you care about the design – nice to have the suitcase option but what about the matte plastic option? Unfortunately there are some nice smartphones in the market that offer more capable hardware so I dont think someone will easily choose the plastic option. My opinion is to go for the suitcase design or add some extra money to buy the Master Explorer edition that offers SD870 and better camera package.Pros:DesignDisplayMain cameraFast Charge
The Breakdown The iLife A10 is a functional robot vacuum cleaner that boasts good navigation and high cleaning performance. And given the interesting price, the model can successfully compete in the market. Design – 90% Performance – 85% Navigation – 80% Features – 80% App – 90% Pros Smart and efficient navigation, Rubber anti-tangle brush, Large capacity dust container, Navigate tight spaces well, Manual suction control, Adjustable brush rotation speed. Cons Edge cleaning leaves something to be desired, Lacks thoroughness ( with just one pass), Not suitable for high pile carpets. When it comes to robot vacuum cleaners, iLife is a brand we cannot ignore; Proposals such as the iLife V8S are an example of this, but this time we will focus on one of its most recent bets: the iLife A10. This robot vacuum cleaner was unveiled at CES 2020 on the premise of being the company’s first LiDAR laser navigation robot. Before starting, it should be noted that it comes in two variants: iLife A10 and iLife A10S. Both options are similar in terms of features, but the A10S turns out to add mopping capabilities in addition to vacuuming. Likewise, the iLife A10 boasts all the other functionalities and has advanced functions that we can access through the app, specifically selective cleaning of rooms, restricted areas and invisible walls.According to the company, the iLife A10 is suitable for cleaning all types of floors. The manufacturer announced good functionality: extensive possibilities for working with the map, laser navigation, replaceable main brushes, scheduled cleaning, support for the voice assistant “Alexa”. Let’s take a closer look at the quality of implementation of all these options.iLife A10 Technical SpecificationsPower: 100-240VAC 50/60HZ 22WWorking voltage: 14.8VCharging type: Auto / ManualAbility to cross obstacles:聽鈮 15mmGrade-ability: 2cmSuitability: Tile, hardwood, carpetCleaning mode: Path, Spot, Edge, MAX, Recharge, Bow CleaningCharging time:聽鈮?80minCleaning time: >100minDustbin capacity: 450ml(Cellular Dustbin)Net weight: 2.65kgDimension:聽330*320*95mmSuction power: up to 2000PaMain FeaturesLaser Navigation: ILIFE A10 With Laser Navigation to enhance cleaning efficiency.Smart App Control: Custom Area, Carpet Area, To-Go Zone, No-Go Zone, Schedule. Designate areas you need to clean and areas to avoid on the ILIFEHOME App and the robot will guide itself according to your custom map.2-in-1 Floating Roller Brush: The 2-in-1 combination of bristles and rubber will pick up more dust and debris.Customizable Schedule: The A10 will handle all the vacuuming tasks based on what you set up.Invisible Wall Setting Up on APP: Designate the No-Go Zone by drawing a line on the ILIFEHOME App, the robot will avoid these areas where no cleaning is needed.Don’t need Physical virtual wall anymore.Auto Boost on Customized Area: A10 will automatically increase suction power in the zoning area to perform a deeper clean.Advanced Custom Cleaning: Robot scans the layout and divides it into multiple sections锛宎nd reserves the map on the app. Then from the app you can select which room you would like to clean.Self-recharges and resumes cleaning: If the robot has not finished the layout before the battery runs lower than 10%, the robot will self-recharge to 100% and then continue cleaning from the breakpoint.锛坰uit for large houses.Precise Laser Navigation and Mapping: Navigation will meticulously scans and maps your home’s layout to enhance cleaning efficiency.Powerful Suction up to 2000Pa: Efficiently collects dust, debris and large particles, either on hard floors or low-medium pile carpets.Unboxing What’s in the box1 ILIFE A10 Robot Vacuum1 Charging Stand1-Charging Mat1 Remote Control2 AAA Batteries1 Power Adapter (length 1.5 meters) 1 Cleaning Tool1-Roller Brush4 Side Brushes1 High-Efficiency Filter1 User Manual1-Quick Start Guide12-month warranty papers.DesignThe iLife A10 sports a sleek gloss black finish with some matte accents all around. It has a large protruding cover, which houses the LIDAR sensor near the front, along with a single button that serves to resume/pause the cleaning cycle.With dimensions of 33cm x 32cm x 9.5cm, we know that it is a fairly compact vacuum cleaner, capable of passing under tables and tall furniture with ease.As with most ILIFE A-series devices, it has a rear-mounted trash can. Underneath, it has twin side brushes flanking the main brush roller.Speaking of brushes, with the purchase you will get two main brushes: a combined brush and a completely rubber one, which is extremely useful to avoid hair tangles in homes with pets.The manufacturer describes the A10 as a “Cellular Dustbin” with conical cylinders that prevent the filter from getting dirty and prematurely clogging. By the way, the type of filter used in this robot is HEPA, but unlike rival brand models in the same range, it is not washable.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramPerformanceThanks to its 2,600mAh battery, the iLife A10 can offer up to 150 minutes of cleaning, which is enough to cover -in theory- 100 square meters. The robot cleans 1 square meter in one minute, which translates into an average time for Lidar navigation-based devices.Although the manufacturer does not specify the suction of the robot, we can say that, on hard floors, it does its job, but it can spread the thinnest dirt, which is common for most robots. To avoid this, you can manually change the rotation speed setting.In another vein, the dustbin is 450ml, a respectable capacity and should be enough for several passes. But, the robot can vacuum to ensure thorough cleaning in just one pass.NavigationThe iLife A10 is the company’s first robot vacuum cleaner based on LiDAR navigation, and the truth is this is a good first attempt by the company. It can detect obstacles and avoid them, as well as create maps of your home and save them, making subsequent cleaning cycles easier.However, the climbing ability of the robot is not the best. It can overcome an obstacle of 15 mm (0.59 in.) And little more, making it unsuitable for cleaning medium-pile carpets. For cleaning low rugs it’s decent, it even increases the suction power when it detects one, but it doesn’t particularly stand out because of it.Application and functionsWe come to one of the best parts of this product, its application (ILIFEHOME App), which is available for both iOS and Android. The app is responsive and offers quite extensive control over the robot’s functions and capabilities.It offers typical functions such as scheduling cleanings, tracking the robot in real-time, and viewing maps of your home. In this sense, when the robot completes the map, you will be able to establish forbidden zones, order it to clean within a particular area or room.Apart from the forbidden areas, there is also a similar option that keeps the robot off the carpets in cleaning mode; And once the A10 creates the map, it automatically divides it into separate rooms and allows you to assign them names for added convenience.However, perhaps the most striking thing about it is the possibility of manually setting the suction power. Instead of having to choose between three or four cleaning modes, the app allows you to configure the suction manually, and the same applies to the rotation speed control of the side brush, making it even more interesting.Regarding the latter, it is advisable to maintain the speed between 30% and 40% to avoid spreading dirt around.Finally, the iLife A10 allows you to schedule unlimited cleanings, so you can configure as many passes as you need.Alternatively, the robot can be controlled using the remote control, but it is nowhere near as much control as the app.DOWNLOAD ILIFE HOME OFFICIAL APP FROM THE GOOGLE PLAY STOREDOWNLOAD ILIFE HOME OFFICIAL APP FROM THE APPLE APP STOREAvailability and price of the iLife A10For those interested in this robot vacuum cleaner, it is for sale in the Gearbest.com online store for a fairly competitive price ($349).BUY THE ILIFE A10 ROBOT VACUUM CLEANERVerdictThe iLife A10 is a functional robot vacuum cleaner that boasts good navigation and high cleaning performance. And given the interesting price, the model can successfully compete in the market.PROS:Smart and efficient navigationRubber anti-tangle brushLarge capacity dust containerNavigate tight spaces wellManual suction controlAdjustable brush rotation speedThe Breakdown The iLife A10 is a functional robot vacuum cleaner that boasts good navigation and high cleaning performance. And given the interesting price, the model can successfully compete in the market. Design – 90% Performance – 85% Navigation – 80% Features – 80% App – 90% Pros Smart and efficient navigation, Rubber anti-tangle brush, Large capacity dust container, Navigate tight spaces well, Manual suction control, Adjustable brush rotation speed. Cons Edge cleaning leaves something to be desired, Lacks thoroughness ( with just one pass), Not suitable for high pile carpets. When it comes to robot vacuum cleaners, iLife is a brand we cannot ignore; Proposals such as the iLife V8S are an example of this, but this time we will focus on one of its most recent bets: the iLife A10. This robot vacuum cleaner was unveiled at CES 2020 on the premise of being the company’s first LiDAR laser navigation robot. Before starting, it should be noted that it comes in two variants: iLife A10 and iLife A10S. Both options are similar in terms of features, but the A10S turns out to add mopping capabilities in addition to vacuuming. Likewise, the iLife A10 boasts all the other functionalities and has advanced functions that we can access through the app, specifically selective cleaning of rooms, restricted areas and invisible walls.According to the company, the iLife A10 is suitable for cleaning all types of floors. The manufacturer announced good functionality: extensive possibilities for working with the map, laser navigation, replaceable main brushes, scheduled cleaning, support for the voice assistant “Alexa”. Let’s take a closer look at the quality of implementation of all these options.iLife A10 Technical SpecificationsPower: 100-240VAC 50/60HZ 22WWorking voltage: 14.8VCharging type: Auto / ManualAbility to cross obstacles:聽鈮 15mmGrade-ability: 2cmSuitability: Tile, hardwood, carpetCleaning mode: Path, Spot, Edge, MAX, Recharge, Bow CleaningCharging time:聽鈮?80minCleaning time: >100minDustbin capacity: 450ml(Cellular Dustbin)Net weight: 2.65kgDimension:聽330*320*95mmSuction power: up to 2000PaMain FeaturesLaser Navigation: ILIFE A10 With Laser Navigation to enhance cleaning efficiency.Smart App Control: Custom Area, Carpet Area, To-Go Zone, No-Go Zone, Schedule. Designate areas you need to clean and areas to avoid on the ILIFEHOME App and the robot will guide itself according to your custom map.2-in-1 Floating Roller Brush: The 2-in-1 combination of bristles and rubber will pick up more dust and debris.Customizable Schedule: The A10 will handle all the vacuuming tasks based on what you set up.Invisible Wall Setting Up on APP: Designate the No-Go Zone by drawing a line on the ILIFEHOME App, the robot will avoid these areas where no cleaning is needed.Don’t need Physical virtual wall anymore.Auto Boost on Customized Area: A10 will automatically increase suction power in the zoning area to perform a deeper clean.Advanced Custom Cleaning: Robot scans the layout and divides it into multiple sections锛宎nd reserves the map on the app. Then from the app you can select which room you would like to clean.Self-recharges and resumes cleaning: If the robot has not finished the layout before the battery runs lower than 10%, the robot will self-recharge to 100% and then continue cleaning from the breakpoint.锛坰uit for large houses.Precise Laser Navigation and Mapping: Navigation will meticulously scans and maps your home’s layout to enhance cleaning efficiency.Powerful Suction up to 2000Pa: Efficiently collects dust, debris and large particles, either on hard floors or low-medium pile carpets.Unboxing What’s in the box1 ILIFE A10 Robot Vacuum1 Charging Stand1-Charging Mat1 Remote Control2 AAA Batteries1 Power Adapter (length 1.5 meters) 1 Cleaning Tool1-Roller Brush4 Side Brushes1 High-Efficiency Filter1 User Manual1-Quick Start Guide12-month warranty papers.DesignThe iLife A10 sports a sleek gloss black finish with some matte accents all around. It has a large protruding cover, which houses the LIDAR sensor near the front, along with a single button that serves to resume/pause the cleaning cycle.With dimensions of 33cm x 32cm x 9.5cm, we know that it is a fairly compact vacuum cleaner, capable of passing under tables and tall furniture with ease.As with most ILIFE A-series devices, it has a rear-mounted trash can. Underneath, it has twin side brushes flanking the main brush roller.Speaking of brushes, with the purchase you will get two main brushes: a combined brush and a completely rubber one, which is extremely useful to avoid hair tangles in homes with pets.The manufacturer describes the A10 as a “Cellular Dustbin” with conical cylinders that prevent the filter from getting dirty and prematurely clogging. By the way, the type of filter used in this robot is HEPA, but unlike rival brand models in the same range, it is not washable.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramPerformanceThanks to its 2,600mAh battery, the iLife A10 can offer up to 150 minutes of cleaning, which is enough to cover -in theory- 100 square meters. The robot cleans 1 square meter in one minute, which translates into an average time for Lidar navigation-based devices.Although the manufacturer does not specify the suction of the robot, we can say that, on hard floors, it does its job, but it can spread the thinnest dirt, which is common for most robots. To avoid this, you can manually change the rotation speed setting.In another vein, the dustbin is 450ml, a respectable capacity and should be enough for several passes. But, the robot can vacuum to ensure thorough cleaning in just one pass.NavigationThe iLife A10 is the company’s first robot vacuum cleaner based on LiDAR navigation, and the truth is this is a good first attempt by the company. It can detect obstacles and avoid them, as well as create maps of your home and save them, making subsequent cleaning cycles easier.However, the climbing ability of the robot is not the best. It can overcome an obstacle of 15 mm (0.59 in.) And little more, making it unsuitable for cleaning medium-pile carpets. For cleaning low rugs it’s decent, it even increases the suction power when it detects one, but it doesn’t particularly stand out because of it.Application and functionsWe come to one of the best parts of this product, its application (ILIFEHOME App), which is available for both iOS and Android. The app is responsive and offers quite extensive control over the robot’s functions and capabilities.It offers typical functions such as scheduling cleanings, tracking the robot in real-time, and viewing maps of your home. In this sense, when the robot completes the map, you will be able to establish forbidden zones, order it to clean within a particular area or room.Apart from the forbidden areas, there is also a similar option that keeps the robot off the carpets in cleaning mode; And once the A10 creates the map, it automatically divides it into separate rooms and allows you to assign them names for added convenience.However, perhaps the most striking thing about it is the possibility of manually setting the suction power. Instead of having to choose between three or four cleaning modes, the app allows you to configure the suction manually, and the same applies to the rotation speed control of the side brush, making it even more interesting.Regarding the latter, it is advisable to maintain the speed between 30% and 40% to avoid spreading dirt around.Finally, the iLife A10 allows you to schedule unlimited cleanings, so you can configure as many passes as you need.Alternatively, the robot can be controlled using the remote control, but it is nowhere near as much control as the app.DOWNLOAD ILIFE HOME OFFICIAL APP FROM THE GOOGLE PLAY STOREDOWNLOAD ILIFE HOME OFFICIAL APP FROM THE APPLE APP STOREAvailability and price of the iLife A10For those interested in this robot vacuum cleaner, it is for sale in the Gearbest.com online store for a fairly competitive price ($349).BUY THE ILIFE A10 ROBOT VACUUM CLEANERVerdictThe iLife A10 is a functional robot vacuum cleaner that boasts good navigation and high cleaning performance. And given the interesting price, the model can successfully compete in the market.PROS:Smart and efficient navigationRubber anti-tangle brushLarge capacity dust containerNavigate tight spaces wellManual suction controlAdjustable brush rotation speedThe Breakdown 4.5 9 At half the price of modern flagships you can buy Realme GT and use it as a powerhouse for gaming or multitasking or image/video editing. Looking at its price and the offered characteristics we are happy to see again in the market a REAL flagship-killer. From us it is a GO! Performance 9 Battery 9 Software 9 Camera 9 Value for money 9 Time has passed since I had Realme X2 Pro in my hands back in 2019. I just could not believe the sheer power of the device. And that was not the most unbelievable part of that amazing smartphone. The part that left people with an open mouth was the price.聽Realme tried to do the same act again and again trying to reach the same level of awesomeness. That is until now. Realme launched a smartphone with a racing alias. Gran Turismo is a tag added only to special cars and GT wants to do the same to this new product. In my hands I have the new Realme GT – I got it days before the global launch – and I have been using it as my main Android device for two weeks now.I want to add something here. During the last two years there was a strange effect in the market. Chinese OEMs in the past made a name for themselves by launching powerful smartphones at very low prices. These were called flagship-killers in general, after the successful campaign of the OnePlus One smartphone. But OnePlus was not the first manufacturer out there.But…Xiaomi was already the king of that specific mid-range price category of smartphones that had a generous part of flagship specifications. Xiaomi and OnePlus evolved over the years to become premium device sellers and the VFM flagship was lost in sub-brands, lesser underpriced smartphones and some weird experiments from Samsung. These devices – OnePlus non-pro series, Redmi K series, Samsung Galaxy S FE series – had a common characteristic. Their price was still expensive compared to previous year premium flagships. This was the reason people preferred to buy Mi 9 Pro or a OnePlus 7 Pro or a Galaxy S20 Pro instead of a 2021 flagship killer.With that in mind Realme GT is the cheapest smartphone with Snapdragon 888 in the market and immediately becomes an REAL VFM flagship killer. It costs HALF and less than many premium – non Ultra – smartphones. It sells at one third of the Ultra premium smartphones price.聽Realme GT packs a 120Hz Super AMOLED display, a 64-megapixel triple-camera, a 4500mAh battery and Snapdragon 888 5G SoC for 鈧?50. With that in mind, Realme GT is the cheapest smartphone with SD 888 in the market and immediately becomes a REAL VFM flagship killer! It costs HALF or even less than many premium smartphones.Knowing that, the task of this review was to find IF – this potentially massive hit in the market – has any flaws…Realme GT – SpecificationsDimensions: 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mmWeight: 186 gDisplay: Super AMOLED, 120Hz, 6.43 inches, 99.8 cm2 (~85.9% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~409 ppi)CPU: Qualcomm SM8350 Snapdragon 888 5G (5 nm), Octa-core (1×2.84 GHz Kryo 680 & 3×2.42 GHz Kryo 680 & 4×1.80 GHz Kryo 680GPU: Adreno 660RAM+ROM: 128GB 8GB RAM, 256GB 12GB RAM, UFS 3.1Battery: Li-Po 4500 mAh, non-removable, Fast charging 65W, 100% in 35 minConnectivity: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5G2G: GSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2, CDMA 8003G: HSDPA 850 / 900 / 1700(AWS) / 1900 / 2100, CDMA2000 1xEV-DO4G: LTE FDD: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 34, 38, 39, 40, 415G: 1, 3, 28, 41, 77, 78, 79 SA/NSASpeed: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5GBiometrics: Under display Fingerprint Sensor, Face UnlockMain Camera: Triple Camera, Dual-LED dual-tone flash, HDR, panorama64 MP, f/1.8, 26mm (wide), 1/1.73″, 0.8碌m, PDAF8 MP, f/2.3, 16mm, 119藲 (ultrawide), 1/4.0″, 1.12碌m2 MP, f/2.4, (macro)Selfie Camera: 16 MP, f/2.5, 26mm (wide), 1/3.0″, 1.0碌mVideo: 4K@30/60fps, 1080p@30/60/240fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps螔luetooth:5.2, A2DP, LE, aptX HDGPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS, GALILEOPorts: USB Type-C 2.0Sound: Dolby Atmos Dual Stereo Speakers (2 dedicated amplifiers), Certified Hi-Res Sound QualitySensors: accelerometer, gyro, proximity, compassColors: Gold/Black, Blue, SilverSoftware: Android 11, Realme UI 2.0Realme GT – Retail BoxThe phone comes in a black box that has white huge font for the brand logo and smaller for the phone model. The black color is striped by brown lines in an effort to bring something of a polycarbonate texture in mind. Inside the box we can see the normal sum of accessories for most of the Chinese smartphones this year:Realme GT smartphoneUSB-C to USB-C data transfer / charging cableSuperDART 65W wall chargerSIM tray ejection pinUser manual, Quick Guide, Important Information GuideSilicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. The wall charger comes in white colour and is smaller than the previous 50W chargers Realme included in the retail boxes. The charging cable is fat and works along the charger to provide the flash charge. As most cables in 2021, it is USB-C to USB-C.The silicon case is semi-hard and does a good job protecting the phone from small height drops. I especially like the corners where soft plastic is added, since the corners are amongst the first parts to be broken after a fall.Realme GT – DesignRealme GT is in terms a slim and lightweight phone at 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mm and 186 grams, which is not bad for a 6.43 inch display device. We can find the typical all around small bezels, a horizontal microphone included in the upper side and a smal camera hole in the top left of the display – the hole looks big because of the plastic film. There is nothing else in the front.On the left side of the panel we can see the SIM tray near the top and two buttons for handling the volume. On the right side there is only a power/lock button. The three buttons are exceptionally made without rattling – same quality is applied on the panel. The joint of the silver shiny panel to the front and back panels is exceptional. In the top we can find a noise-canceling microphone. The bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a second noise-canceling microphone, the USB-C port and the speaker grille.But…The back panel is very modern and a major selling point. There is a faux leather (vegan leather, don’t worry) dual-tone design panel – in my sample in Racing Yellow color. In the lower right part we can see a realme logo in shiny silver – in the same tone as the sides. On the left top side we can see the camera installation, in a shiny black rectangular shape. From the camera installation – which has one of the smallest humps in the market – protrudes a shiny metal band that ends in the bottom breaking the yellow colored panel. The faux leather is amazing in keeping fingerprints off. In comparison, the shiny black band does exactly the opposite. A nice touch in the band are the details on it. Small dark lines make a continuous V sign, reminding us of polycarbonate material in modern racing cars.The phone also comes in Dashing Silver and Dashing Blue, all named in GT racing themes. A very nice design that immediately catches the eye.Realme GT – HardwareThe main selling point of GT is the powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 SoC, the most powerful processor available to Android phones up to this period of time. There are not many phones in the market that are more powerful than this. It is paired with 8GB of RAM and 128 GB of ROM of latest technology, guaranteeing amazing performance in all scenarios. Games or multitasking as heavy as they can be are handled easily by Realme’s GT. Geekbench proves the amazing performance with scores the same as the Ultra versions of flagships or exclusive gaming smartphones that are on top of the scoring list. This is basically the cheapest phone to play 3D intensive games or do some video rendering in the market right now. This does not come without a catch however. GT does a mediocre job in heating dissipation. While throttling is not a major issue after a while, the phone gets hot and uncomfortable to handle after prolonged use. Realme GT is not stopping at the SoC but offers a SUPER AMOLED 120Hz display. Colors are amazing, black is perfect, angles of view are exceptional. Unfortunately brightness is not top notch – the display can be seen with difficulty under bright sun. 120Hz is top frame rate and gaming is excellent to see. The motion is smooth in all scenarios. There is also a 60Hz and a variable frame rate to save battery if you are on a journey or away from the ultra fast charger. At this price the display is simply amazing.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram Special characteristicsGT has two loudspeakers. One is the earpiece and the other is the main loudspeaker in the bottom of the frame. There is excellent sound quality but the sound is not as loud as I would like. For listening to music or a podcast I recommend headphones or an external Bluetooth loudspeaker. Connectivity is excellent. Full signal under call conditions. Bluetooth is top notch – I’ve used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous as well.There are two ways to unlock GT. Both are very fast. Face unlock is ultra fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is enough, even the display from your notebook, to unlock the device with your face shape. The other way is the in-display fingerprint reader. Very accurate and extremely fast. There are no complaints from me. After I did a good setup there were no issues at all.There is no need to use the face unlock – it is not 3D and not very safe, the in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage.SoftwareRealme uses RealmeUI 2.0 over Android 11. RealmeUI started as a fork of ColorOS (from Oppo) back when the latter was a mess. These days ColorOS is really amazing with a plethora of functionalities and is really close to the top of User Experience. We must not oversee that OnePlus in China uses it and possibly, will use it for global users too. This version of RealmeUI is very very close to the latest ColorOS version and I dont think Realme will stay far from fully adopting it.RealmeUI is a beautiful and rich skin, it has nothing to do with the version of the OS I saw for the first time back in X2 Pro (2019). There is full customization in user experience from wallpapers to animations. Unfortunately there is also a lot of bloatware, either the companys own software (not user removable because of Google applications) or some third-party apps (selection depending on the area probably). Luckily all these apps can be uninstalled. Minor bugs were found like streaming where the film would pause-start all time making viewing it impossible. Settings menu is ultra rich – I thought I was browsing MIUI – with many many options for all user needs. A lot of viewing, battery, personalization, privacy etc. settings. Excellent job really. I think OPPO with ColorOS is playing on the top spots for Android skins this year and RealmeUI has taken its best characteristics. Fully absorption of ColorOS would solve all minor bugs or any future issues with updates. We will see how OnePlus will react in the following months about it and if Realme will follow closely on its example.CameraRealme has added a 64MP camera in the phone, three years after its adoption, during a controversial announcement for X2 in China and one day after a real announcement from Xiaomi. During that time 64MP sensors matured and along with the software that handles them. Realme had done a great job here. Software wise and sencor wise the result from the main camera is really really good. Dont forget that this is not a camera smartphone but a powerhouse with a 120Hz display. Realme was very very close I think to keep this sensor only on the phone but market pseudo-needs pushed them to add two more minor side-task sensors. A small 8MP ultra wide one and an almost useless macro one. Companies tried for years to sell multi-sensor phones at the time when the main one was 8-12MP. Now that the main sensors are large 64-128MP they dont have the courage to remove all side sensors – ok, maybe keep an ultra wide one for sceneries. At the front we can find a simple 16MP camera, not bad for its specs. Quality of photos/videosDaylight pics with the main camera are really bright and good, a pit overprocessed – you can remove the AI enhancement for realistic pictures. If we check the details we can see signs of overexposure, but generally this is a nice shooter. The small 8 MP ultra wide lens is not bad at all. Good pics, without weird angles and the corners. Marco is almost useless, I never managed to take a nice shot with it, maybe you have more patience than me. There is no telephone lens, you can zoom using the main camera up to x10, but after x2 the results are blurry and miss details.Night shots are not as good as in day photography. The main sensor is ok, better with Night Mode. Ultra wide can be used only when a bit of light is available, macro is not to be considered.Portraits and selfies are good. A lot of functionalities are added like beautification or a special video set where a single color is kept but all rest are BW.Video is good, it has anti-shake enhancement and wide and zoom shots. It can record up to 4K at 30/60fps. I am not complaining at all, it provides nice results during day or night.Realme GT – Battery Realme GT has a 4500 mAh battery and this is the Achilles heel of this smartphone. It barely makes the day and if you play games a lot, it barely reaches the afternoon. This is not bad considering the SoC and the 120Hz so by making this choice of smartphone keep in mind that you must use battery reserved settings in the software or bring your wall charger together in case of need. What Realme did great in the battery department is the charging. The 65W wall charger has been used by BBK Group in Oppo, Realme and OnePlus for two years now and is amazing in all aspects. The phone is topped up from 0% to 100% in half an hour (85% at 20 minutes). A few minutes every morning can keep the phone filled up, in case you forgot to charge it overnight. The smartphone gets immediately warm, but not hot, during charging.I have a complaint here. I let the phone go dry to see how long it can charge from 0% to 100%. The phone needed some time to understand it was on charge. I got stressed and changed various cables and adaptors. Suddenly it understood it was connected to electricity and started to pump up energy. The place from 0% to 1% must be looked up by the company because it is really bad for user experience.There is no wireless charging or reverse wireless charging capability.ConclusionAt half the price of modern flagships you can buy Realme GT and use it as a powerhouse for gaming or multitasking or image/video editing. It gets a bit hot and the battery lasts a day max BUT at this money the VFM factor is amazing. The battery consumption is levered by an amazing fast charger at 65W but the heat dissipation is not and this phone is not an option for long session gamers.The design is top notch – I got the article pictures in a cafe, all people around me turned and looked at it, most of them asked me the model and price. RealmeUI has some minor bugs and it has a lot of bloatware but you can delete whatever you want and take advantage of this new ColorOS branch. Camera wise you will not get disappointed with daily life scenarios but this is not a camera phone, there is no telephoto or ultra clear night pictures.The Breakdown 4.5 9 At half the price of modern flagships you can buy Realme GT and use it as a powerhouse for gaming or multitasking or image/video editing. Looking at its price and the offered characteristics we are happy to see again in the market a REAL flagship-killer. From us it is a GO! Performance 9 Battery 9 Software 9 Camera 9 Value for money 9 Time has passed since I had Realme X2 Pro in my hands back in 2019. I just could not believe the sheer power of the device. And that was not the most unbelievable part of that amazing smartphone. The part that left people with an open mouth was the price.聽Realme tried to do the same act again and again trying to reach the same level of awesomeness. That is until now. Realme launched a smartphone with a racing alias. Gran Turismo is a tag added only to special cars and GT wants to do the same to this new product. In my hands I have the new Realme GT – I got it days before the global launch – and I have been using it as my main Android device for two weeks now.I want to add something here. During the last two years there was a strange effect in the market. Chinese OEMs in the past made a name for themselves by launching powerful smartphones at very low prices. These were called flagship-killers in general, after the successful campaign of the OnePlus One smartphone. But OnePlus was not the first manufacturer out there.But…Xiaomi was already the king of that specific mid-range price category of smartphones that had a generous part of flagship specifications. Xiaomi and OnePlus evolved over the years to become premium device sellers and the VFM flagship was lost in sub-brands, lesser underpriced smartphones and some weird experiments from Samsung. These devices – OnePlus non-pro series, Redmi K series, Samsung Galaxy S FE series – had a common characteristic. Their price was still expensive compared to previous year premium flagships. This was the reason people preferred to buy Mi 9 Pro or a OnePlus 7 Pro or a Galaxy S20 Pro instead of a 2021 flagship killer.With that in mind Realme GT is the cheapest smartphone with Snapdragon 888 in the market and immediately becomes an REAL VFM flagship killer. It costs HALF and less than many premium – non Ultra – smartphones. It sells at one third of the Ultra premium smartphones price.聽Realme GT packs a 120Hz Super AMOLED display, a 64-megapixel triple-camera, a 4500mAh battery and Snapdragon 888 5G SoC for 鈧?50. With that in mind, Realme GT is the cheapest smartphone with SD 888 in the market and immediately becomes a REAL VFM flagship killer! It costs HALF or even less than many premium smartphones.Knowing that, the task of this review was to find IF – this potentially massive hit in the market – has any flaws…Realme GT – SpecificationsDimensions: 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mmWeight: 186 gDisplay: Super AMOLED, 120Hz, 6.43 inches, 99.8 cm2 (~85.9% screen-to-body ratio), 1080 x 2400 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~409 ppi)CPU: Qualcomm SM8350 Snapdragon 888 5G (5 nm), Octa-core (1×2.84 GHz Kryo 680 & 3×2.42 GHz Kryo 680 & 4×1.80 GHz Kryo 680GPU: Adreno 660RAM+ROM: 128GB 8GB RAM, 256GB 12GB RAM, UFS 3.1Battery: Li-Po 4500 mAh, non-removable, Fast charging 65W, 100% in 35 minConnectivity: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5G2G: GSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2, CDMA 8003G: HSDPA 850 / 900 / 1700(AWS) / 1900 / 2100, CDMA2000 1xEV-DO4G: LTE FDD: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 34, 38, 39, 40, 415G: 1, 3, 28, 41, 77, 78, 79 SA/NSASpeed: HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE-A, 5GBiometrics: Under display Fingerprint Sensor, Face UnlockMain Camera: Triple Camera, Dual-LED dual-tone flash, HDR, panorama64 MP, f/1.8, 26mm (wide), 1/1.73″, 0.8碌m, PDAF8 MP, f/2.3, 16mm, 119藲 (ultrawide), 1/4.0″, 1.12碌m2 MP, f/2.4, (macro)Selfie Camera: 16 MP, f/2.5, 26mm (wide), 1/3.0″, 1.0碌mVideo: 4K@30/60fps, 1080p@30/60/240fps, gyro-EISSelfie Video: 1080p@30fps螔luetooth:5.2, A2DP, LE, aptX HDGPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS, GALILEOPorts: USB Type-C 2.0Sound: Dolby Atmos Dual Stereo Speakers (2 dedicated amplifiers), Certified Hi-Res Sound QualitySensors: accelerometer, gyro, proximity, compassColors: Gold/Black, Blue, SilverSoftware: Android 11, Realme UI 2.0Realme GT – Retail BoxThe phone comes in a black box that has white huge font for the brand logo and smaller for the phone model. The black color is striped by brown lines in an effort to bring something of a polycarbonate texture in mind. Inside the box we can see the normal sum of accessories for most of the Chinese smartphones this year:Realme GT smartphoneUSB-C to USB-C data transfer / charging cableSuperDART 65W wall chargerSIM tray ejection pinUser manual, Quick Guide, Important Information GuideSilicone soft caseA plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. The wall charger comes in white colour and is smaller than the previous 50W chargers Realme included in the retail boxes. The charging cable is fat and works along the charger to provide the flash charge. As most cables in 2021, it is USB-C to USB-C.The silicon case is semi-hard and does a good job protecting the phone from small height drops. I especially like the corners where soft plastic is added, since the corners are amongst the first parts to be broken after a fall.Realme GT – DesignRealme GT is in terms a slim and lightweight phone at 158.5 x 173.3 x 9.1 mm and 186 grams, which is not bad for a 6.43 inch display device. We can find the typical all around small bezels, a horizontal microphone included in the upper side and a smal camera hole in the top left of the display – the hole looks big because of the plastic film. There is nothing else in the front.On the left side of the panel we can see the SIM tray near the top and two buttons for handling the volume. On the right side there is only a power/lock button. The three buttons are exceptionally made without rattling – same quality is applied on the panel. The joint of the silver shiny panel to the front and back panels is exceptional. In the top we can find a noise-canceling microphone. The bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a second noise-canceling microphone, the USB-C port and the speaker grille.But…The back panel is very modern and a major selling point. There is a faux leather (vegan leather, don’t worry) dual-tone design panel – in my sample in Racing Yellow color. In the lower right part we can see a realme logo in shiny silver – in the same tone as the sides. On the left top side we can see the camera installation, in a shiny black rectangular shape. From the camera installation – which has one of the smallest humps in the market – protrudes a shiny metal band that ends in the bottom breaking the yellow colored panel. The faux leather is amazing in keeping fingerprints off. In comparison, the shiny black band does exactly the opposite. A nice touch in the band are the details on it. Small dark lines make a continuous V sign, reminding us of polycarbonate material in modern racing cars.The phone also comes in Dashing Silver and Dashing Blue, all named in GT racing themes. A very nice design that immediately catches the eye.Realme GT – HardwareThe main selling point of GT is the powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 SoC, the most powerful processor available to Android phones up to this period of time. There are not many phones in the market that are more powerful than this. It is paired with 8GB of RAM and 128 GB of ROM of latest technology, guaranteeing amazing performance in all scenarios. Games or multitasking as heavy as they can be are handled easily by Realme’s GT. Geekbench proves the amazing performance with scores the same as the Ultra versions of flagships or exclusive gaming smartphones that are on top of the scoring list. This is basically the cheapest phone to play 3D intensive games or do some video rendering in the market right now. This does not come without a catch however. GT does a mediocre job in heating dissipation. While throttling is not a major issue after a while, the phone gets hot and uncomfortable to handle after prolonged use. Realme GT is not stopping at the SoC but offers a SUPER AMOLED 120Hz display. Colors are amazing, black is perfect, angles of view are exceptional. Unfortunately brightness is not top notch – the display can be seen with difficulty under bright sun. 120Hz is top frame rate and gaming is excellent to see. The motion is smooth in all scenarios. There is also a 60Hz and a variable frame rate to save battery if you are on a journey or away from the ultra fast charger. At this price the display is simply amazing.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram Special characteristicsGT has two loudspeakers. One is the earpiece and the other is the main loudspeaker in the bottom of the frame. There is excellent sound quality but the sound is not as loud as I would like. For listening to music or a podcast I recommend headphones or an external Bluetooth loudspeaker. Connectivity is excellent. Full signal under call conditions. Bluetooth is top notch – I’ve used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous as well.There are two ways to unlock GT. Both are very fast. Face unlock is ultra fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is enough, even the display from your notebook, to unlock the device with your face shape. The other way is the in-display fingerprint reader. Very accurate and extremely fast. There are no complaints from me. After I did a good setup there were no issues at all.There is no need to use the face unlock – it is not 3D and not very safe, the in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage.SoftwareRealme uses RealmeUI 2.0 over Android 11. RealmeUI started as a fork of ColorOS (from Oppo) back when the latter was a mess. These days ColorOS is really amazing with a plethora of functionalities and is really close to the top of User Experience. We must not oversee that OnePlus in China uses it and possibly, will use it for global users too. This version of RealmeUI is very very close to the latest ColorOS version and I dont think Realme will stay far from fully adopting it.RealmeUI is a beautiful and rich skin, it has nothing to do with the version of the OS I saw for the first time back in X2 Pro (2019). There is full customization in user experience from wallpapers to animations. Unfortunately there is also a lot of bloatware, either the companys own software (not user removable because of Google applications) or some third-party apps (selection depending on the area probably). Luckily all these apps can be uninstalled. Minor bugs were found like streaming where the film would pause-start all time making viewing it impossible. Settings menu is ultra rich – I thought I was browsing MIUI – with many many options for all user needs. A lot of viewing, battery, personalization, privacy etc. settings. Excellent job really. I think OPPO with ColorOS is playing on the top spots for Android skins this year and RealmeUI has taken its best characteristics. Fully absorption of ColorOS would solve all minor bugs or any future issues with updates. We will see how OnePlus will react in the following months about it and if Realme will follow closely on its example.CameraRealme has added a 64MP camera in the phone, three years after its adoption, during a controversial announcement for X2 in China and one day after a real announcement from Xiaomi. During that time 64MP sensors matured and along with the software that handles them. Realme had done a great job here. Software wise and sencor wise the result from the main camera is really really good. Dont forget that this is not a camera smartphone but a powerhouse with a 120Hz display. Realme was very very close I think to keep this sensor only on the phone but market pseudo-needs pushed them to add two more minor side-task sensors. A small 8MP ultra wide one and an almost useless macro one. Companies tried for years to sell multi-sensor phones at the time when the main one was 8-12MP. Now that the main sensors are large 64-128MP they dont have the courage to remove all side sensors – ok, maybe keep an ultra wide one for sceneries. At the front we can find a simple 16MP camera, not bad for its specs. Quality of photos/videosDaylight pics with the main camera are really bright and good, a pit overprocessed – you can remove the AI enhancement for realistic pictures. If we check the details we can see signs of overexposure, but generally this is a nice shooter. The small 8 MP ultra wide lens is not bad at all. Good pics, without weird angles and the corners. Marco is almost useless, I never managed to take a nice shot with it, maybe you have more patience than me. There is no telephone lens, you can zoom using the main camera up to x10, but after x2 the results are blurry and miss details.Night shots are not as good as in day photography. The main sensor is ok, better with Night Mode. Ultra wide can be used only when a bit of light is available, macro is not to be considered.Portraits and selfies are good. A lot of functionalities are added like beautification or a special video set where a single color is kept but all rest are BW.Video is good, it has anti-shake enhancement and wide and zoom shots. It can record up to 4K at 30/60fps. I am not complaining at all, it provides nice results during day or night.Realme GT – Battery Realme GT has a 4500 mAh battery and this is the Achilles heel of this smartphone. It barely makes the day and if you play games a lot, it barely reaches the afternoon. This is not bad considering the SoC and the 120Hz so by making this choice of smartphone keep in mind that you must use battery reserved settings in the software or bring your wall charger together in case of need. What Realme did great in the battery department is the charging. The 65W wall charger has been used by BBK Group in Oppo, Realme and OnePlus for two years now and is amazing in all aspects. The phone is topped up from 0% to 100% in half an hour (85% at 20 minutes). A few minutes every morning can keep the phone filled up, in case you forgot to charge it overnight. The smartphone gets immediately warm, but not hot, during charging.I have a complaint here. I let the phone go dry to see how long it can charge from 0% to 100%. The phone needed some time to understand it was on charge. I got stressed and changed various cables and adaptors. Suddenly it understood it was connected to electricity and started to pump up energy. The place from 0% to 1% must be looked up by the company because it is really bad for user experience.There is no wireless charging or reverse wireless charging capability.ConclusionAt half the price of modern flagships you can buy Realme GT and use it as a powerhouse for gaming or multitasking or image/video editing. It gets a bit hot and the battery lasts a day max BUT at this money the VFM factor is amazing. The battery consumption is levered by an amazing fast charger at 65W but the heat dissipation is not and this phone is not an option for long session gamers.The design is top notch – I got the article pictures in a cafe, all people around me turned and looked at it, most of them asked me the model and price. RealmeUI has some minor bugs and it has a lot of bloatware but you can delete whatever you want and take advantage of this new ColorOS branch. Camera wise you will not get disappointed with daily life scenarios but this is not a camera phone, there is no telephoto or ultra clear night pictures.
The Breakdown 4.4 8.7 The E31 may lack LiDAR navigation, but for the price, youre getting a capable machine that doesnt need a lot of fuss and packs an impressive feature-set, backed up by a decent app experience. Performance 8.7 Value for money 8.7 Battery life 8.7 Cleanliness 8.7 Pros 鈥 Nice app experience鈥 Extremely quiet鈥 Affordable price Cons 鈥 Inconsistent pathing鈥 Average mopping features Kyvol was very keen on us having their VFM model (Cybovac E31) for a hands-on review and 鈥 trust me 鈥 I had no problem accepting the challenge. After all we鈥檙e talking about a model that boasts Alexa connectivity, mopping functionality, a bunch of remote/app features along with scheduling capabilities and multi-level suction sets.It鈥檚 one of 3 models of the Kyvol sub-brand (the other two are Cybovac E20 and Cybovac E30, all of them priced with competitive prices) 鈥 and one that boasts gyroscope-guided zig-zag cleaning for greater accuracy and coverage, along with an impressive/powerful suction power that can reach up to 2200pa and mopping functionality for those of you who want to do something more than just suck dust from the floor.What’s in it?And some of you might ask: what more can we expect from such an affordable vacuum? Well here goes: a water tank with mopping cloth below for mopping up to 200 m2, (a replacement cloth), a magnetic strip with 3M adhesive tape for creating your NO-GO zones for the vacuum, a side brush (along with an extra replacement), a cleaning brush and a remote with AAA batteries, that can easily make your day a lot easier, when you want to 鈥渙rder鈥 the vacuum to do some chores.You can buy the Cybovac E31 directly from Kyvol, priced at US$299/鈧?99.99 or pick it up on Amazon聽in other markets, including the UK for 拢279.99.Technical SpecificationsPower Input: DC 19V聽0.6APower Consumption: 28WBattery Type:聽DC 14.4V Li-ion BatteryBattery Capacity:聽3200mAhCharging Time:聽6 HoursSuction Power:聽Level 1: 600Pa Level 2: 1000Pa Level 3: 2200PaCapacity of Dust Bin:聽600MLCleaning Time:聽150 Minutes for Auto Mode with the minimum suction power on the hard floor after the battery is fully chargedCharging BasePower Input/Output: DC 19V聽0.6AWater TankCapacity: 300MLDesign Made out of black plastic 鈥 but with some touches of blue accent beneath its tempered glass protective layer, the E31 is surely a vacuum that can easily catch the eye of anyone in the house. I don鈥檛 really prefer black vacuums, because dirt, dust and possibly wear and tear appears easily on them, especially if the house is crowded. However after several weeks of testing, E31鈥檚 protective coating proved to be quite resilient against bumps and tearing. Kyvol鈥檚 top end vacuum measures 72mm in height, but it鈥檚 still low enough to go under couches, beds, and some low selves (or anywhere else you’d expect a robot vacuum to fit, at least) with no problem whatsoever. On the top side of the vacuum we can find Home and Clean/Pause buttons, which change colour to indicate various things; like charge state, battery life and WiFi connectivity. On the bottom, we find all the necessary equipment for a thorough cleaning procedure of course. All moving parts are painted orange, so that it鈥檚 easy to replace them when the time has come, along with the side brush, which clips onto the underside of the vacuum securely. Note that it was VERY hard to remove it. I had to use the screwdriver for 5-8 minutes to make it loose. Just below the side brush, we also find the main roller of the vacuum, which pops out easily enough, an omnidirectional castor, charging contacts for when in touch with the charging station, a protected power switch and a pair of drive wheels that promise significant clearance when using the device.But there’s moreCybovac E31 boasts also a mopping function, which can be activated quite easily: you just remove the 600ml dustbin (which includes a HEPA filter), and put in its place the 300ml water tank along with the mop cloth. The E31 will do all the rest: calculate the necessary amount of water when mopping, regulate the pressure etc.Cybovac E31: Cleaning performanceEven though the E31 doesn鈥檛 pack a LiDAR navigation system, it has some impressive working functions, that all in all result in a very clean room. When you turn it on for the first time, it will set itself to Auto function with medium suction power (it has 3 levels of suction), and then begin to zig-zag (randomly I guess) in the house. While it does this, it will map the current direction, but it may favor some areas more than others.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramBut there’s moreThis means that you can tell it (using the remote), to clean more some parts of the house 鈥 and some others, less. You can try and start the vacuum at a different place every now and then, this could help with its cleaning accuracy, but surely its motor is very powerful: you won鈥檛 have any trouble filling the 600 ml dustbin after 2-3 times of usage 鈥 even though you may think you have a clean house 鈥 like I did. It can automatically sense when it鈥檚 over a carpet 鈥 that鈥檚 when it uses its automatic carpet boost feature to increase suction obviously, and then return to normal working status when it鈥檚 over the floor. Since the Cybovac E31 doesn鈥檛 have a LiDAR scanner (or any kind of sensing hardware), the manufacturer suggests that before each cleaning we should tidy up a bit our apartment: gather cables, toys from our kids, clothes, underwear etc because all these could easily get in the way of the vacuum and hinder its work 鈥 or even worse, make it stuck.If this happens, the E31 will inform you with a loud beeping noise and send an alert to your smartphone via the Kyvol鈥檚 application 鈥 this will surely make you aware of the situation, asking you to set it free 馃槈 Inside the main package the company has included a set of magnetic strips, that we can cut to match our own boundaries inside the house. Using them is easy. You just place the in front, at the back all all around the area you DON鈥橳 want the E31 to enter (like a room, or some stairs you don鈥檛 want it to tumble down). The sensors of the device will pick the magnetic strip鈥檚 signal and make the vacuum avoid the area.Spot Mode/Edge ModeIf there鈥檚 a specific spot inside your house that needs special care from the E31, you can easily use there the Spot Mode of the vacuum 鈥 as Kyvol company advertises it. When activated, the vacuum will move outwards in a spiral (to about 1.2m) from wherever its starting point is (and back in again) for a couple of minutes, providing extra care (and suction) to that specific place. There鈥檚 also Edge Mode: this makes the vacuum go to the edges of each room, or a large furniture and clean them extensively for approximately 20 minutes or so. It does quite a nice job cleaning, however the lack of programming the time could make the whole procedure take longer than needed.Cybovac E31: MoppingAs we mentioned before, the E31 can easily take care of the mopping of the house, using the included water tank and mop cloth. You just have to replace the dust bin with those two parts 鈥 making sure the cloth fits great on top of the water tank: we don鈥檛 want it to be lose 鈥 water will drop on the floor otherwise. You don’t need to remove the side brush, as I initially assumed, so all that’s actually required is a very quick and simple swap-out. During the mopping procedure, we can select the water dispersal out of 3 levels. Each level depends on the type of the floor we鈥檙e about to clean. Level 1 is for simple mopping, level 2 and 3 for more extensive mopping, on floors that genuinely need it. However, don鈥檛 expect the E31 to clean all stains from the floor with this procedure. There is not enough pressure to clean heavy stains or dirt, so use this feature to freshen up the floor. Don鈥檛 expect it to be fully clean afterwards.Battery lifeIn terms of battery life, the Cybovac E31 will need approximately 5 hours to fully charge. It will then be active for more than 150 minutes, enough time to clean a large house with more than 170 m2 in surface. In my house 鈥 a small one with 80 m2 surface, it took 52 minutes for a full cleaning 鈥 depending on what type of furniture we have, how many rooms are there, what type of floors, if there are stairs, or stuff on the floor etc. In any case, it鈥檚 quite easy to find the remaining power of the Cybovac E31: you just have a look on the colour of the power button backlighting. Blue means plenty of charge, orange means it鈥檚 starting to run out and flashing red is critical 鈥 you should recharge.ApplicationCybovac E31 comes equipped with WiFi and a mobile application that proves to be quite interesting and user friendly. You just make an account in Kyvol鈥檚 website and then we have full access to the vacuum and its features. This way we can manually control it via the mobile app, change the cleaning modes, set some scheduling scenarios, check the vacuum鈥檚 battery level, how long it’s been running on its current cycle and even view the map that the E31 builds as it moves around your house. You can see the rooms of the house, and the borders of each area 鈥 thus telling the vacuum where to mop, where to clean and where to adjust its suction power more/or less. There鈥檚 also an included remote for most of the simple tasks: it allows us sending the vacuum to specific places, setting scheduling scenarios, activating/deactivating the vacuum etc.Remote controllerI have placed the remote in the center of my kitchen, in an easily accessible wall: this way I can operate the Cybovac E31 faster than using the app. Why not? Oh and last but not least: the E31 comes equipped with Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility: you can order it to begin or stop vacuuming (that鈥檚 all for now), but in any case it鈥檚 a smart ability that鈥檚 always good to have. The Breakdown 4.4 8.7 The E31 may lack LiDAR navigation, but for the price, youre getting a capable machine that doesnt need a lot of fuss and packs an impressive feature-set, backed up by a decent app experience. Performance 8.7 Value for money 8.7 Battery life 8.7 Cleanliness 8.7 Pros 鈥 Nice app experience鈥 Extremely quiet鈥 Affordable price Cons 鈥 Inconsistent pathing鈥 Average mopping features Kyvol was very keen on us having their VFM model (Cybovac E31) for a hands-on review and 鈥 trust me 鈥 I had no problem accepting the challenge. After all we鈥檙e talking about a model that boasts Alexa connectivity, mopping functionality, a bunch of remote/app features along with scheduling capabilities and multi-level suction sets.It鈥檚 one of 3 models of the Kyvol sub-brand (the other two are Cybovac E20 and Cybovac E30, all of them priced with competitive prices) 鈥 and one that boasts gyroscope-guided zig-zag cleaning for greater accuracy and coverage, along with an impressive/powerful suction power that can reach up to 2200pa and mopping functionality for those of you who want to do something more than just suck dust from the floor.What’s in it?And some of you might ask: what more can we expect from such an affordable vacuum? Well here goes: a water tank with mopping cloth below for mopping up to 200 m2, (a replacement cloth), a magnetic strip with 3M adhesive tape for creating your NO-GO zones for the vacuum, a side brush (along with an extra replacement), a cleaning brush and a remote with AAA batteries, that can easily make your day a lot easier, when you want to 鈥渙rder鈥 the vacuum to do some chores.You can buy the Cybovac E31 directly from Kyvol, priced at US$299/鈧?99.99 or pick it up on Amazon聽in other markets, including the UK for 拢279.99.Technical SpecificationsPower Input: DC 19V聽0.6APower Consumption: 28WBattery Type:聽DC 14.4V Li-ion BatteryBattery Capacity:聽3200mAhCharging Time:聽6 HoursSuction Power:聽Level 1: 600Pa Level 2: 1000Pa Level 3: 2200PaCapacity of Dust Bin:聽600MLCleaning Time:聽150 Minutes for Auto Mode with the minimum suction power on the hard floor after the battery is fully chargedCharging BasePower Input/Output: DC 19V聽0.6AWater TankCapacity: 300MLDesign Made out of black plastic 鈥 but with some touches of blue accent beneath its tempered glass protective layer, the E31 is surely a vacuum that can easily catch the eye of anyone in the house. I don鈥檛 really prefer black vacuums, because dirt, dust and possibly wear and tear appears easily on them, especially if the house is crowded. However after several weeks of testing, E31鈥檚 protective coating proved to be quite resilient against bumps and tearing. Kyvol鈥檚 top end vacuum measures 72mm in height, but it鈥檚 still low enough to go under couches, beds, and some low selves (or anywhere else you’d expect a robot vacuum to fit, at least) with no problem whatsoever. On the top side of the vacuum we can find Home and Clean/Pause buttons, which change colour to indicate various things; like charge state, battery life and WiFi connectivity. On the bottom, we find all the necessary equipment for a thorough cleaning procedure of course. All moving parts are painted orange, so that it鈥檚 easy to replace them when the time has come, along with the side brush, which clips onto the underside of the vacuum securely. Note that it was VERY hard to remove it. I had to use the screwdriver for 5-8 minutes to make it loose. Just below the side brush, we also find the main roller of the vacuum, which pops out easily enough, an omnidirectional castor, charging contacts for when in touch with the charging station, a protected power switch and a pair of drive wheels that promise significant clearance when using the device.But there’s moreCybovac E31 boasts also a mopping function, which can be activated quite easily: you just remove the 600ml dustbin (which includes a HEPA filter), and put in its place the 300ml water tank along with the mop cloth. The E31 will do all the rest: calculate the necessary amount of water when mopping, regulate the pressure etc.Cybovac E31: Cleaning performanceEven though the E31 doesn鈥檛 pack a LiDAR navigation system, it has some impressive working functions, that all in all result in a very clean room. When you turn it on for the first time, it will set itself to Auto function with medium suction power (it has 3 levels of suction), and then begin to zig-zag (randomly I guess) in the house. While it does this, it will map the current direction, but it may favor some areas more than others.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramBut there’s moreThis means that you can tell it (using the remote), to clean more some parts of the house 鈥 and some others, less. You can try and start the vacuum at a different place every now and then, this could help with its cleaning accuracy, but surely its motor is very powerful: you won鈥檛 have any trouble filling the 600 ml dustbin after 2-3 times of usage 鈥 even though you may think you have a clean house 鈥 like I did. It can automatically sense when it鈥檚 over a carpet 鈥 that鈥檚 when it uses its automatic carpet boost feature to increase suction obviously, and then return to normal working status when it鈥檚 over the floor. Since the Cybovac E31 doesn鈥檛 have a LiDAR scanner (or any kind of sensing hardware), the manufacturer suggests that before each cleaning we should tidy up a bit our apartment: gather cables, toys from our kids, clothes, underwear etc because all these could easily get in the way of the vacuum and hinder its work 鈥 or even worse, make it stuck.If this happens, the E31 will inform you with a loud beeping noise and send an alert to your smartphone via the Kyvol鈥檚 application 鈥 this will surely make you aware of the situation, asking you to set it free 馃槈 Inside the main package the company has included a set of magnetic strips, that we can cut to match our own boundaries inside the house. Using them is easy. You just place the in front, at the back all all around the area you DON鈥橳 want the E31 to enter (like a room, or some stairs you don鈥檛 want it to tumble down). The sensors of the device will pick the magnetic strip鈥檚 signal and make the vacuum avoid the area.Spot Mode/Edge ModeIf there鈥檚 a specific spot inside your house that needs special care from the E31, you can easily use there the Spot Mode of the vacuum 鈥 as Kyvol company advertises it. When activated, the vacuum will move outwards in a spiral (to about 1.2m) from wherever its starting point is (and back in again) for a couple of minutes, providing extra care (and suction) to that specific place. There鈥檚 also Edge Mode: this makes the vacuum go to the edges of each room, or a large furniture and clean them extensively for approximately 20 minutes or so. It does quite a nice job cleaning, however the lack of programming the time could make the whole procedure take longer than needed.Cybovac E31: MoppingAs we mentioned before, the E31 can easily take care of the mopping of the house, using the included water tank and mop cloth. You just have to replace the dust bin with those two parts 鈥 making sure the cloth fits great on top of the water tank: we don鈥檛 want it to be lose 鈥 water will drop on the floor otherwise. You don’t need to remove the side brush, as I initially assumed, so all that’s actually required is a very quick and simple swap-out. During the mopping procedure, we can select the water dispersal out of 3 levels. Each level depends on the type of the floor we鈥檙e about to clean. Level 1 is for simple mopping, level 2 and 3 for more extensive mopping, on floors that genuinely need it. However, don鈥檛 expect the E31 to clean all stains from the floor with this procedure. There is not enough pressure to clean heavy stains or dirt, so use this feature to freshen up the floor. Don鈥檛 expect it to be fully clean afterwards.Battery lifeIn terms of battery life, the Cybovac E31 will need approximately 5 hours to fully charge. It will then be active for more than 150 minutes, enough time to clean a large house with more than 170 m2 in surface. In my house 鈥 a small one with 80 m2 surface, it took 52 minutes for a full cleaning 鈥 depending on what type of furniture we have, how many rooms are there, what type of floors, if there are stairs, or stuff on the floor etc. In any case, it鈥檚 quite easy to find the remaining power of the Cybovac E31: you just have a look on the colour of the power button backlighting. Blue means plenty of charge, orange means it鈥檚 starting to run out and flashing red is critical 鈥 you should recharge.ApplicationCybovac E31 comes equipped with WiFi and a mobile application that proves to be quite interesting and user friendly. You just make an account in Kyvol鈥檚 website and then we have full access to the vacuum and its features. This way we can manually control it via the mobile app, change the cleaning modes, set some scheduling scenarios, check the vacuum鈥檚 battery level, how long it’s been running on its current cycle and even view the map that the E31 builds as it moves around your house. You can see the rooms of the house, and the borders of each area 鈥 thus telling the vacuum where to mop, where to clean and where to adjust its suction power more/or less. There鈥檚 also an included remote for most of the simple tasks: it allows us sending the vacuum to specific places, setting scheduling scenarios, activating/deactivating the vacuum etc.Remote controllerI have placed the remote in the center of my kitchen, in an easily accessible wall: this way I can operate the Cybovac E31 faster than using the app. Why not? Oh and last but not least: the E31 comes equipped with Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility: you can order it to begin or stop vacuuming (that鈥檚 all for now), but in any case it鈥檚 a smart ability that鈥檚 always good to have.
The Breakdown 3.9 7.7 If youre in the market for a budget friendly yet quite decent smartphone, then this TECNO Spark 7P could make you smile. It packs VFM specs, a nice camera, battery friendly SoC and a large battery for impressive stand by time. Battery 7.7 Hardware 7.7 Software 7.7 Performance 7.7 Camera 7.7 Having reviewed Tecno Spark 7 Pro recently, in our hands arrived a budget model with larger display clearly focusing on media consumption. The name of the handset is Tecno Spark 7P and it carries on with most of the positive (and some) negative aspects of its “Pro” sibling. In case you missed the previous review and Tecno is the most popular provider of smart devices and mobile services for consumers in global emerging markets, with TECNO as the premium smartphone brand . TECNO demonstrate our brand motto through innovation, technological and artistic progression in over 60 markets around the world, with a diversified product portfolio featuring smartphones and smart AIoT products covered. Spark 7P is a really interesting smartphone and keep in mind in all this review that it’s aimed at the low end market segment! There is a main 16MP AI triple camera, a 90 Hz display, a 5000 mAh battery and a Helio G70. We used this phone for two weeks and below you can read our impressions using this device as a main smartphone for all purposes.TECNO Spark 7P – SpecificationsDimensions: 171.9 x 77.9 x 9.15 mm.Material: Glass front, plastic frame, plastic back.Display: IPS LCD, 90Hz, 6.8 inches, 109.8 cm2 (~89.5% screen-to-body ratio),720 x 1640 pixels, 20.5:9 ratio (~263 ppi density).CPU: Mediatek Helio G70 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.0 GHz Cortex-A75 & 6×1.7 GHz Cortex-A55).GPU: Mali-G52 MC2.RAM+ROM: 64GB 4GB RAM,128GB 4GB RAM, eMMC 5.1, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 5000 mAh.Connectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n/ac, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE Cat4 150/50 MbpsGSM 900/1800 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 900 / 2100LTE B1/3/7/8/20/28ABiometrics: Fingerprint (rear-mounted).Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash16 MP, PDAFSecondary unknown cameraThird unknown cameraSelfie Camera: 8 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: [email protected] Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: Micro USB, 3.5mm jack.Sensors: FM radio, accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Alps Blue, Spruce Green, Magnet Black, Summer Mojito.Software: Android 11, HIOS 7.5. You can buy TECNO Spark 7P from here TECNO Spark 7P – UnboxingThe handset arrives with an orange box with a nice finish using T hidden letters and large glossy SPARK 7P blue font. Around the box are stickers with information about the included device. The Spark 7P 聽in our hands is the 4/128 GB version in Alps Blue color. Tecno informs us that the smartphone has 13 months of guarantee as a 12+1 offer. Generally speaking this is a nice retail box. Inside the box we can see the normal sum for most of the smartphones this price range:The Spark 7P smartphoneA charging cableA simple 5V/2A wall chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA silicone soft caseFrom the above I am really happy that earphones are included in the box – these times even the charger is considered a luxury. On the other hand, a first for me is the absence of user manuals, quick set up guides and the guarantee leaflet. A fast guide exists in the Settings of the smartphone for those of you who would like some more info.A plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but… soft as it name presumes, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case.TECNO Spark 7P – DesignTecno has created a very nice phone that is far more beautiful for the other smartphones in its category. The enormous 6.8 inch display has medium sized bezels, having a bit bigger chin. There is a teardrop shaped notch for the selfie camera on the top and central part of the display panel. The display itself is flat and huge. On top of the display there’s a very wide hidden horizontal line for the earphone, perfectly designed to listen to your caller without having to 芦center禄 a smaller earpiece to your ear. There is no second speaker in the phone or notification light – basically there is nothing else in the front side of the device.The side frame is connected to the back panel and is one big curvy piece of plastic. There is a line to separate them as a design detail but there is only one panel here. On the left side we can see the tray where 2 SIM cards and a microSD card fit. On the right side we can see two volume buttons and under them, the power / lock button. Their placement is excellent, I can reach them easily with my thumb.Design featuresThe three buttons are well made without rattling. There are no visible bands, because the smartphone’s sides and back are plastic. The top has nothing while the bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a noise-canceling microphone, a microUSB port and a speaker grille. I know that using a Micro USB port is better for the price of the device and that people have a lot of chargers laying around, but surely the incorporation of a modern USB Type-C port would be much better in my opinion.The back panel has an excellent design! The smartphone has a camera compartment on the top left while under it there is a huge 芦tecno SPARK禄 logo. There are three different styles here. The logo is plain plastic, the rest of the panel is matte and the camera compartment is glossy. In the camera area we can see 3 CMOS sensors positioned vertically. On the right side of the central sensor we can see a quad LED for impressive night shots.TECNO Spark 7P in-depthUnder the lower camera sensor there is an AI logo. TECNO is focusing on the artistic / presentation of this device and succeeded in it. In the center and on top we can see the fingerprint sensor. The position is a miss. I understand that there was no space internally due to the camera but it is too high to reach for most people. I would prefer the sensor to be on the same height as the physical buttons on the right.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramYou will not find any protection for water or dust – you can understand this from the SIM tray, there is no rubber seal. So guys, be carefull with water and in heavy rain. The size of Spark 7P makes it amazing to watch a TV show or play games but it is too big to put in the back pocket of your jeans. Luckily the plastic panel is lighter than a glass one, and it is not as heavy as it looks from its size.TECNO Spark 7P – HardwareThe display is a 6.8 inches IPS LCD panel with a refresh rate of 90Hz. The display has a 89.5% screen-to-body ratio and a resolution of 720 x 1640 pixels. The side ratio is聽 20.5:9 ratio and there is a 263 ppi density. The panel is not very bright, you will have to shade it in mid-summer sun. Colors and angles of view are good. Generally this is a good budget panel for all usages.The driving power behind this smartphone is the Mediatek Helio G70 SoC – an 8-core chipset that was announced on January 15, 2020, and is manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. This SoC comes with 2 Cortex-A75 cores at 2000 MHz and 6 Cortex-A55 cores at 1700 MHz. As you can understand, this comes as an affordable SoC that provides good processing power but you will not be able to play high render 3D games or multitask. We can also find Mali-G52 MC2 for graphics and eMMC 5.1 for storage. The smartphone comes with 4/64GB and 4/128GB versions. There is no software lagging or heating issues, but there is also nothing to brag about the performance.TECNO Spark 7P – Mediocre soundSpark 7P has a single loudspeaker but uses the lower microphone as a stereo set. This is nice to have of course. Music quality is ok but gets a bit distorted at high volume. Sound in calls and video-calls is ok. Connectivity is also good. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous so you’re gonna get what you paid for – be sure.There are two ways to unlock 8P. Face-unlock is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.Extra securityThe other way is the back panel fingerprint reader. Be careful here, you must do a good setup else the scanner is not working probably, as it did in my case. I deleted all data and passed my fingerprints again and the result was a very accurate and extremely fast process. The in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use it only and disable Face Unlock for the reasons I explained. Adding also on this, is the speed that the in-display sensor unlocks the phone – it is ultra fast, the company advertises a speed of聽 0.12 seconds.TECNO Spark 7P – SoftwareThe smartphone comes with Android 11 which is an amazing offer for this price segment. This is the first time that I used HIOS 7.5. It comes with all the functions and abilities other ROMs have these days. There is some bloatware and advertisement as we see in other similarly priced smartphones. There were no major bugs or limitations and I believe with a little polishing HIOS can stand next to other skins but it needs a lot of work to reach MIUI or OxygenOS levels. The customisation is rich with many features, a theme shop and a dark mode. We can find a memory boost app, Phone Master – a general taking care app, a private app shop called Palm Store, a browser, Instant Apps – a very nice shortcut app to various games and apps that you can use without installing, a Community app for Tecno, various tools, and various other applications like music stores, data share apps etc. Especially in Notifications we are constantly bombarded by information and advertisement鈥 The good thing is that we can find Google Services and you can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is more light and user friendly I have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs a user wants and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption. HIOS 7.5 also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. I hope Tecno will continue updating this phone.TECNO Spark 7P – Camera聽Tecno Spark 7P comes with an AI 16 megapixel triple rear camera. I tried to find more information about the two smaller lenses and after a time I discovered that the one is a 2 megapixel depth sensor and a AI lens. The camera setup is paired with a quad LED flash. I have no idea what the latter sensor can do but the company advertises the system as AI capable. Indeed inside the camera app – a nice app, rich in details – we can find a lot of gimmicks that are around the Beauty and AR shot functions. A lot of work is done on the selfie camera. On the front we can find an 8-megapixel selfie camera with an aperture of f/2.0 and a dual adjustable flashlight.Special featuresThe phone has an eye-tracking autofocus – a first for me and weird to look at, as it reminds me of a sci-fi film. The user can also take pictures only by smiling 馃槈 The camera app has Super Night, Portrait, Google Lens, Beauty, Video, AI cam and Short Video features. The latter is for usage on social media and has a lot of extras for visual effects. The company has added fun in the usage of the camera and I spent a lot of time playing with it. Taking into consideration the camera installation I was surprised at how good day pictures are. The 16 MP sensor works ok. I cant tell whether the depth / AI lenses help. This phone could be sold with a single camera in other times, but seeing how multicameras push sales all companies provide extra lenses. Night photos are good in case of light and get better with Night mode. I dont think anyone will complain about the camera. Video is another story. While it provides similar quality with the photography day or night there is ZERO stabilization. The result is good only when the phone is stable somewhere. If you move it a bit it becomes a mess. Sound is not recorded well, I would prefer less lenses and EIS / sound improvements.TECNO Spark 7P聽 – Battery The huge Li-Po 5000 battery and the software added by TECNO is an excellent combination that provides two days of light usage or one day of medium usage (no gaming). SOT is about 8-9 hours which is a top performance.I cannot say the same for the charging speed. The old type micro-USB 5V/2A wall charger is at 10W and that means a long, long charging procedure. You will need about 3 hours for a full change and there is no flash charge in case of need.TECNO Spark 7P – ConclusionTecno Spark 7P is a budget device with a lot of advantages and a few shortcomings, most similar to its Tecno Spart 7 Pro sibling. The display is excellent with an impressive 90 Hz frame rate but its brightness is mediocre. The SoC is energy efficient, stable and cool but 3D gaming or multitasking is not an option I have to admit. Camera has nice performance but the lack of electronic image stabilization and sound of the video recording hurts the total performance in the area. Software is rich but needs polishing to remove most of the bloatware.There is a large battery but the charging procedure is extremely slow. Design is very good and modern. The addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is amazing. The mobile took an OTA update and at the time of this review, looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good budget device for people that want a mass display for TV shows/Movies, social media and gaming at a very low price, but not for people who want to record videos or use it proffesionally.Pros90 Hz huge Display5000 mAh BatteryOTA update on Android 11The Breakdown 3.9 7.7 If youre in the market for a budget friendly yet quite decent smartphone, then this TECNO Spark 7P could make you smile. It packs VFM specs, a nice camera, battery friendly SoC and a large battery for impressive stand by time. Battery 7.7 Hardware 7.7 Software 7.7 Performance 7.7 Camera 7.7 Having reviewed Tecno Spark 7 Pro recently, in our hands arrived a budget model with larger display clearly focusing on media consumption. The name of the handset is Tecno Spark 7P and it carries on with most of the positive (and some) negative aspects of its “Pro” sibling. In case you missed the previous review and Tecno is the most popular provider of smart devices and mobile services for consumers in global emerging markets, with TECNO as the premium smartphone brand . TECNO demonstrate our brand motto through innovation, technological and artistic progression in over 60 markets around the world, with a diversified product portfolio featuring smartphones and smart AIoT products covered. Spark 7P is a really interesting smartphone and keep in mind in all this review that it’s aimed at the low end market segment! There is a main 16MP AI triple camera, a 90 Hz display, a 5000 mAh battery and a Helio G70. We used this phone for two weeks and below you can read our impressions using this device as a main smartphone for all purposes.TECNO Spark 7P – SpecificationsDimensions: 171.9 x 77.9 x 9.15 mm.Material: Glass front, plastic frame, plastic back.Display: IPS LCD, 90Hz, 6.8 inches, 109.8 cm2 (~89.5% screen-to-body ratio),720 x 1640 pixels, 20.5:9 ratio (~263 ppi density).CPU: Mediatek Helio G70 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.0 GHz Cortex-A75 & 6×1.7 GHz Cortex-A55).GPU: Mali-G52 MC2.RAM+ROM: 64GB 4GB RAM,128GB 4GB RAM, eMMC 5.1, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 5000 mAh.Connectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n/ac, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE Cat4 150/50 MbpsGSM 900/1800 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 900 / 2100LTE B1/3/7/8/20/28ABiometrics: Fingerprint (rear-mounted).Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash16 MP, PDAFSecondary unknown cameraThird unknown cameraSelfie Camera: 8 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: [email protected] Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: Micro USB, 3.5mm jack.Sensors: FM radio, accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Alps Blue, Spruce Green, Magnet Black, Summer Mojito.Software: Android 11, HIOS 7.5. You can buy TECNO Spark 7P from here TECNO Spark 7P – UnboxingThe handset arrives with an orange box with a nice finish using T hidden letters and large glossy SPARK 7P blue font. Around the box are stickers with information about the included device. The Spark 7P 聽in our hands is the 4/128 GB version in Alps Blue color. Tecno informs us that the smartphone has 13 months of guarantee as a 12+1 offer. Generally speaking this is a nice retail box. Inside the box we can see the normal sum for most of the smartphones this price range:The Spark 7P smartphoneA charging cableA simple 5V/2A wall chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA silicone soft caseFrom the above I am really happy that earphones are included in the box – these times even the charger is considered a luxury. On the other hand, a first for me is the absence of user manuals, quick set up guides and the guarantee leaflet. A fast guide exists in the Settings of the smartphone for those of you who would like some more info.A plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but… soft as it name presumes, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case.TECNO Spark 7P – DesignTecno has created a very nice phone that is far more beautiful for the other smartphones in its category. The enormous 6.8 inch display has medium sized bezels, having a bit bigger chin. There is a teardrop shaped notch for the selfie camera on the top and central part of the display panel. The display itself is flat and huge. On top of the display there’s a very wide hidden horizontal line for the earphone, perfectly designed to listen to your caller without having to 芦center禄 a smaller earpiece to your ear. There is no second speaker in the phone or notification light – basically there is nothing else in the front side of the device.The side frame is connected to the back panel and is one big curvy piece of plastic. There is a line to separate them as a design detail but there is only one panel here. On the left side we can see the tray where 2 SIM cards and a microSD card fit. On the right side we can see two volume buttons and under them, the power / lock button. Their placement is excellent, I can reach them easily with my thumb.Design featuresThe three buttons are well made without rattling. There are no visible bands, because the smartphone’s sides and back are plastic. The top has nothing while the bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a noise-canceling microphone, a microUSB port and a speaker grille. I know that using a Micro USB port is better for the price of the device and that people have a lot of chargers laying around, but surely the incorporation of a modern USB Type-C port would be much better in my opinion.The back panel has an excellent design! The smartphone has a camera compartment on the top left while under it there is a huge 芦tecno SPARK禄 logo. There are three different styles here. The logo is plain plastic, the rest of the panel is matte and the camera compartment is glossy. In the camera area we can see 3 CMOS sensors positioned vertically. On the right side of the central sensor we can see a quad LED for impressive night shots.TECNO Spark 7P in-depthUnder the lower camera sensor there is an AI logo. TECNO is focusing on the artistic / presentation of this device and succeeded in it. In the center and on top we can see the fingerprint sensor. The position is a miss. I understand that there was no space internally due to the camera but it is too high to reach for most people. I would prefer the sensor to be on the same height as the physical buttons on the right.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramYou will not find any protection for water or dust – you can understand this from the SIM tray, there is no rubber seal. So guys, be carefull with water and in heavy rain. The size of Spark 7P makes it amazing to watch a TV show or play games but it is too big to put in the back pocket of your jeans. Luckily the plastic panel is lighter than a glass one, and it is not as heavy as it looks from its size.TECNO Spark 7P – HardwareThe display is a 6.8 inches IPS LCD panel with a refresh rate of 90Hz. The display has a 89.5% screen-to-body ratio and a resolution of 720 x 1640 pixels. The side ratio is聽 20.5:9 ratio and there is a 263 ppi density. The panel is not very bright, you will have to shade it in mid-summer sun. Colors and angles of view are good. Generally this is a good budget panel for all usages.The driving power behind this smartphone is the Mediatek Helio G70 SoC – an 8-core chipset that was announced on January 15, 2020, and is manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. This SoC comes with 2 Cortex-A75 cores at 2000 MHz and 6 Cortex-A55 cores at 1700 MHz. As you can understand, this comes as an affordable SoC that provides good processing power but you will not be able to play high render 3D games or multitask. We can also find Mali-G52 MC2 for graphics and eMMC 5.1 for storage. The smartphone comes with 4/64GB and 4/128GB versions. There is no software lagging or heating issues, but there is also nothing to brag about the performance.TECNO Spark 7P – Mediocre soundSpark 7P has a single loudspeaker but uses the lower microphone as a stereo set. This is nice to have of course. Music quality is ok but gets a bit distorted at high volume. Sound in calls and video-calls is ok. Connectivity is also good. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions. GPS is instantaneous so you’re gonna get what you paid for – be sure.There are two ways to unlock 8P. Face-unlock is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.Extra securityThe other way is the back panel fingerprint reader. Be careful here, you must do a good setup else the scanner is not working probably, as it did in my case. I deleted all data and passed my fingerprints again and the result was a very accurate and extremely fast process. The in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use it only and disable Face Unlock for the reasons I explained. Adding also on this, is the speed that the in-display sensor unlocks the phone – it is ultra fast, the company advertises a speed of聽 0.12 seconds.TECNO Spark 7P – SoftwareThe smartphone comes with Android 11 which is an amazing offer for this price segment. This is the first time that I used HIOS 7.5. It comes with all the functions and abilities other ROMs have these days. There is some bloatware and advertisement as we see in other similarly priced smartphones. There were no major bugs or limitations and I believe with a little polishing HIOS can stand next to other skins but it needs a lot of work to reach MIUI or OxygenOS levels. The customisation is rich with many features, a theme shop and a dark mode. We can find a memory boost app, Phone Master – a general taking care app, a private app shop called Palm Store, a browser, Instant Apps – a very nice shortcut app to various games and apps that you can use without installing, a Community app for Tecno, various tools, and various other applications like music stores, data share apps etc. Especially in Notifications we are constantly bombarded by information and advertisement鈥 The good thing is that we can find Google Services and you can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is more light and user friendly I have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs a user wants and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption. HIOS 7.5 also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. I hope Tecno will continue updating this phone.TECNO Spark 7P – Camera聽Tecno Spark 7P comes with an AI 16 megapixel triple rear camera. I tried to find more information about the two smaller lenses and after a time I discovered that the one is a 2 megapixel depth sensor and a AI lens. The camera setup is paired with a quad LED flash. I have no idea what the latter sensor can do but the company advertises the system as AI capable. Indeed inside the camera app – a nice app, rich in details – we can find a lot of gimmicks that are around the Beauty and AR shot functions. A lot of work is done on the selfie camera. On the front we can find an 8-megapixel selfie camera with an aperture of f/2.0 and a dual adjustable flashlight.Special featuresThe phone has an eye-tracking autofocus – a first for me and weird to look at, as it reminds me of a sci-fi film. The user can also take pictures only by smiling 馃槈 The camera app has Super Night, Portrait, Google Lens, Beauty, Video, AI cam and Short Video features. The latter is for usage on social media and has a lot of extras for visual effects. The company has added fun in the usage of the camera and I spent a lot of time playing with it. Taking into consideration the camera installation I was surprised at how good day pictures are. The 16 MP sensor works ok. I cant tell whether the depth / AI lenses help. This phone could be sold with a single camera in other times, but seeing how multicameras push sales all companies provide extra lenses. Night photos are good in case of light and get better with Night mode. I dont think anyone will complain about the camera. Video is another story. While it provides similar quality with the photography day or night there is ZERO stabilization. The result is good only when the phone is stable somewhere. If you move it a bit it becomes a mess. Sound is not recorded well, I would prefer less lenses and EIS / sound improvements.TECNO Spark 7P聽 – Battery The huge Li-Po 5000 battery and the software added by TECNO is an excellent combination that provides two days of light usage or one day of medium usage (no gaming). SOT is about 8-9 hours which is a top performance.I cannot say the same for the charging speed. The old type micro-USB 5V/2A wall charger is at 10W and that means a long, long charging procedure. You will need about 3 hours for a full change and there is no flash charge in case of need.TECNO Spark 7P – ConclusionTecno Spark 7P is a budget device with a lot of advantages and a few shortcomings, most similar to its Tecno Spart 7 Pro sibling. The display is excellent with an impressive 90 Hz frame rate but its brightness is mediocre. The SoC is energy efficient, stable and cool but 3D gaming or multitasking is not an option I have to admit. Camera has nice performance but the lack of electronic image stabilization and sound of the video recording hurts the total performance in the area. Software is rich but needs polishing to remove most of the bloatware.There is a large battery but the charging procedure is extremely slow. Design is very good and modern. The addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is amazing. The mobile took an OTA update and at the time of this review, looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good budget device for people that want a mass display for TV shows/Movies, social media and gaming at a very low price, but not for people who want to record videos or use it proffesionally.Pros90 Hz huge Display5000 mAh BatteryOTA update on Android 11
The Breakdown 4.5 9 As you will see, when we talk about Urikar AT1 we do it about a device in which quality is imposed to offer the most effective and pleasant massages you can find. Every single detail has been implemented with the aim of shaping a unique massage gun that can be yours right now. EASE OF USE 9 PERFORMANCE 9 DESIGN 9 BATTERY LIFE 9 EFFECTIVENESS 9 In order to deeply stimulate your muscles before or after a workout, the massage gun is an ideal ally. An excellent product to help you recover effectively after a good workout at home or outdoors.聽More and more people are using massage guns. The advantages of these devices are multiple, for example they make it possible to prevent cramps, reduce muscle pain, activate muscles before going to train or accelerate a rehabilitation process after injury. If you wanted to invest in this type of device, know that the Urikar AT1 currently available and it is one of the best solutions out there.The Urikar AT1 offers 3600 percussions per minute, 8 speed levels and a force of 30 kg. The main advantage of this device is the presence of AI. Thanks to the automatic mode, it will advise you on the place you want to massage and preconfigure the massage gun. In addition, the device automatically recognizes each massage head. This will allow you to view the areas to be massaged directly on the screen of the device, but above all to have preconfigured settings for each different use.Urikar officially established in Colorado, USA聽in 2015.聽In 2019, Urikar produced the world’s first AI-powered massage which highlights a user-oriented smart dashboard and a massage speed that adapts to movement.聽Urikar achieved annual sales surpassing 1 billion only five years after the enterprise’s inception. In an effort to cultivate healthier, manageable habits in conjunction with minimizing muscle pains, Urikar remains up-to-date with the most current technological advancements.Key FeaturesThe first AI-powered smart massage gun with massage head recognitionInfrared human body induction with self-adaptive massage speedNFC-powered deep-tissue massage8-speed levelsFlashing breathing light makes it look very technologicalSmart display with massage speeds, massage duration time, battery level, the massage head currently in use.Works smoothly with operation noise as low as 49dB2600mAh battery allows it to last up to 10 hours6 interchangable massage heads65W brushless motor, penetrating up to 16mm into deep musclesUnboxing The Urikar AT1 massage gun brings health to your musclesPercussion guns, also known as massage guns, can relieve pain and/or muscle tension through vibrations. One of the latest models is the Urikar AT1 which, unlike a common percussion gun, also adds the advantages of artificial intelligence to the massage to improve the user experience and obtain more immediate benefits. It is now available for purchase, and below you can take a look at its technical characteristics to get a more precise idea.Urikar AT1 has a chip that allows it to immediately recognize the massage head as soon as you insert it, providing complete instructions on the small touch LCD screen for an optimal massage (where, at what speed and for how long and etc). In addition, the infrared sensor ensures intelligent adaptation of the percussion speed according to the distance between the device and the part of the body, greatly extending the battery life.Powered by a professional-grade 65W brushless motor using patented QuietPower 2.0 technology, the AT1 offers approximately 30kg of force, 16mm amplitude and speeds of up to 3600rpm. Thanks to six differently shaped silicone massage heads and the ergonomic quadrangular handle, the percussion gun can be applied to small and large muscle groups, such as quadriceps, buttocks and adductors, stimulating circulation and accelerating post-workout recovery. Urikar AT1 has a 2600 mAh rechargeable lithium battery, for 10 hours of continuous use per single charge and then for weeks with an application of 15 minutes per day.Compared to its competitors, AT1 is not only more effective but also quieter, thanks to the graphene coating that reduces the coefficient of friction and therefore noise by up to 30%. It is also small and light (weighs only 1.2Kg), so you can put it into your bag without difficulty and used at any time.Urikar AT1: A personal percussion massager with AITo perform an effective work, you must first understand that not all parts of the body need the same care and how the muscles are located, that is why the聽AT1 has a chip with AI and infrared to locate the part of the body where it has been placed and what is the massage to be performed.Once the area is monitored, the motor with QuietPower 2.0 technology performs its work with an聽intensity that can reach 3,600 percussions per minute聽with an amplitude of 16 millimeters.聽It is calculated that it reaches 80% more depth than the massagers that have been used as a general rule.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramAll the features that we have listed are within reach of the user thanks to the聽LCD screen that incorporates Urikar AT1.聽In it you can read the information and configure aspects such as the intensity of the massage, the time it will last, the area, etc.From then on, the massage will be a relaxing activity for the muscles and the brain, something in which special effort has been put by Urikar when coating the gun with graphene to reduce the impact and noise by 30% compared to the competition. This quiet operation coupled with the lightness of the massage gun make the AT1 one of the most comfortable and enjoyable models that can be found.Urikar AT1 is a device that you can use at home, but also after training wherever you are or take with you on vacation or work trips. The muscles never rest and in some cases the discomfort that they have continues at all times, that is why it has a design to go with you whenever you want.Urikar AT1 VS CompetitorsAmong the key feature that makes AT1 stand out is the noise level. AT1 can greatly reduce the coefficient of friction and provide impressively high performance while producing minimal noise. It has reduced the overall for more than 30% than competitors. Also, AT1 is small and lightweight, weighing only 1.2kg, you can put it into your bag and take it anywhere.This massage gun is suitable for everyone, whether youre an athlete constantly dealing with muscle pains and soreness or a regular person struggling with text neck, or you want to relieve your own tension at home, it is definitely your best choice. The ease of use, flexibility and simplicity of changing intensity and descriptive massage heads make AT1 a 5-star product in every way.How to Properly Use the Massage GunFind the pain spots (buffing with a lower gear).After the 1st step, do not press the pain spot hardly. Hold the massage gun in a suspended position, then hit the pain spot for about one minute.After you have adjusted to the speed, increase the gear or change smaller heads to increase relaxation intensity. Further relax if needed.After full relaxation, hit on the desired muscle for 5 to 10 minutes.Availability and price聽So, the URIKAR AT1 is available for purchase through the company’s official site, where it enjoys a promotional discount for its recent launch.聽Its usual price is $ 269.99 but you can get it for only $229.99 on Amazon.The Breakdown 4.0 7.9 Design is great and the addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is good, the mobile took an OTA update and looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good buy especially for those who are not into video recording. Performance 7.9 Battery 7.9 Camera 7.9 Value for money 7.9 Build quality 7.9 TECNO Mobile is a premium smartphone brand from TRANSSION Holdings.聽 TECNO unlocks the best of contemporary technologies in artistic designs, showcasing its mastery of serving the youth-generation consumers who are young at heart, and inspiring them to never stop pursuing excellence. TECNOs success in the global emerging market has been attributed to tailoring its phones features to the needs of the local market and is always committed to provide the users the latest technologies for the youth-generation consumers who are “young at heart”.The manufacturer is looking forward to increasing its share of the market pie and debuted a variety of modern smartphones last semester. In our hands we hold one of these smartphones, the Tecno Spark 7 Pro.This brand new Spark 7 Pro comes with good specs for a mobile phone in the entry-level category. There is a main 48MP AI camera, a 90 Hz display, a 5000 mAh battery and a Helio G80 chipset. We used this phone for two weeks and below you can read our impressions using this device as a main smartphone for all purposes.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – SpecificationsDimensions: 164.9*76.2*8.8mmMaterial: Glass front, plastic frame, plastic back.Display: IPS LCD, 90Hz, 6.6 inches, 105.2 cm2 (~89.5% screen-to-body ratio),720 x 1600 pixels, 20:9 ratio (~266 ppi density).CPU: Mediatek Helio G80 (12 nm), Octa-core (2×2.0 GHz Cortex-A75 & 6×1.8 GHz. Cortex-A55).GPU: Mali-G52 MC2.RAM+ROM: 64GB 4GB RAM, 64GB 6GB RAM, 128GB 4GB RAM eMMC 5.1, microSDXC slot.Battery: Li-Po 5000 mAh.Connectivity: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n/ac, hotspot, HSPA 42.2/5.76 Mbps, LTE Cat4 150/50 MbpsGSM 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 – SIM 1 & SIM 2HSDPA 850 / 900 / 2100LTE/4GBiometrics: Fingerprint (rear-mounted).Main Camera: Triple Camera, Quad-LED flash48 MP, PDAFSecondary unknown cameraThird unknown cameraSelfie Camera: 8 MP, Dual-LED flash.Video: [email protected] Video: 1080p@30fps.螔luetooth: 5.0.GPS: dual-band A-GPS, GLONASS, BDS.Ports: Micro USB, 3.5mm jack.Sound: 24-bit/192kHz audio.Sensors: FM radio,accelerometer, proximity.Colors: Alps Blue, Spruce Green, Neon Dream, Magnet Black.Software: Android 11, HIOS 7.5.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – UnboxingThe handset comes in a yellow box with a nice finish using “T” hidden letters and a large glossy SPARK 7 PRO blue font. Around the box there are stickers with information about the included device. The Spark 7 Pro in our hands is the 4/128 GB version in Spruce Green. Tecno informs us that the smartphone has 13 months of guarantee as a 12+1 offer. Generally speaking this is a nice retail box. Inside the box we can see the normal sum for most of the smartphones in this price range:The Spark 7 Pro smartphoneA USB-C to USB-A data transfer / charging cableA simple 5V/2A wall chargerA SIM tray ejection pinA set of headphonesA Silicone soft caseJudging from the above I am really happy that earphones are included in the box – these times even a charger is considered a luxury. On the other hand, a first for me is the absence of user manuals, quick set up guides and the guarantee leaflet. A guide exists in the Settings of the smartphone.A plastic screen protection film is pre-installed on the phone. It can be easily scratched and I advise the addition of a tempered glass sooner than later after removing this film. The silicone soft case is very nice but… yeah soft, so if you drop your smartphone more times than you desire add a harder protective case.You can buy TECNO Spark 7 Pro from hereTECNO Spark 7 Pro – DesignTecno has designed a very nice phone that has nothing missing from smartphones in the category, even the best sellers from Redmi or Realme.聽 The 6.6 inch display comes with medium sized bezels, having a bit bigger chin. There is a hole for the selfie camera on the top left side. What is weird here is the fact that the camera itself is not wide in diameter but the display has a larger hole.My opinion is that the people wanted the hole to appear to buyers and users, as a mean to prove that Spark 7 Pro is modern and not an old notched design smartphone. The display itself is flat and big. Over the display is a very wide hidden horizontal line for the earphone, perfectly designed to listen to your caller without having to center a smaller earpiece to your ear. There is no second speaker in the phone or notification light – there is nothing else in the front.What’s insideThe side frame is connected to the back panel and is one big curvy piece of plastic. There is a line to separate them as a design detail but there is only one panel here. On the left side we can see the tray where 2 SIM cards and a microSD card fit. On the right side we can see two volume buttons and under them the lock/power on button. The position of them is ok, I can reach them easily with my thumb.The three buttons are well made without rattling. There are no visible bands because the smartphone’s sides and back are plastic. The top has nothing of interest while the bottom has a 3.5mm audio jack, a noise-canceling microphone, a microUSB port and a speaker grille. A drawback in my opinion is the inclusion of a microUSB port. I know that this is cheaper and people have a lot of chargers to lay around but it is 2021 and companies must stop providing smartphones and chargers based on this protocol.Build qualityThe back panel is amazing! The smartphone is separated in parts – there is a vertical part with almost glossy design (in green color) that takes some space on the left side. The rest is matte (in green color as well) and looks like sand-blast texture. In the center and almost in the top we can see the fingerprint reader. On the left we have a huge but elegantly designed camera area. The big vertical setup is divided into the top part, where we can see 3 camera sensors and into the lower part where we see the SPARK logo, an AI log and a 48 MP triple camera logo. The almost matte part divides the camera island.The main part is mirrorish here with the thinner right side providing an almost clear reflection. On the thin right side, inside the camera area we can see a LED. Top down on the panel we can see the TECNO brand logo in a not so mat reflection finish. The division between matte and sand-blast texture and the very beautiful camera area makes a very elegant device. TECNO is focusing on the artistic / presentation of this device and have surely succeeded in it.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramYou will not find any protection for water or dust – you can understand this from the SIM tray, there is no rubber seal. So guys, be carefull with water or any usage under heavy rain.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – HardwareThe display is a 6.6 inches IPS LCD panel with a refresh rate of 90Hz. It has a 89.5% screen-to-body ratio and a resolution of 720 x 1600 pixels. The side ratio is聽 20:9 ratio and there is a 266 ppi density. The panel is not very bright, you will have to shade it in mid-summer sun. Colors and angles of view are good. Generally this is a good budget panel for all kind of usage.The driving power behind this smartphone is the Mediatek Helio G80 SoC. It is an 8-core chipset that was announced on February 3, 2020, manufactured using a 12-nanometer process technology. The chipset packs 2 cores Cortex-A75 at 2000 MHz and 6 cores Cortex-A55 at 1800 MHz. Obviously this isn’t something extravagant, just a decent SoC that provides good processing power but you will not be able to play high render 3D games or multitask. We can also find Mali-G52 MC2 for graphics and eMMC 5.1 for storage. The smartphone comes with 4/64GB, 6/64GB and 4/128GB versions. There is no software lagging or heating issues. Spark 7 Pro has a single loudspeaker and music sounds ok in all levels of volume. Sound in calls and video-calls is ok but nothing to brag about. Connectivity is also good. Full signal in call conditions. Bluetooth is ok too – I 鈥榲e used the smartphone with my wireless headphones daily without interruptions and by the way, its GPS is instantaneous. Unlock featuresThere are two ways to unlock 7 Pro. Face-unlock is very fast. There is no IR light for unlocking during the night, so in total darkness this method does not work. A minimal light source is needed for this functionality. The company says the Face Unlock enables closed eye protection and screen fill-in light. Please remember that this is not the safest method to unlock your phone so it is not the advised usage outside your usual premises.The other way is the back panel fingerprint reader. Be careful here, you must do a good setup else the scanner is not working probably, as it did in my case. I deleted all data and passed my fingerprints again and the result was a very accurate and extremely fast process. The in-display sensor will meet your needs in all day usage – most of us wear masks – and it is very secure. My opinion is to use it only and disable Face Unlock for the reasons I explained. Adding also on this, is the speed that the in-display sensor unlocks the phone – it is ultra fast, the company advertises a speed of聽 0.12 seconds.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – SoftwareThe smartphone comes with Android 11 which is an amazing offer for this price segment. This is the first time that I used HIOS 7.5. It brings all the functions and abilities ROMs have these days. I have to mention that there’s some bloatware and advertisement as we see in other similarly priced smartphones. There were no major bugs or limitations and I believe with a little polishing HIOS can stand next to other skins but it needs a lot of work to reach MIUI or OxygenOS levels.The customisation is rich with many features, a theme shop and a dark mode. We can find a memory boost app, Phone Master – a general taking care app, a private app shop called Palm Store, a browser, Instant Apps – a very nice shortcut app to various games and apps that you can use without installing, a Community app for Tecno, various tools, and various other applications like music stores, data share apps etc. Especially in Notifications we are constantly bombarded by information and advertisement鈥 The good thing is that we can find Google Services and you can instantly start removing any application you dont use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is more light and user friendlyI have the feeling that the people behind HIOS will do a good job onwards since this very rich skin covers all needs a user wants and does it with good speed and minimal energy consumption. HIOS 7.5 also updated with OTA and that is an excellent sign. I hope Tecno will continue to provide updates for this phone. TECNO Spark 7 Pro – CameraTecno Spark 7 Pro comes with an AI 48 megapixel triple rear camera. I tried to find more information about the two smaller lenses and after a time I discovered that the one is a 2 megapixel depth sensor and a AI lens. The camera setup is paired with a quad LED flash. I have no idea what the latter sensor can do but the company advertises the system as AI capable. Indeed inside the camera app – a nice app, rich in details – we can find a lot of gimmicks that are around the Beauty and AR shot functions. A lot of work is done on the selfie camera. On the front we can find an 8-megapixel selfie camera with an aperture of f/2.0 and a dual adjustable flashlight.The phone has an eye-tracking autofocus – a first for me and weird to look at, it reminds me of a sci-fi film. The user can also take pictures only by smiling! The camera app has Super Night, Portrait, Google Lens, Beauty, Video, AI cam and Short Video. The latter is for usage on social media and has a lot of extras for visual effects. The company has added fun in the usage of the camera and I spent a lot of time playing with it. Camera featuresTaking into consideration the camera installation I was surprised at how good daylight pictures are. The 48 MP sensor works perfectly. I cant tell whether the depth / AI lenses help. This phone could be sold with a single camera in other times, but seeing how multi-camera phones push sales, all companies provide extra lenses. Night photos are good in case of light and get better with Night mode. I dont think anyone will complain about the camera.Video is another story. Video resolutions include shooting them at 30fps for 720p, 1080p and at 2K. While it provides similar quality with the photography day or night there is ZERO stabilization. The result is good only when the phone is stable somewhere. If you move it a bit it becomes a mess. Sound is not recorded well, I would prefer less lenses and EIS / sound improvements.TECNO Spark 7 Pro聽 – Battery The huge Li-Po 5000 battery and the software added by TECNO is an excellent combination that provides two days of light usage or one day of medium usage (no gaming). SOT is about 8-9 hours which is a top performance.I cannot say the same for the charging speed. The old type micro-USB 5V/2A wall charger is at 10W and that means a long, long charging procedure. You will need about 3 hours for a full change and there is no flash charge in case of need.TECNO Spark 7 Pro – ConclusionTecno Spark 7 Pro is a budget device with a lot of advantages and just a few shortcomings. The display is excellent with 90Hz frame rate but the brightness is mediocre. The SoC is energy efficient and stable and cool but 3D gaming or multitasking is a hassle. Camera has good performance but the lack of electronic image stabilization and sound of the video recording hurts the total performance in the area.Software is rich but needs polishing to remove some of the bloatware. There is a 5000mAh battery with top standby/usage times, but the charging is a tiring task left for night sleep. Design is great and the addition of case / earphones in the box is a plus. Price is good, the mobile took an OTA update and looks excellent in my hands. I am suggesting this handset as a good buy but only for those who are not into video recording.Pros48MP camera90 Hz Display5000 mAh BatteryOTA update on Android 11The Breakdown 4.7 9.3 If your primary use case involves media consumption and light productivity, the MagicPad 2 is hard to beat. However, for those needing more power or a broader app ecosystem, the iPad Air remains a strong alternative. Quality 9.3 Display 9.3 Android 9.3 Battery 9.3 Performance 9.3 The Honor MagicPad 2 is a standout in the Android tablet market, boasting features and performance that rival more expensive competitors like the iPad Pro. Priced at around $600, this tablet offers an impressive 12.3-inch OLED display with a 3000 x 1920 resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. This results in vibrant colors and exceptional brightness, making it ideal for both productivity and entertainment.Honor provided me with the MaigcPad 2, as well as the Magic Keyboard and Magic Pencil accessories for the purposes of this review. However, the company had no saying in the contents of this hands on presentation.Design and Build QualityThe Honor MagicPad 2 features a slim and sleek design, measuring just 0.23 inches thick and weighing 1.2 pounds, making it easy to carry around. The premium aluminum chassis gives it a high-end look and feel, while the thin bezels surrounding the screen provide an immersive viewing experience. It鈥檚 available in multiple colors, adding to its aesthetic appeal. Display: A Visual TreatThe highlight of the Honor MagicPad 2 is its stunning OLED display. With a peak brightness of 1600 nits, it offers superior visibility even in bright environments. The 100% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage ensures accurate color reproduction, perfect for creative professionals working with visuals. The 144Hz refresh rate makes scrolling and animations smooth, enhancing the overall user experience.Compared to the M4 iPad Pro, the MagicPad 2 holds its own, providing similar, if not better, display quality at a significantly lower price. Watching HDR content, such as movies or high-definition videos, is a pleasure due to the deep blacks and vivid colors.Performance: Good Enough for Most TasksPowered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 chipset and 12GB of RAM, the MagicPad 2 handles everyday tasks like web browsing, document editing, and media consumption with ease. While it may not match the processing power of Apple鈥檚 M2 chip in the iPad Air, it is sufficient for most users who don鈥檛 require high-end performance for intensive tasks like video editing or gaming. For casual gaming and multitasking, the tablet performs well. However, it may show some lag under heavy multitasking or during graphically demanding games. This makes it more suitable for users whose primary needs are productivity and media consumption rather than intensive computing.Software and Features: Enhanced Android ExperienceThe MagicPad 2 runs on MagicOS 8, based on Android 14. This custom skin provides a refined user interface that enhances the Android experience with features like split-screen multitasking and an optimized office suite. The MagicOS attempts to bridge the gap between Android and iOS, offering a fluid and intuitive UI that makes the most out of the large display.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramOne of the standout features is the AI-driven Magic Portal, which suggests quick actions based on user habits, improving productivity and ease of use. The AI Defocus Display is another innovative feature, reducing eye strain by subtly blurring peripheral areas of the screen while keeping the center sharp. Honor MagicPad 2 Battery Life: All-Day UsageThe MagicPad 2 is equipped with a 10,050mAh battery, offering up to 10 hours of continuous usage on a single charge. Whether you鈥檙e watching your favorite series or working on the go, this tablet won鈥檛 leave you searching for a charger midday. The included 66W fast charger can juice up the device to 50% in just 30 minutes, minimizing downtime.Accessories: Elevating ProductivityFor those looking to use the Honor MagicPad 2 for work, the Smart Bluetooth Keyboard and MagicPen 3 are essential accessories. The keyboard provides a comfortable typing experience with responsive keys, while the MagicPen 3 offers precision for note-taking and drawing. These accessories transform the tablet into a versatile tool for productivity, making it a strong contender against other tablets in its class.What We LikeDisplay Quality: The OLED screen is the best in its class, with vibrant colors and high brightness.Design: Slim, lightweight, and premium feel, making it a pleasure to use and carry.Battery Life: Long-lasting battery that supports all-day use and fast charging.MagicOS 8: A polished UI with thoughtful features that make Android tablets more user-friendly.What We Don鈥檛 LikePerformance Limitations: While adequate for most users, the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 may struggle with intensive tasks.App Ecosystem: Despite MagicOS 8鈥檚 enhancements, Android still lags behind iOS in tablet-optimized apps.Software Updates: Honor鈥檚 update track record isn鈥檛 as strong as competitors, which could affect long-term support.Honor MagicPad 2: A Worthy ContenderThe Honor MagicPad 2 is an impressive Android tablet that offers a premium experience at a mid-range price. It excels in display quality, build, and usability, making it a great choice for users looking for a versatile device for entertainment and light productivity. While it doesn鈥檛 match the raw power of the iPad Air or Pro, its value proposition is undeniable, especially if you鈥檙e looking for an alternative to Apple鈥檚 ecosystem.The Breakdown 4.7 9.3 If your primary use case involves media consumption and light productivity, the MagicPad 2 is hard to beat. However, for those needing more power or a broader app ecosystem, the iPad Air remains a strong alternative. Quality 9.3 Display 9.3 Android 9.3 Battery 9.3 Performance 9.3 The Honor MagicPad 2 is a standout in the Android tablet market, boasting features and performance that rival more expensive competitors like the iPad Pro. Priced at around $600, this tablet offers an impressive 12.3-inch OLED display with a 3000 x 1920 resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. This results in vibrant colors and exceptional brightness, making it ideal for both productivity and entertainment.Honor provided me with the MaigcPad 2, as well as the Magic Keyboard and Magic Pencil accessories for the purposes of this review. However, the company had no saying in the contents of this hands on presentation.Design and Build QualityThe Honor MagicPad 2 features a slim and sleek design, measuring just 0.23 inches thick and weighing 1.2 pounds, making it easy to carry around. The premium aluminum chassis gives it a high-end look and feel, while the thin bezels surrounding the screen provide an immersive viewing experience. It鈥檚 available in multiple colors, adding to its aesthetic appeal. Display: A Visual TreatThe highlight of the Honor MagicPad 2 is its stunning OLED display. With a peak brightness of 1600 nits, it offers superior visibility even in bright environments. The 100% DCI-P3 color gamut coverage ensures accurate color reproduction, perfect for creative professionals working with visuals. The 144Hz refresh rate makes scrolling and animations smooth, enhancing the overall user experience.Compared to the M4 iPad Pro, the MagicPad 2 holds its own, providing similar, if not better, display quality at a significantly lower price. Watching HDR content, such as movies or high-definition videos, is a pleasure due to the deep blacks and vivid colors.Performance: Good Enough for Most TasksPowered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 chipset and 12GB of RAM, the MagicPad 2 handles everyday tasks like web browsing, document editing, and media consumption with ease. While it may not match the processing power of Apple鈥檚 M2 chip in the iPad Air, it is sufficient for most users who don鈥檛 require high-end performance for intensive tasks like video editing or gaming. For casual gaming and multitasking, the tablet performs well. However, it may show some lag under heavy multitasking or during graphically demanding games. This makes it more suitable for users whose primary needs are productivity and media consumption rather than intensive computing.Software and Features: Enhanced Android ExperienceThe MagicPad 2 runs on MagicOS 8, based on Android 14. This custom skin provides a refined user interface that enhances the Android experience with features like split-screen multitasking and an optimized office suite. The MagicOS attempts to bridge the gap between Android and iOS, offering a fluid and intuitive UI that makes the most out of the large display.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramOne of the standout features is the AI-driven Magic Portal, which suggests quick actions based on user habits, improving productivity and ease of use. The AI Defocus Display is another innovative feature, reducing eye strain by subtly blurring peripheral areas of the screen while keeping the center sharp. Honor MagicPad 2 Battery Life: All-Day UsageThe MagicPad 2 is equipped with a 10,050mAh battery, offering up to 10 hours of continuous usage on a single charge. Whether you鈥檙e watching your favorite series or working on the go, this tablet won鈥檛 leave you searching for a charger midday. The included 66W fast charger can juice up the device to 50% in just 30 minutes, minimizing downtime.Accessories: Elevating ProductivityFor those looking to use the Honor MagicPad 2 for work, the Smart Bluetooth Keyboard and MagicPen 3 are essential accessories. The keyboard provides a comfortable typing experience with responsive keys, while the MagicPen 3 offers precision for note-taking and drawing. These accessories transform the tablet into a versatile tool for productivity, making it a strong contender against other tablets in its class.What We LikeDisplay Quality: The OLED screen is the best in its class, with vibrant colors and high brightness.Design: Slim, lightweight, and premium feel, making it a pleasure to use and carry.Battery Life: Long-lasting battery that supports all-day use and fast charging.MagicOS 8: A polished UI with thoughtful features that make Android tablets more user-friendly.What We Don鈥檛 LikePerformance Limitations: While adequate for most users, the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 may struggle with intensive tasks.App Ecosystem: Despite MagicOS 8鈥檚 enhancements, Android still lags behind iOS in tablet-optimized apps.Software Updates: Honor鈥檚 update track record isn鈥檛 as strong as competitors, which could affect long-term support.Honor MagicPad 2: A Worthy ContenderThe Honor MagicPad 2 is an impressive Android tablet that offers a premium experience at a mid-range price. It excels in display quality, build, and usability, making it a great choice for users looking for a versatile device for entertainment and light productivity. While it doesn鈥檛 match the raw power of the iPad Air or Pro, its value proposition is undeniable, especially if you鈥檙e looking for an alternative to Apple鈥檚 ecosystem.The Breakdown 4.4 8.7 Overall, the 70mai A800S 4K dash cam is a high-quality, feature-rich product that offers excellent value for money. With its 4K recording, GPS tracking, ADAS, and compatibility with a rear camera, it provides all the features a driver might need to feel secure on the road. Image Quality 8.7 Ease of Use 8.7 Assembly and Car Installation 8.7 Value for money 8.7 Dash cams have become an essential tool for drivers, providing recorded evidence in the event of accidents or traffic incidents. After much consideration, I decided to try the 70mai A800S, a 4K dash cam from Xiaomi鈥檚 sub-brand 70mai, known for producing high-quality car accessories. This review provides a detailed look at the A800S鈥檚 features, performance, and overall usability, which I believe sets it apart in the competitive dash cam market.Unboxing and First ImpressionsThe 70mai A800S arrives in a sleek white box, clearly marked with the 鈥?K鈥 logo, signaling its ability to capture ultra-high-definition video. Inside the box, you鈥檒l find the following items:Dash cam unitMounting bracketAdhesive stickerUSB cableDual-port cigarette lighter adapterTwo antistatic filmsCable crowbarUser guideThe packaging is well-organized and gives off a premium feel. The inclusion of a dual-port adapter is particularly useful, allowing you to power the dash cam while charging other devices, like a smartphone or GPS.70mai A800S review: Design and Build QualityThe design of the 70mai A800S is minimal and functional. Unlike some dash cams that stick out with large mounts, the A800S has a sleek, unobtrusive form that hugs the windshield. When mounted behind the rearview mirror, it becomes almost invisible, which is perfect for those who prefer a clean, clutter-free cabin.I appreciate that the dash cam can be installed with minimal exposed wiring. For those who want an even cleaner setup, there鈥檚 an option to hardwire the unit directly into the car鈥檚 electrical system, although this requires purchasing an additional cable.Video Quality and PerformanceOne of the standout features of the 70mai A800S is its 4K video recording capability. The dash cam captures footage at a resolution of 3840×2160, ensuring crisp and clear images. License plates, road signs, and other small details are easily discernible, which is crucial in the event of an accident or dispute.The Sony IMX415 sensor enhances the camera鈥檚 ability to perform well in both day and night conditions. Daytime footage is sharp, and colors are accurate, while nighttime recording benefits from advanced night vision, delivering clear images even in low-light scenarios. The wide 140-degree field of view ensures that most of the road is covered, reducing blind spots.Cyclical Recording and MemoryThe A800S supports memory cards up to 256GB, ensuring ample storage space for your recordings. The dash cam operates on a loop, meaning that when the memory card is full, the oldest recordings are overwritten automatically. This ensures that you always have the most recent footage saved.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramI recommend investing in a high-quality memory card, as lower-end options may fail over time, especially when used in devices like dash cams, which are constantly writing data. The absence of an included memory card is understandable, as this allows users to select the storage capacity that best suits their needs.70mai A800S review: Display and InterfaceThe 70mai A800S features a 3-inch screen, allowing you to view recordings directly from the device. While the screen is not touch-sensitive, the dash cam has a set of buttons below the display for navigating the menu. The interface is intuitive, and there are even voice prompts available in several languages, including Russian.An accompanying mobile app makes it easy to transfer videos to your phone via Wi-Fi. The app鈥檚 interface is user-friendly and allows you to download, share, and manage recordings effortlessly.GPS and Advanced FeaturesAnother impressive feature of the 70mai A800S is the built-in GPS. This records your speed, location, and the exact time of each recording. This information can be critical when dealing with insurance claims or legal matters, as it provides a complete picture of events leading up to an accident.The dash cam also includes an Advanced Driver Assistance System (ADAS). This system offers alerts for potential dangers on the road, such as lane departure warnings and forward-collision warnings. While it shouldn鈥檛 replace attentive driving, ADAS adds an extra layer of safety, especially during long trips.Parking Mode and SurveillanceWhen parked, the 70mai A800S can act as a surveillance camera, recording footage in the event of an impact or unusual activity around your vehicle. This can be particularly useful for people who park in public or high-traffic areas. However, parking mode requires a constant power supply, meaning it鈥檚 most effective if the dash cam is hardwired to your vehicle鈥檚 battery.Rear Camera CompatibilityFor those looking for additional protection, the A800S is compatible with a rear camera that records in Full HD. This second camera captures what鈥檚 happening behind the vehicle, giving you nearly 360-degree coverage. The footage from both cameras is saved on the same memory card, making it easy to manage all recordings from one place.Setup and InstallationSetting up the 70mai A800S is straightforward. The package includes a crowbar tool to help hide the wires neatly, and the provided adhesive mount ensures the dash cam stays securely in place. Even though I haven鈥檛 tested the hardwiring installation yet, the dash cam works flawlessly when powered through the cigarette lighter adapter or USB port.The Breakdown The ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is great mobile gimbal that makes capturing cinematic videos easy. It sports multiple modes, has a built-in light, and comes with an AI tracker. However, while the bundled ZY Cami is packed with features, it has some shortcomings. Build quality – 95% Stabilization – 95% Ease of use – 90% App – 70% Value for money – 80% Pros Great stabilization. Multiple gimbal modes. Easy to control. Works with native camera app. Durable and comfort-forward build. Cons Bundled app may not offer advanced options on your phone. Cant hold a smartphone cage. These days, phones come with a very capable camera setup. Take the latest iPhone 16 Pro, for example. The Weeknd’s camera team has used that phone to film the entire Dancing In The Flames music video. But if you want to create professional-grade videos, a gimbal is a must, and that’s basically where the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI steps in.I’ve had the chance to test the AI gimbal out, and I found it to be the perfect fix for some of the problems you may face while shooting videos with just your smartphone. Let me give you a proper idea of what the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI mobile gimbal brings to the table.What’s In the BoxThe contents you get inside the box will vary depending on the package you’re selecting during purchase. ZHIYUN offers three options, and all of them have:Smooth 5S AI gimbalA tripod attachmentUSB-C charging cableZHIYUN 1-year Prime account cardPaperworksIf you choose the “Combo” package, you will receive an additional AI Tracker attachment. On the other hand, the “Pro” option adds an AI Tracker and a Fill Light attachment, a wrist strap, and a storage bag. The package that I have for this review is the “Combo” one.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressA Quick Setup Guide of ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AILike me, this might be your first professional photography gear. The good part is that setting your phone up with the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is an easy task. You just need to adjust two key points. First is the tilting motor, which must be adjusted to balance the setup.Attach your phone to the mount, move the tilting motor to unlock it, and slide the mount up and down. Get it to a position so that your phone can stay still in a horizontal position. Next is the vertical motor.For that, first, unlock the lateral motor with the orange switch found on the body and twist the vertical motor to unlock it. Keep the gimbal on a flat surface, and unscrew the lock. Move the slider and check if the phone Smooth 5S AI is staying still. Once you find the right slider position, lock the screw.Check whether the Smooth 5S AI is staying balanced when you’re putting it on a flat surface. If not, make the necessary changes on the two points. One important thing to note is that you should keep the gimbal turned off while balancing it. Only turn it on after you’re done with the adjustments.Installing the App and Making Further AdjustmentsFor further calibration of the Smooth 5S AI, ZY Cami, the bundled app, has two advanced options. First, install the app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store. Turn on the gimbal through the power button and get it paired with the app. Once paired, tap the three dots and navigate to the “Gimbal” section.There, you will find two calibration options: Gimbal Auto Calibration and Motor Calibration. Use them to further get the Smooth 5S AI balanced and ready for some cinematic shots.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Review 閳 Capturing Smooth Cinematic Videos Made EasyWith the setup out of the way, let’s move into the main aspect of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI: how it performs. Here are the key highlights:Proper Stabilization for Smooth VideosEven though high-end smartphones these days have EIS and OIS, capturing cinematic shots can get a little challenging. Fast-paced scenes require quick movements, which can introduce unwanted shakiness.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI fixes this issue with an orthogonal three-axis design. You get the full freedom to capture videos the way you want with this gimbal, and it won’t introduce any shakiness.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Has Multiple Modes for Bringing Out Your CreativityAs a professional-grade gear, the Smooth 5S AI offers you multiple gimbal modes. They are:Pan Follow (PF) 閳 When you move your hand from left to right, the gimbal will follow your hand movements. But it won’t move up or down.Lock (L) 閳 The gimbal will keep the smartphone locked. It will not move even if you’re moving your hands.Follow (F) 閳 This is similar to the PF mode. However, in this mode, the up and down movements of your hands are also followed.Point of View (POV) 閳 This mode of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI offers more movement. It doesn’t keep the smartphone locked and allows it to move more freely.Vertigo (V) 閳 It makes the smartphone face up. In this mode, you need to hold the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI horizontally. It’s mainly for creating an inception mode video.Easy Controls on the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AIYou get full control over the capture with the control panel on ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI. This panel has multiple buttons that allow you to change different parameters easily. For example, in a couple of the gimbal modes, you can move the camera with the joystick. There’s a dedicated capture button as well.The AI-trackerOne of the key highlights of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is the AI tracker. It comes bundled with the “Combo” and the “Pro” package, and it’s mainly there to make tracking easy. It works in any camera app, which means you can track yourself while using the native camera app of your smartphone.Built-in Fill Lights for the Perfect ShotsYou don’t need to worry about not having enough lights to get the shots you want. The Smooth 5S AI has built-in fill lights, which can get very bright. If you need more, you can install detachable fill lights on the magnetic connections found on the mount.Premium Build Quality and Dependable Battery Backup of Smooth 5S AIThe overall construction of the Smooth 5S AI gimbal feels solid. While it doesn’t have any official IP rating, you can take it outdoors without worrying too much. The main body has a rubberized texture to it. This makes the gimbal comfortable to hold.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI can also offer reliable battery backup. In the standby mode, it can last for up to 26 hours. With the magnetic AI Tracker and the fill light turned on, the battery life is up to 7 hours. So, one full charge should be plenty for a full day’s worth of video captures.Above the tilt motor is a USB-C out port. You can use it to charge your phone while filming. That is, the Smooth 5S AI can also act like a power bank.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressBut the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Isn’t PerfectWhile the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is a great gimbal, there are some areas for improvement. To start with, it can’t hold a smartphone cage, which could’ve made video recordings even smoother and more stable.Secondly, the ZY Cami app is feature-rich, but it doesn’t offer some features that you will get on your native camera app. For example, on my Android phone, I couldn’t find the option to record at 60 FPS.
The Breakdown The ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is great mobile gimbal that makes capturing cinematic videos easy. It sports multiple modes, has a built-in light, and comes with an AI tracker. However, while the bundled ZY Cami is packed with features, it has some shortcomings. Build quality – 95% Stabilization – 95% Ease of use – 90% App – 70% Value for money – 80% Pros Great stabilization. Multiple gimbal modes. Easy to control. Works with native camera app. Durable and comfort-forward build. Cons Bundled app may not offer advanced options on your phone. Cant hold a smartphone cage. These days, phones come with a very capable camera setup. Take the latest iPhone 16 Pro, for example. The Weeknd’s camera team has used that phone to film the entire Dancing In The Flames music video. But if you want to create professional-grade videos, a gimbal is a must, and that’s basically where the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI steps in.I’ve had the chance to test the AI gimbal out, and I found it to be the perfect fix for some of the problems you may face while shooting videos with just your smartphone. Let me give you a proper idea of what the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI mobile gimbal brings to the table.What’s In the BoxThe contents you get inside the box will vary depending on the package you’re selecting during purchase. ZHIYUN offers three options, and all of them have:Smooth 5S AI gimbalA tripod attachmentUSB-C charging cableZHIYUN 1-year Prime account cardPaperworksIf you choose the “Combo” package, you will receive an additional AI Tracker attachment. On the other hand, the “Pro” option adds an AI Tracker and a Fill Light attachment, a wrist strap, and a storage bag. The package that I have for this review is the “Combo” one.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressA Quick Setup Guide of ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AILike me, this might be your first professional photography gear. The good part is that setting your phone up with the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is an easy task. You just need to adjust two key points. First is the tilting motor, which must be adjusted to balance the setup.Attach your phone to the mount, move the tilting motor to unlock it, and slide the mount up and down. Get it to a position so that your phone can stay still in a horizontal position. Next is the vertical motor.For that, first, unlock the lateral motor with the orange switch found on the body and twist the vertical motor to unlock it. Keep the gimbal on a flat surface, and unscrew the lock. Move the slider and check if the phone Smooth 5S AI is staying still. Once you find the right slider position, lock the screw.Check whether the Smooth 5S AI is staying balanced when you’re putting it on a flat surface. If not, make the necessary changes on the two points. One important thing to note is that you should keep the gimbal turned off while balancing it. Only turn it on after you’re done with the adjustments.Installing the App and Making Further AdjustmentsFor further calibration of the Smooth 5S AI, ZY Cami, the bundled app, has two advanced options. First, install the app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store. Turn on the gimbal through the power button and get it paired with the app. Once paired, tap the three dots and navigate to the “Gimbal” section.There, you will find two calibration options: Gimbal Auto Calibration and Motor Calibration. Use them to further get the Smooth 5S AI balanced and ready for some cinematic shots.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Review 閳 Capturing Smooth Cinematic Videos Made EasyWith the setup out of the way, let’s move into the main aspect of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI: how it performs. Here are the key highlights:Proper Stabilization for Smooth VideosEven though high-end smartphones these days have EIS and OIS, capturing cinematic shots can get a little challenging. Fast-paced scenes require quick movements, which can introduce unwanted shakiness.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI fixes this issue with an orthogonal three-axis design. You get the full freedom to capture videos the way you want with this gimbal, and it won’t introduce any shakiness.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Has Multiple Modes for Bringing Out Your CreativityAs a professional-grade gear, the Smooth 5S AI offers you multiple gimbal modes. They are:Pan Follow (PF) 閳 When you move your hand from left to right, the gimbal will follow your hand movements. But it won’t move up or down.Lock (L) 閳 The gimbal will keep the smartphone locked. It will not move even if you’re moving your hands.Follow (F) 閳 This is similar to the PF mode. However, in this mode, the up and down movements of your hands are also followed.Point of View (POV) 閳 This mode of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI offers more movement. It doesn’t keep the smartphone locked and allows it to move more freely.Vertigo (V) 閳 It makes the smartphone face up. In this mode, you need to hold the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI horizontally. It’s mainly for creating an inception mode video.Easy Controls on the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AIYou get full control over the capture with the control panel on ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI. This panel has multiple buttons that allow you to change different parameters easily. For example, in a couple of the gimbal modes, you can move the camera with the joystick. There’s a dedicated capture button as well.The AI-trackerOne of the key highlights of the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is the AI tracker. It comes bundled with the “Combo” and the “Pro” package, and it’s mainly there to make tracking easy. It works in any camera app, which means you can track yourself while using the native camera app of your smartphone.Built-in Fill Lights for the Perfect ShotsYou don’t need to worry about not having enough lights to get the shots you want. The Smooth 5S AI has built-in fill lights, which can get very bright. If you need more, you can install detachable fill lights on the magnetic connections found on the mount.Premium Build Quality and Dependable Battery Backup of Smooth 5S AIThe overall construction of the Smooth 5S AI gimbal feels solid. While it doesn’t have any official IP rating, you can take it outdoors without worrying too much. The main body has a rubberized texture to it. This makes the gimbal comfortable to hold.ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI can also offer reliable battery backup. In the standby mode, it can last for up to 26 hours. With the magnetic AI Tracker and the fill light turned on, the battery life is up to 7 hours. So, one full charge should be plenty for a full day’s worth of video captures.Above the tilt motor is a USB-C out port. You can use it to charge your phone while filming. That is, the Smooth 5S AI can also act like a power bank.Get the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from the official storeGet the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI from AliExpressBut the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI Isn’t PerfectWhile the ZHIYUN Smooth 5S AI is a great gimbal, there are some areas for improvement. To start with, it can’t hold a smartphone cage, which could’ve made video recordings even smoother and more stable.Secondly, the ZY Cami app is feature-rich, but it doesn’t offer some features that you will get on your native camera app. For example, on my Android phone, I couldn’t find the option to record at 60 FPS.Apple has just unveiled the 10th version of its iconic smartwatch, the Apple Watch Series 10. Announced during their event on Monday, this latest model comes with some exciting improvements, including a 40% brighter wide-angle OLED screen that surpasses even the display of the Apple Watch Ultra.Apple Launches Series 10 Watch with Stunning Display and Faster ChargingThe Apple Watch Series 10 boasts a slim design, measuring just 9.7 millimeters thick, which makes it 10% thinner than its predecessor, the Series 9. The larger OLED screen, the biggest ever in an Apple Watch, allows for more content to be displayed at once. Providing an extra line of text on the screen. This makes it much easier for users to glance at emails, messages, and notifications.Under the hood, the Series 10 is running Apple‘s new S10 chip, which features a four-core neural engine. This chip not only enhances performance but also enables smoother and faster experiences for users. The polished aluminum finish gives the watch a sleek look. While a new metal back integrates various antennas for improved connectivity. Despite its thinner profile, the Series 10 maintains its water resistance to depths of 50 meters, making it suitable for swimming and water sports. Another major upgrade is the larger charging coil, which allows for faster charging times 閳 the battery can reach 80% in just 30 minutes.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramApple Watch Series 10: The Ultimate Health Tool Just Got BetterOne of the standout features of the Series 10 is its upcoming ability to detect sleep apnea, pending FDA approval. Sleep apnea is a condition that causes people to stop breathing during sleep. This condition is traditionally detected through special medical equipment. With the Series 10, the built-in accelerometer monitors breathing patterns overnight. And if it detects signs of sleep apnea, it will alert the user and generate a report that can be shared with a doctor.
Apple has just unveiled the 10th version of its iconic smartwatch, the Apple Watch Series 10. Announced during their event on Monday, this latest model comes with some exciting improvements, including a 40% brighter wide-angle OLED screen that surpasses even the display of the Apple Watch Ultra.Apple Launches Series 10 Watch with Stunning Display and Faster ChargingThe Apple Watch Series 10 boasts a slim design, measuring just 9.7 millimeters thick, which makes it 10% thinner than its predecessor, the Series 9. The larger OLED screen, the biggest ever in an Apple Watch, allows for more content to be displayed at once. Providing an extra line of text on the screen. This makes it much easier for users to glance at emails, messages, and notifications.Under the hood, the Series 10 is running Apple‘s new S10 chip, which features a four-core neural engine. This chip not only enhances performance but also enables smoother and faster experiences for users. The polished aluminum finish gives the watch a sleek look. While a new metal back integrates various antennas for improved connectivity. Despite its thinner profile, the Series 10 maintains its water resistance to depths of 50 meters, making it suitable for swimming and water sports. Another major upgrade is the larger charging coil, which allows for faster charging times 閳 the battery can reach 80% in just 30 minutes.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramApple Watch Series 10: The Ultimate Health Tool Just Got BetterOne of the standout features of the Series 10 is its upcoming ability to detect sleep apnea, pending FDA approval. Sleep apnea is a condition that causes people to stop breathing during sleep. This condition is traditionally detected through special medical equipment. With the Series 10, the built-in accelerometer monitors breathing patterns overnight. And if it detects signs of sleep apnea, it will alert the user and generate a report that can be shared with a doctor.A new Huawei smartwatch with built-in blood pressure monitoring is one step closer to launch. The device has secured medical certification in China. It could be the successor to the Huawei Watch D, which debuted in 2021.The certification hints that the new Huawei smartwatch could launch soon. Additionally, details about the wearable have surfaced in the IMDA database. This suggests that the tech giant is gearing up for a global launch.More About the Huawei Smartwatch with Blood Pressure MonitoringFresh evidence suggests that Huawei is on the brink of releasing a successor to its popular Watch D smartwatch. A recent leak from Weibo user @UncleKanshan unveiled a screenshot. It’s from the National Medical Products Administration database. This listing hints at the existence of the Huawei Watch D2.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramThat database refers to it as a Huawei blood pressure measuring device. Also, on that database, the Watch D2 carries the model numbers LCA-B10, LCA-B11, and LCA-B12. Like its predecessor, the smartwatch features a cuff-style wristband with a built-in airbag. Moreover, the device can measure systolic and diastolic blood pressure, as well as pulse rate. It can also track both at the same time and over a 24-hour period. Healthcare professionals can then analyze this data.The Huawei Watch D2’s versatility extends beyond blood pressure monitoring. This smartwatch appeared in the Singapore Infocomm Media Development Authority (IMDA) database. The listing categorizes it as a “Sports Activity Tracker.” This suggests that the device will offer extra fitness and health tracking features.
The Breakdown Outdoor Bluetooth speakers don鈥檛 need to be boring, and the Tronsmart Bang Max is a true example of that. With a powerful 3-way sound system, this portable party speaker can deliver 130 watts of powerful sound. And let鈥檚 not forget to mention that the sound output is full of details, with crisp mids, punchy bass, and clear treble. Build quality – 90% Sound performance – 90% Battery life – 100% Ease of use – 100% Customization features – 80% Value for the money – 100% Pros Great sound performance.Excellent battery life.Premium build.Highly portable.Easy to use. Cons No advanced codec support.Only a few lighting customization options. I鈥檝e tried out a good number of speakers. From tiny speakers that can fit into your pocket to large-sized ones that can fill the room with sound, I listened to them all. One thing I鈥檝e noticed about outdoor party speakers is that they either deliver great sound but fail to offer good value or are straight-up average. The Tronsmart Bang Max fits neither of these two descriptions.The portable party speaker comes at a very competitive price tag, but its performance outshines some pricier Bluetooth speakers. But it鈥檚 not just about the audio performance. Tronsmart has nailed it in terms of the build quality, party-focused features, and personalization. Want to know what does the wireless speaker actually offer? You would want to keep on reading.What鈥檚 Included in the Box?Tronsmart Bang Max portable party speakerCharging adapterAux cableUser manualAll the Great Things About the Tronsmart Bang Max Outdoor SpeakerThere are a lot of things to love about the Tronsmart Bang Max. Let me walk you through the main highlights:A Premium Build for the MoneyLet鈥檚 get one thing out of the way. The Tronsmart Bang Max is more affordable than some of the other high-end portable party speakers in the market. If you asked me to name one, I would say that the closest premium competitor is the JBL PartyBox On-the-Go. But that resides in the sub $400 price tag.The Bang Max, on the other hand, is in the sub-$250 range. But just because the outdoor speaker is affordable doesn鈥檛 mean that the build quality is sub-par. It鈥檚 actually the opposite. The speaker comes with a premium finish that makes it look high-end from all the corners. You can get a better idea of the build from the images I have attached below. In addition, the portable speaker has an IPX6 rating, which is a step up from the JBL PartyBox On-the-Go. Of course, I would鈥檝e loved to see it coming with an IPX7 rating instead. But that could鈥檝e eventually raised the price tag, and IPX6 is more than good enough. It can survive rain, which is essential for a portable party speaker.Versatile Connectivity and Intuitive App ControlsGetting the Tronsmart Bang Max up and running is a piece of cake. You power it up, connect it with a Bluetooth-enabled device, and you鈥檙e ready for the party. Don鈥檛 want to connect wirelessly? You have multiple options! The wireless speaker has an AUX-in, USB, and a TF card slot. You can also connect microphones and guitar with the speaker.As for the app, it鈥檚 polished. All the options are laid out on the home page, making it easier to access them. The app also offers you access to different music presets. You can select one of the presets or customize your own EQ to get a personalized listening experience. Of course, you don鈥檛 need to rely on the app to access the core features. The Tronsmart Bang Max has physical buttons, allowing you to quickly adjust the playback according to your preference.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramExcellent Sound PerformanceAs hinted earlier, the Tronsmart Bang Max is a true party monster, all thanks to the 3-way sound system. To be more specific, it can deliver 130 watts of powerful sound. That鈥檚 more than enough to get your room filled with audio. Now, before you ask, while it can deliver great bass, it doesn鈥檛 get distorted at the maximum volume.But it鈥檚 not just the bass that makes the 3-way sound system of Bang Max stand out. I鈥檝e noticed that it can deliver superb treble and detailed mid-range. Overall, the outdoor party speaker has a solid driver setup that can get you moving.Want more? That鈥檚 where the TrueConn technology of the party speaker comes into play. It lets you connect two compatible speakers to get a proper stereo effect. You鈥檙e not limited to two, though. The tech allows you to connect more than 100+ speakers and get an ultimate party experience. I鈥檝e tried it with the Tronsmart Halo 200, and it works like a charm.Party-focused Features of Tronsmart Bang MaxThe sound is just one element of a party, and Tronsmart knows that exactly well. That鈥檚 why the company has integrated multiple party-focused features in the Bang Max. For example, the portable speaker is fitted with beautiful RGB lights on the passive radiators on the side. You can customize the lighting and make the speaker bring life to your party. However, I noticed that there are fewer lighting effects than on the Tronsmart Halo 200 that I鈥檝e previously reviewed.Reliable Battery Life of the Portable Party SpeakerLast but not least, the battery life of the Bang Max is dependable. Tronsmart says that the wireless speaker can deliver up to 24 hours of run time after a full charging session. If you keep the lights off and keep the volume at moderate, the playing time gets really close to that claim.But the Tronsmart Bang Max Does Have Room for ImprovementsWhile the Tronsmart Bang Max does a lot of things right, there are some aspects where it lags a little behind. As I鈥檝e mentioned earlier, there aren鈥檛 that many lighting effects available. You get only three, but the good part is that they are dynamic and sync with the music.My next complaint is with the Bluetooth codec support. I noticed that it defaults to SBC. While that ensures maximum compatibility, I would鈥檝e loved to see aptX on the Bang Max. But, yes, that integration could鈥檝e increased the price tag of the wireless speaker.Lastly, while IPX6 is definitely a welcome feature, things would鈥檝e been much better with an IPX7 rating. That would鈥檝e made the speaker capable of being submerged.Buy it from AmazonFinal Thoughts on Tronsmart Bang Max Party SpeakerThe Breakdown 4.8 9.5 A laser engraving machine that combines remarkable power and exceptional speed, providing incredibly precise results while prioritizing safety, leaving no room for dissatisfaction. Design and convenient 9.5 Performance 9.5 Precision 9.5 Value for money 9.5 Ease of use 9.5 iKier, an innovative player in the laser engraving and cutting sector, recently introduced its latest breakthrough: the K1 Pro Max 48W/24W Laser Power Switching Cutter and Engraver, hailed as the World’s First Power Switching Laser Cutting and Engraving Machine.Boasting a portfolio of over 200 design patents, operational presence in 8 global warehouses, and a dedicated team of 500 professionals, iKier has spearheaded advancements in laser engraving machines, ushering in the era of Laser Engraver 2.0 and reshaping the landscape of laser engraving technology.The engraving speed of the iKier K1 Pro Max has taken a significant leap, reaching up to 900mm/s, a speed four times faster than comparable machines and setting a new industry standard. This remarkable speed maximizes productivity, streamlining engraving and cutting tasks for greater efficiency and safety.In this article, we’ll delve into the specs and features of this engraving machine, giving you an in-depth look and a review of its performance, quality and ease of use.iKier K1 Pro Max main featuresThe iKier K1 Pro Max features cutting-edge technologies like 48W/24W Laser Power Switching, Motorized Z-axis with Auto Focus, Auto Sinking Cutting, Resume Engraving, and an Engraving Speed of up to 900mm/s. These features collectively ensure seamless and efficient execution of engraving and cutting projects.Switching to the 48W module enables the machine to handle a diverse range of materials, from 25mm Paulownia and 19mm Black Acrylic to 0.3mm Stainless Steel and 15mm Basswood Plywood, all accomplished in a single pass.Enhanced hardware and software features position the iKier K1 Pro Max as a versatile tool suitable for diverse users and applications, spanning from architecture students, DIY enthusiasts, and carpenters to home workshops, educators, and laboratory developers.The K1 Pro Max stands out as a robust solution for those seeking to significantly elevate their production capabilities. Its modular design, intelligent functions, high power, and cutting-edge laser engraving technology redefine industry possibilities.Equipped with 48W laser wattage and Automatic Sinking During Cutting, the machine achieves a maximum cutting depth 35% greater than machines with the same power, without compromising engraving accuracy. The K1 48W boasts an impressive engraving accuracy of 0.01mm, capturing extremely fine details.Eliminating manual focusing, iKier’s intelligent Z-axis enables autofocus by measuring the distance to the object and adjusting the focus, effortlessly focusing on an optimized platform height. The 48W/24W Laser Power Switching allows the 48W gear for cutting and the 24W gear for engraving.Safety takes precedence, particularly in professional laser cutting or engraving applications. The iKier K1 Pro Max prioritizes safety with Flame Detection Systems alerting users to potential flame-related issues and a Child Safety Lock preventing accidental machine activation, ensuring household safety.The machine also introduces an upgraded Automatic Air Assist feature, enhancing creative design capabilities by activating automatically during the switch from engraving to cutting, ensuring a seamless process that brings creative ideas to life.Ease of installation is important, with the frame arriving pre-assembled and requiring only the mounting of the laser module and X-axis. The installation process is quick, taking only 10 minutes to set up the equipment.iKier K1 Pro Max technical specsThe productiKier K1 Pro MaxEngraving size410 mm x 410 mmLaser power48 watts / 24 wattsEngraving precision0.01mm accuracyLaser focal length40 mmMain board32-bit control board with Wi-FiOperating systems supportWindows, macOS, Android, iOSFile formatsSVG, DXF, JPG, JPEG, PNG, BMP, TIF, CR2, etc.InterfacesUSB, Wi-Fi, microSD cardOperation4.3-inch touchscreen; LightBurn; LaserGRBLWeight12 kgDimensions650 mm x 750 mm x 222 mmPrice$1,999.00聽$1,399.00iKier K1 Pro Max:聽What’s in the boxiKier K1 Pro Max frame and control boxX-axis railTouchscreen panel24W/48W laser module and shieldLaser safety glasses (not certified)Automatic air assist pump, air hose, and power cablePower cable and power supplyHDMI cableUSB-A to USB-C cableUSB-C to USB-C cableManual focus rulerAssembly manualUser manualAir assist guideKeysUSB flash driveCleaning clothAllen wrenchesWire clipsBags containing screws that are labeled as 鈥淪tep 3, Step 5, and Spare parts鈥滭/li>iKier K1 Pro Max assemblyThe iKier K1 Pro Max aims to provide a comprehensive solution for individuals seeking to enter or upgrade their laser engraving and cutting machines. With user-friendly features and an integrated air assist system, it serves as an enticing option for those looking to expand their business or delve into new material possibilities.Although priced at a higher tier, the iKier K1 Pro Max does require some assembly. However, this process is not overly burdensome and can typically be completed in less than a quarter-hour.Given its dimensions of 25.6 x 29.5 x 8.7 inches (650 x 750 x 222mm), the machine’s size may necessitate assistance during assembly, and sufficient table space is recommended for the setup.The accompanying manual serves as a reliable guide, and the provided installation video serves as a helpful reference. While generally straightforward, a visual check against the video may be necessary to ensure alignment. Once the X-axis rail is secured, and the laser module is installed, the majority of the assembly work is completed.For the final wiring, an extra pair of hands can make the process smoother. Although it can be managed with some careful adjustments. The installation video proves invaluable, particularly when setting up and installing the air assist system.iKier K1 Pro Max testSafety Measures for Eyes ProtectionApart from the standard protective acrylic shield around the laser, the iKier K1 Pro Max incorporates a range of safety features designed to minimize risks during operation including laser glasses provided in the box.The integrated air assist system significantly reduces the likelihood of flames during operation, especially when appropriately matched with the set laser power percentage. iKier recommends maintaining the air assist flow at 80% power or lower to optimize its longevity. In the event of a flame below the laser head, the enabled flame detection will trigger, prompting the laser to return to its origin and sound an alarm.In addition to visual protection, the iKier incorporates features to mitigate potential hazards. The on-device gyroscope detects tilting and notifies the device, halting operation and activating an alarm. Limit switches prevent overreach, ensuring that new users need not worry about the laser head colliding with the sides while previewing their designs.Furthermore, the device includes a security lock with a physical key to prevent unauthorized operation, enhancing overall safety measures.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramiKier K1 Pro Touch Screen ControllerThe K1 Pro Max provides the convenience of standalone operation without the need for a computer, thanks to its offline functionality accessible through the 4.3-inch touch screen. Simply insert a USB drive containing compatible cutting or engraving files, perform minor setup tasks such as focus adjustments, and proceed with the job. However, it is recommended to practice with the file using desktop software beforehand, as the controls in offline mode are more limited and lack certain visual references.The touch screen interface features a basic set of controls, with most setup commands located on the left and movement controls on the right. For engraving on irregularly sized objects, using the included fixed focus block is recommended over choosing autofocus. Once the job is initiated, a basic completion progress bar and a large pause or stop button are displayed.While minor adjustments to power or speed can be made on the in-process screen, any significant issues may require hitting the power button, as there is no dedicated emergency stop button on the touch screen. It’s important to note a slight delay in stopping the job via the touch screen directly.In the event of a power loss during operation, the K1 Pro Max’s resume engraving option is only applicable when working offline or via the app. It’s crucial to ensure there is no movement of the engraver or the engraving surface to avoid errors upon resumption. Additionally, disabling the auto-home at start-up feature is necessary for proper functionality.Software and AppsThe iKier K1 Pro Max offers compatibility with either LaserGRBL or Lightburn. For macOS users, Lightburn is the exclusive option. While Lightburn provides a free trial, subsequent usage with the K1 Pro Max requires a purchased license, priced at $60, offering updates for a year.Choosing between software options will depend on personal preference and the operating system. Lightburn stands out as a more streamlined and user-friendly choice. Simplifying job setup and control of various secondary features of the K1 Pro Max. Functions such as autofocus, sinking cutting, and auxiliary positioning can be easily enabled with Lightburn.Lightburn facilitates project customization through multiple layer types, allowing for complex engravings with minimal complications. The switch-based system for laser power in Lightburn allows seamless power swapping during multistep jobs that involve both engraving and cutting.Occasional connectivity or positioning bugs may arise with the K1 Pro Max. But these can typically be resolved by restarting the device or sending the laser home.Considering the investment in the premium K1 Pro Max, leveraging its integration with Lightburn makes practical sense, especially for offline engraving file production.Using the iKier smartphone app, it did successfully detect device operations and trigger alert notifications. Typical of smartphone engraving apps, the interface is minimal, and image editing options are limited.iKier K1 Pro Max performanceIn terms of precision, the iKier K1 Pro Max boasts an engraving accuracy of 0.01mm and delivers a 2K resolution small light spot when using a 24W laser power. Achieving the desired effect and finish in image engraving depends on your software integration, allowing for fine-tuning of options.When working with images, initial experimentation is recommended. As darker images or those with more black may result in more subtle relief works. Trying different image presets and settings, especially with various materials, can help achieve optimal outcomes.For cutting with the 24W laser power and thinner wood, it is often possible to cut out designs without switching to the 48W power mode. These combined engraving and cutting jobs typically range from twenty minutes to an hour, depending on the level of detail.Once all the setup is in place, the iKier K1 Pro Max springs into action. Showcasing the prowess of its laser engraving capabilities. A notable feature is its impressive engraving speed, reaching up to 900 mm per second. This enables the laser to swiftly carve through materials like wood, leather, or metal.However, the optimal results may require adjustments to the speed and power depending on the specific material. Yet, once the correct settings are dialed in, the iKier K1 Pro Max consistently delivers compelling outcomes.Also, the device excels in faithfully replicating even the most intricate details, ensuring that even fine lines are rendered with precision. It offers flexibility with three operating modes: the high-speed mode maximizes the device’s speed, the high-precision mode prioritizes intricate detailing at slower speeds, and the balanced mode strikes a middle ground between the two.VerdictThe iKier K1 Pro Max stands out as an exceptional and highly powerful laser engraving machine. Effortlessly cutting through or engraving a diverse range of materials. Its sophisticated design and top-notch craftsmanship are as captivating as its innovative features.A unique feature of the machine is the ability to adjust the laser in two stages. Complemented by an almost unbelievable speed of up to 900 mm/s. The emphasis on safety is evident, ensuring users can work with peace of mind.
The Breakdown 4.8 9.5 A laser engraving machine that combines remarkable power and exceptional speed, providing incredibly precise results while prioritizing safety, leaving no room for dissatisfaction. Design and convenient 9.5 Performance 9.5 Precision 9.5 Value for money 9.5 Ease of use 9.5 iKier, an innovative player in the laser engraving and cutting sector, recently introduced its latest breakthrough: the K1 Pro Max 48W/24W Laser Power Switching Cutter and Engraver, hailed as the World’s First Power Switching Laser Cutting and Engraving Machine.Boasting a portfolio of over 200 design patents, operational presence in 8 global warehouses, and a dedicated team of 500 professionals, iKier has spearheaded advancements in laser engraving machines, ushering in the era of Laser Engraver 2.0 and reshaping the landscape of laser engraving technology.The engraving speed of the iKier K1 Pro Max has taken a significant leap, reaching up to 900mm/s, a speed four times faster than comparable machines and setting a new industry standard. This remarkable speed maximizes productivity, streamlining engraving and cutting tasks for greater efficiency and safety.In this article, we’ll delve into the specs and features of this engraving machine, giving you an in-depth look and a review of its performance, quality and ease of use.iKier K1 Pro Max main featuresThe iKier K1 Pro Max features cutting-edge technologies like 48W/24W Laser Power Switching, Motorized Z-axis with Auto Focus, Auto Sinking Cutting, Resume Engraving, and an Engraving Speed of up to 900mm/s. These features collectively ensure seamless and efficient execution of engraving and cutting projects.Switching to the 48W module enables the machine to handle a diverse range of materials, from 25mm Paulownia and 19mm Black Acrylic to 0.3mm Stainless Steel and 15mm Basswood Plywood, all accomplished in a single pass.Enhanced hardware and software features position the iKier K1 Pro Max as a versatile tool suitable for diverse users and applications, spanning from architecture students, DIY enthusiasts, and carpenters to home workshops, educators, and laboratory developers.The K1 Pro Max stands out as a robust solution for those seeking to significantly elevate their production capabilities. Its modular design, intelligent functions, high power, and cutting-edge laser engraving technology redefine industry possibilities.Equipped with 48W laser wattage and Automatic Sinking During Cutting, the machine achieves a maximum cutting depth 35% greater than machines with the same power, without compromising engraving accuracy. The K1 48W boasts an impressive engraving accuracy of 0.01mm, capturing extremely fine details.Eliminating manual focusing, iKier’s intelligent Z-axis enables autofocus by measuring the distance to the object and adjusting the focus, effortlessly focusing on an optimized platform height. The 48W/24W Laser Power Switching allows the 48W gear for cutting and the 24W gear for engraving.Safety takes precedence, particularly in professional laser cutting or engraving applications. The iKier K1 Pro Max prioritizes safety with Flame Detection Systems alerting users to potential flame-related issues and a Child Safety Lock preventing accidental machine activation, ensuring household safety.The machine also introduces an upgraded Automatic Air Assist feature, enhancing creative design capabilities by activating automatically during the switch from engraving to cutting, ensuring a seamless process that brings creative ideas to life.Ease of installation is important, with the frame arriving pre-assembled and requiring only the mounting of the laser module and X-axis. The installation process is quick, taking only 10 minutes to set up the equipment.iKier K1 Pro Max technical specsThe productiKier K1 Pro MaxEngraving size410 mm x 410 mmLaser power48 watts / 24 wattsEngraving precision0.01mm accuracyLaser focal length40 mmMain board32-bit control board with Wi-FiOperating systems supportWindows, macOS, Android, iOSFile formatsSVG, DXF, JPG, JPEG, PNG, BMP, TIF, CR2, etc.InterfacesUSB, Wi-Fi, microSD cardOperation4.3-inch touchscreen; LightBurn; LaserGRBLWeight12 kgDimensions650 mm x 750 mm x 222 mmPrice$1,999.00聽$1,399.00iKier K1 Pro Max:聽What’s in the boxiKier K1 Pro Max frame and control boxX-axis railTouchscreen panel24W/48W laser module and shieldLaser safety glasses (not certified)Automatic air assist pump, air hose, and power cablePower cable and power supplyHDMI cableUSB-A to USB-C cableUSB-C to USB-C cableManual focus rulerAssembly manualUser manualAir assist guideKeysUSB flash driveCleaning clothAllen wrenchesWire clipsBags containing screws that are labeled as 鈥淪tep 3, Step 5, and Spare parts鈥滭/li>iKier K1 Pro Max assemblyThe iKier K1 Pro Max aims to provide a comprehensive solution for individuals seeking to enter or upgrade their laser engraving and cutting machines. With user-friendly features and an integrated air assist system, it serves as an enticing option for those looking to expand their business or delve into new material possibilities.Although priced at a higher tier, the iKier K1 Pro Max does require some assembly. However, this process is not overly burdensome and can typically be completed in less than a quarter-hour.Given its dimensions of 25.6 x 29.5 x 8.7 inches (650 x 750 x 222mm), the machine’s size may necessitate assistance during assembly, and sufficient table space is recommended for the setup.The accompanying manual serves as a reliable guide, and the provided installation video serves as a helpful reference. While generally straightforward, a visual check against the video may be necessary to ensure alignment. Once the X-axis rail is secured, and the laser module is installed, the majority of the assembly work is completed.For the final wiring, an extra pair of hands can make the process smoother. Although it can be managed with some careful adjustments. The installation video proves invaluable, particularly when setting up and installing the air assist system.iKier K1 Pro Max testSafety Measures for Eyes ProtectionApart from the standard protective acrylic shield around the laser, the iKier K1 Pro Max incorporates a range of safety features designed to minimize risks during operation including laser glasses provided in the box.The integrated air assist system significantly reduces the likelihood of flames during operation, especially when appropriately matched with the set laser power percentage. iKier recommends maintaining the air assist flow at 80% power or lower to optimize its longevity. In the event of a flame below the laser head, the enabled flame detection will trigger, prompting the laser to return to its origin and sound an alarm.In addition to visual protection, the iKier incorporates features to mitigate potential hazards. The on-device gyroscope detects tilting and notifies the device, halting operation and activating an alarm. Limit switches prevent overreach, ensuring that new users need not worry about the laser head colliding with the sides while previewing their designs.Furthermore, the device includes a security lock with a physical key to prevent unauthorized operation, enhancing overall safety measures.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramiKier K1 Pro Touch Screen ControllerThe K1 Pro Max provides the convenience of standalone operation without the need for a computer, thanks to its offline functionality accessible through the 4.3-inch touch screen. Simply insert a USB drive containing compatible cutting or engraving files, perform minor setup tasks such as focus adjustments, and proceed with the job. However, it is recommended to practice with the file using desktop software beforehand, as the controls in offline mode are more limited and lack certain visual references.The touch screen interface features a basic set of controls, with most setup commands located on the left and movement controls on the right. For engraving on irregularly sized objects, using the included fixed focus block is recommended over choosing autofocus. Once the job is initiated, a basic completion progress bar and a large pause or stop button are displayed.While minor adjustments to power or speed can be made on the in-process screen, any significant issues may require hitting the power button, as there is no dedicated emergency stop button on the touch screen. It’s important to note a slight delay in stopping the job via the touch screen directly.In the event of a power loss during operation, the K1 Pro Max’s resume engraving option is only applicable when working offline or via the app. It’s crucial to ensure there is no movement of the engraver or the engraving surface to avoid errors upon resumption. Additionally, disabling the auto-home at start-up feature is necessary for proper functionality.Software and AppsThe iKier K1 Pro Max offers compatibility with either LaserGRBL or Lightburn. For macOS users, Lightburn is the exclusive option. While Lightburn provides a free trial, subsequent usage with the K1 Pro Max requires a purchased license, priced at $60, offering updates for a year.Choosing between software options will depend on personal preference and the operating system. Lightburn stands out as a more streamlined and user-friendly choice. Simplifying job setup and control of various secondary features of the K1 Pro Max. Functions such as autofocus, sinking cutting, and auxiliary positioning can be easily enabled with Lightburn.Lightburn facilitates project customization through multiple layer types, allowing for complex engravings with minimal complications. The switch-based system for laser power in Lightburn allows seamless power swapping during multistep jobs that involve both engraving and cutting.Occasional connectivity or positioning bugs may arise with the K1 Pro Max. But these can typically be resolved by restarting the device or sending the laser home.Considering the investment in the premium K1 Pro Max, leveraging its integration with Lightburn makes practical sense, especially for offline engraving file production.Using the iKier smartphone app, it did successfully detect device operations and trigger alert notifications. Typical of smartphone engraving apps, the interface is minimal, and image editing options are limited.iKier K1 Pro Max performanceIn terms of precision, the iKier K1 Pro Max boasts an engraving accuracy of 0.01mm and delivers a 2K resolution small light spot when using a 24W laser power. Achieving the desired effect and finish in image engraving depends on your software integration, allowing for fine-tuning of options.When working with images, initial experimentation is recommended. As darker images or those with more black may result in more subtle relief works. Trying different image presets and settings, especially with various materials, can help achieve optimal outcomes.For cutting with the 24W laser power and thinner wood, it is often possible to cut out designs without switching to the 48W power mode. These combined engraving and cutting jobs typically range from twenty minutes to an hour, depending on the level of detail.Once all the setup is in place, the iKier K1 Pro Max springs into action. Showcasing the prowess of its laser engraving capabilities. A notable feature is its impressive engraving speed, reaching up to 900 mm per second. This enables the laser to swiftly carve through materials like wood, leather, or metal.However, the optimal results may require adjustments to the speed and power depending on the specific material. Yet, once the correct settings are dialed in, the iKier K1 Pro Max consistently delivers compelling outcomes.Also, the device excels in faithfully replicating even the most intricate details, ensuring that even fine lines are rendered with precision. It offers flexibility with three operating modes: the high-speed mode maximizes the device’s speed, the high-precision mode prioritizes intricate detailing at slower speeds, and the balanced mode strikes a middle ground between the two.VerdictThe iKier K1 Pro Max stands out as an exceptional and highly powerful laser engraving machine. Effortlessly cutting through or engraving a diverse range of materials. Its sophisticated design and top-notch craftsmanship are as captivating as its innovative features.A unique feature of the machine is the ability to adjust the laser in two stages. Complemented by an almost unbelievable speed of up to 900 mm/s. The emphasis on safety is evident, ensuring users can work with peace of mind.The Breakdown 3.9 7.7 While there are some limitations in terms of automation and scheduling, the Yeelight Cubes build quality and versatility make it a top choice for those looking to add a touch of color and creativity to their smart home setup. Performance 7.7 Value for money 7.7 Modularity 7.7 Yeelight app 7.7 Yeelight, a renowned name in the world of smart lighting, has consistently delivered innovative and high-quality products. With their latest offering, the Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp, they have once again pushed the boundaries of what smart lighting can do. In this review, we will explore the different variants of the Yeelight Cube, its unique features, and its compatibility with the new smart home standard, Matter.Unboxing and ContentsThe Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp comes in three distinct models: the ‘Panel’, the ‘Spot’, and the ‘Matrix’. Each model offers a unique lighting experience, but they can all work together seamlessly. The cubes can be purchased individually or as part of a starter pack, which includes a base unit that powers and connects the cubes to your network.The base unit is square-shaped and features a touch-sensitive button on the front. It connects to your home network via standard 2.4GHz WiFi. The back of the base unit has a coaxial port for the power supply and an etched surface with electrical specs and a Matter QR code. The cubes themselves have metallic rings and pins that allow them to connect to the base unit and to each other.Exploring the Cube VariantsPanel CubeThe Panel Cube is a large, color-changing panel with 25 individual LEDs. It has a diffuser that blends the lights to create a uniform look. With its multiple LEDs, the Panel Cube can display various colors simultaneously.Matrix CubeThe Matrix Cube features a 5×5 matrix of individually controllable LEDs. Unlike the Panel Cube, it does not have a diffuser, which allows for clear graphics and images to be displayed. The Matrix Cube is perfect for creating custom designs and patterns.Spot CubeThe Spot Cube is a single LED cube that can only display one color at a time. It is equipped with a built-in reflector to maximize brightness. The Spot Cube can be angled to shine light on walls or ceilings, adding a touch of color to any space.Setting Up the Yeelight CubeSetting up the Yeelight Cube is a straightforward process. The base unit connects to your smart home platform of choice using the provided Matter QR code. The Yeelight Station app allows you to control and customize the cubes’ lighting effects.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram In the Yeelight Station app, you can turn the base unit and the connected cubes on or off. The app offers thirteen preset modes or themes, each with its own unique lighting effect. You can also create your own designs by drawing on a 25-dot artboard for the Panel and Matrix Cubes. The Spot Cube allows you to select a single color. Customization and Dynamic EffectsThe Yeelight Cube provides extensive customization options. In addition to the preset modes, you can create your own designs using a wide range of graphics, letters, and numbers. Each preset mode and custom design can be enhanced with dynamic effects such as scrolling, pulsating, flashing, and gradual buildup.The Yeelight Station app allows you to edit overall or individual colors, adjust the speed and direction of the animations, and combine multiple cubes for seamless transitions. You can create captivating visual displays that suit your personal style or the mood of the room.Clock FunctionalityThe Yeelight Cube also functions as a clock. By activating the clock feature in the Yeelight Station app, you can display the current time on the Matrix Cubes. To enable this feature, you need at least four Matrix Cubes connected to the base unit.The clock feature offers a choice of eight preset color options for the time display. You can select a multi-colored, tinted, or regular color scheme. Additionally, you can choose to display only the time, the date, or both, with the option to switch between them automatically.Integration with Smart Home PlatformsThe Yeelight Cube is compatible with various smart home platforms, including HomeKit, Google Home, Amazon Alexa, and Samsung SmartThings (with future updates). By adding the base unit to your preferred platform, you can control the cubes using voice commands or app controls. In the Home app, the Yeelight Cube appears as a tile, allowing you to turn it on or off and adjust the brightness. However, due to limitations in HomeKit, the color customization options are limited to a single color at a time. Yeelight’s own app offers more advanced customization features, but it currently lacks scheduling and automation options.Pros and ConsProsThree different cube variants to choose fromCertified for compatibility with the Matter smart home standardExcellent build quality and premium feelModular design allows for customization and expansionConsLimited automation and scheduling options in the Yeelight appConclusionThe Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp is a revolutionary addition to the world of smart lighting. With its three variants, modular design, and extensive customization options, it offers a unique and captivating lighting experience. While there are some limitations in terms of automation and scheduling, the Yeelight Cube’s build quality and versatility make it a top choice for those looking to add a touch of color and creativity to their smart home setup.The Breakdown 3.9 7.7 While there are some limitations in terms of automation and scheduling, the Yeelight Cubes build quality and versatility make it a top choice for those looking to add a touch of color and creativity to their smart home setup. Performance 7.7 Value for money 7.7 Modularity 7.7 Yeelight app 7.7 Yeelight, a renowned name in the world of smart lighting, has consistently delivered innovative and high-quality products. With their latest offering, the Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp, they have once again pushed the boundaries of what smart lighting can do. In this review, we will explore the different variants of the Yeelight Cube, its unique features, and its compatibility with the new smart home standard, Matter.Unboxing and ContentsThe Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp comes in three distinct models: the ‘Panel’, the ‘Spot’, and the ‘Matrix’. Each model offers a unique lighting experience, but they can all work together seamlessly. The cubes can be purchased individually or as part of a starter pack, which includes a base unit that powers and connects the cubes to your network.The base unit is square-shaped and features a touch-sensitive button on the front. It connects to your home network via standard 2.4GHz WiFi. The back of the base unit has a coaxial port for the power supply and an etched surface with electrical specs and a Matter QR code. The cubes themselves have metallic rings and pins that allow them to connect to the base unit and to each other.Exploring the Cube VariantsPanel CubeThe Panel Cube is a large, color-changing panel with 25 individual LEDs. It has a diffuser that blends the lights to create a uniform look. With its multiple LEDs, the Panel Cube can display various colors simultaneously.Matrix CubeThe Matrix Cube features a 5×5 matrix of individually controllable LEDs. Unlike the Panel Cube, it does not have a diffuser, which allows for clear graphics and images to be displayed. The Matrix Cube is perfect for creating custom designs and patterns.Spot CubeThe Spot Cube is a single LED cube that can only display one color at a time. It is equipped with a built-in reflector to maximize brightness. The Spot Cube can be angled to shine light on walls or ceilings, adding a touch of color to any space.Setting Up the Yeelight CubeSetting up the Yeelight Cube is a straightforward process. The base unit connects to your smart home platform of choice using the provided Matter QR code. The Yeelight Station app allows you to control and customize the cubes’ lighting effects.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram In the Yeelight Station app, you can turn the base unit and the connected cubes on or off. The app offers thirteen preset modes or themes, each with its own unique lighting effect. You can also create your own designs by drawing on a 25-dot artboard for the Panel and Matrix Cubes. The Spot Cube allows you to select a single color. Customization and Dynamic EffectsThe Yeelight Cube provides extensive customization options. In addition to the preset modes, you can create your own designs using a wide range of graphics, letters, and numbers. Each preset mode and custom design can be enhanced with dynamic effects such as scrolling, pulsating, flashing, and gradual buildup.The Yeelight Station app allows you to edit overall or individual colors, adjust the speed and direction of the animations, and combine multiple cubes for seamless transitions. You can create captivating visual displays that suit your personal style or the mood of the room.Clock FunctionalityThe Yeelight Cube also functions as a clock. By activating the clock feature in the Yeelight Station app, you can display the current time on the Matrix Cubes. To enable this feature, you need at least four Matrix Cubes connected to the base unit.The clock feature offers a choice of eight preset color options for the time display. You can select a multi-colored, tinted, or regular color scheme. Additionally, you can choose to display only the time, the date, or both, with the option to switch between them automatically.Integration with Smart Home PlatformsThe Yeelight Cube is compatible with various smart home platforms, including HomeKit, Google Home, Amazon Alexa, and Samsung SmartThings (with future updates). By adding the base unit to your preferred platform, you can control the cubes using voice commands or app controls. In the Home app, the Yeelight Cube appears as a tile, allowing you to turn it on or off and adjust the brightness. However, due to limitations in HomeKit, the color customization options are limited to a single color at a time. Yeelight’s own app offers more advanced customization features, but it currently lacks scheduling and automation options.Pros and ConsProsThree different cube variants to choose fromCertified for compatibility with the Matter smart home standardExcellent build quality and premium feelModular design allows for customization and expansionConsLimited automation and scheduling options in the Yeelight appConclusionThe Yeelight Cube Smart Lamp is a revolutionary addition to the world of smart lighting. With its three variants, modular design, and extensive customization options, it offers a unique and captivating lighting experience. While there are some limitations in terms of automation and scheduling, the Yeelight Cube’s build quality and versatility make it a top choice for those looking to add a touch of color and creativity to their smart home setup.The Breakdown 4.5 9 Overall, the InMotion Climber electric scooter is a reliable and efficient mode of transportation that will make your daily commutes more enjoyable. Say goodbye to traffic jams and parking woes, and embrace the freedom and fun of riding... Speed 9 Build Quality 9 Performance 9 Battery life 9 Inmotion app 9 Are you tired of getting stuck in traffic or dealing with the hassle of finding parking? The InMotion Climber electric scooter offers a convenient and efficient solution for your daily commute. With its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and sturdy construction, the InMotion Climber is designed to make your urban travel a breeze. In this comprehensive review, we’ll dive deep into the features, performance, and overall experience of riding the InMotion Climber electric scooter.InMotion Climber Main Features2 x 450W motorRestricted speed 25 km/h (ex works)Max speed 35 km/h (on private land)up to 55 km rangeDisc brake and electronicDual motorWide footrest (17cm)IntroductionThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is a game-changer in the world of urban transportation. With its powerful dual motors and sleek design, it offers a unique combination of speed, agility, and practicality. Whether you’re a daily commuter or someone who loves exploring the city, the InMotion Climber is designed to meet your needs.Design and FeaturesPayload Capacity and ConstructionOne of the standout features of the InMotion Climber electric scooter is its impressive payload capacity. Unlike many last-mile scooters that can only support around 220 pounds, the Climber can handle up to 286.6 pounds. This higher payload capacity ensures a comfortable and stable ride, even for heavier riders. InMotion Climber: Dual Motors and BatteryThe InMotion Climber is powered by dual 450-watt motors, each with a maximum output of 750 watts. This powerful motor configuration allows the scooter to handle inclines of up to 36%. Whether you’re climbing hills or navigating through busy city streets, the InMotion Climber delivers a smooth and effortless ride. The scooter is equipped with a 533 Wh battery at 54 volts, providing a decent range for your daily commutes. Additionally, the InMotion Climber features an advanced Battery Management System, which protects the battery cells from overcharging or over-discharging. It also monitors the battery’s temperature and health, ensuring optimal performance and safety. Sleek Design and Build QualityThe InMotion Climber boasts a sleek and minimalistic design, with black coloring and orange accents. The attention to detail is evident in the black and orange cabling and the orange brake caliper. While it may resemble other scooters on the market, the Climber sets itself apart with its powerful performance and thoughtful design choices.The scooter features front and rear fenders to protect riders from wet roads, and it has an IP56 rating for the body and IPX7 rating for the battery. This means that the InMotion Climber is resistant to dust and water, making it suitable for riding in various weather conditions.Safety Features and App IntegrationInMotion understands the importance of rider safety, and the Climber is equipped with several safety features. The scooter comes with a bell, reflectors on the sides, and a headlight and taillight that flash when the brakes are applied. These features ensure that you’re visible to others on the road and can ride with confidence, even at night. The InMotion Climber also offers app integration, allowing you to connect your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth. The companion app provides a wide range of controls, including the ability to lock the scooter. This feature engages the motors, creating resistance if anyone tries to ride off without authorization. The app also displays the battery percentage and its health, allowing you to monitor your scooter’s performance.Performance of InMotion ClimberThe InMotion Climber electric scooter lives up to its name when it comes to power and speed. With its dual motors, it can effortlessly handle inclines of up to 36%. This means you can easily conquer steep hills without losing momentum, leaving pedestrians and joggers in the dust.The Climber has a top speed of just under 24 mph, allowing you to zip through traffic and reach your destination quickly. It offers three ride modes: Pedestrian, Dynamic, and Sport. Each mode provides progressively faster speeds, giving you the flexibility to choose the level of performance that suits your needs.Handling and Riding ExperienceRiding the InMotion Climber is a pleasure thanks to its responsive handling and intuitive controls. The scooter’s shorter handlebars make it easy to maneuver through traffic and navigate narrow streets. The thumb throttle is highly responsive, providing instant acceleration when you need it.While the Climber lacks suspension, its two 10-inch pneumatic tubed tires offer a comfortable ride, absorbing minor bumps and cracks on the road. InMotion has also included two extra inner tubes, making it easy to change a flat tire if needed.InMotion Climber: Range and Charging TimeThe InMotion Climber is designed to provide a decent range for your daily commutes. It is rated to travel up to 35 miles on a full charge, depending on factors such as rider weight and terrain. The battery takes approximately 8 hours to charge fully from zero.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramDuring our testing, we found that the actual range may vary, especially if riding more aggressively. However, even with a slightly shorter range, the InMotion Climber still offers enough mileage for most urban commutes.Riding in Different Weather ConditionsThe InMotion Climber excels in various weather conditions, including rain. Its IP56 rating for the body and IPX7 rating for the battery make it highly resistant to water. During our test rides in light rain, the scooter performed exceptionally well, with no issues with throttle or braking.The display remained visible, and the rubber mat on the deck provided sufficient traction, even when wet. InMotion has taken into account the challenges of riding in different weather conditions, ensuring that the Climber offers a reliable and safe riding experience, rain or shine.Comfort and ErgonomicsFolding and PortabilityDespite its powerful performance, the InMotion Climber is designed with portability in mind. The scooter weighs just under 46 pounds, which is relatively lightweight compared to other electric scooters in its class. It is also one of the easier scooters to fold and put in the trunk of a car, thanks to its simple folding latch.The folding latch not only makes storage and transportation convenient but also ensures a secure hold while riding. You can trust that the InMotion Climber will stay in place, even during bumpy rides or when carrying it up stairs.Handlebars and ControlsThe InMotion Climber features handlebars that are ergonomically designed for both storage and control. The width of the handlebars allows for easy storage in tight spaces, such as crowded bike racks or small apartments. At the same time, the handlebars provide a comfortable grip and facilitate better control during rides.The thumb throttle is conveniently positioned for easy access and is highly responsive. The controls for the scooter are intuitive and straightforward, with long-pressing the power button to turn it on or off. Double-pressing changes the ride modes, and a single press activates the lights, which can also be controlled via the app.Suspension and Tire QualityWhile the InMotion Climber does not have dedicated suspension, its two 10-inch pneumatic tubed tires offer a decent level of comfort. The tires effectively absorb minor shocks and vibrations, providing a smoother ride compared to scooters with solid rubber tires.InMotion has also included two extra inner tubes with the scooter, ensuring that you’re prepared for any unexpected flats. The manufacturer has designed the Climber to make changing flats easy, so you can get back on the road quickly and with minimal hassle.App Integration and Additional FeaturesThe InMotion Climber integrates seamlessly with the companion app, available for both iOS and Android devices. Through the app, you can connect your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a range of additional features and controls.The app allows you to lock the scooter, providing an extra layer of security against unauthorized use. It also displays the exact battery percentage and its relative health, so you can keep track of your scooter’s performance and plan your rides accordingly. Additionally, you can adjust the take-off preference from kick-start to zero-start, giving you more control over your riding experience.Price and Availability of InMotion ClimberThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is priced competitively at $999. It offers excellent value for money considering its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and robust construction. You can purchase the InMotion Climber directly from the manufacturer’s website or from authorized retailers.You can buy it from hereInMotion Climber review: ConclusionThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is a remarkable choice for urban commuters and adventure seekers alike. With its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and sleek design, it offers a unique blend of practicality and performance. Whether you’re navigating through city streets or conquering steep hills, the InMotion Climber will get you where you need to go with ease.While it may lack some comfort features such as dedicated suspension, the InMotion Climber compensates with its powerful motor, sturdy construction, and thoughtful design choices. The integration with the companion app adds an extra layer of convenience and control to your riding experience.
The Breakdown 4.5 9 Overall, the InMotion Climber electric scooter is a reliable and efficient mode of transportation that will make your daily commutes more enjoyable. Say goodbye to traffic jams and parking woes, and embrace the freedom and fun of riding... Speed 9 Build Quality 9 Performance 9 Battery life 9 Inmotion app 9 Are you tired of getting stuck in traffic or dealing with the hassle of finding parking? The InMotion Climber electric scooter offers a convenient and efficient solution for your daily commute. With its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and sturdy construction, the InMotion Climber is designed to make your urban travel a breeze. In this comprehensive review, we’ll dive deep into the features, performance, and overall experience of riding the InMotion Climber electric scooter.InMotion Climber Main Features2 x 450W motorRestricted speed 25 km/h (ex works)Max speed 35 km/h (on private land)up to 55 km rangeDisc brake and electronicDual motorWide footrest (17cm)IntroductionThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is a game-changer in the world of urban transportation. With its powerful dual motors and sleek design, it offers a unique combination of speed, agility, and practicality. Whether you’re a daily commuter or someone who loves exploring the city, the InMotion Climber is designed to meet your needs.Design and FeaturesPayload Capacity and ConstructionOne of the standout features of the InMotion Climber electric scooter is its impressive payload capacity. Unlike many last-mile scooters that can only support around 220 pounds, the Climber can handle up to 286.6 pounds. This higher payload capacity ensures a comfortable and stable ride, even for heavier riders. InMotion Climber: Dual Motors and BatteryThe InMotion Climber is powered by dual 450-watt motors, each with a maximum output of 750 watts. This powerful motor configuration allows the scooter to handle inclines of up to 36%. Whether you’re climbing hills or navigating through busy city streets, the InMotion Climber delivers a smooth and effortless ride. The scooter is equipped with a 533 Wh battery at 54 volts, providing a decent range for your daily commutes. Additionally, the InMotion Climber features an advanced Battery Management System, which protects the battery cells from overcharging or over-discharging. It also monitors the battery’s temperature and health, ensuring optimal performance and safety. Sleek Design and Build QualityThe InMotion Climber boasts a sleek and minimalistic design, with black coloring and orange accents. The attention to detail is evident in the black and orange cabling and the orange brake caliper. While it may resemble other scooters on the market, the Climber sets itself apart with its powerful performance and thoughtful design choices.The scooter features front and rear fenders to protect riders from wet roads, and it has an IP56 rating for the body and IPX7 rating for the battery. This means that the InMotion Climber is resistant to dust and water, making it suitable for riding in various weather conditions.Safety Features and App IntegrationInMotion understands the importance of rider safety, and the Climber is equipped with several safety features. The scooter comes with a bell, reflectors on the sides, and a headlight and taillight that flash when the brakes are applied. These features ensure that you’re visible to others on the road and can ride with confidence, even at night. The InMotion Climber also offers app integration, allowing you to connect your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth. The companion app provides a wide range of controls, including the ability to lock the scooter. This feature engages the motors, creating resistance if anyone tries to ride off without authorization. The app also displays the battery percentage and its health, allowing you to monitor your scooter’s performance.Performance of InMotion ClimberThe InMotion Climber electric scooter lives up to its name when it comes to power and speed. With its dual motors, it can effortlessly handle inclines of up to 36%. This means you can easily conquer steep hills without losing momentum, leaving pedestrians and joggers in the dust.The Climber has a top speed of just under 24 mph, allowing you to zip through traffic and reach your destination quickly. It offers three ride modes: Pedestrian, Dynamic, and Sport. Each mode provides progressively faster speeds, giving you the flexibility to choose the level of performance that suits your needs.Handling and Riding ExperienceRiding the InMotion Climber is a pleasure thanks to its responsive handling and intuitive controls. The scooter’s shorter handlebars make it easy to maneuver through traffic and navigate narrow streets. The thumb throttle is highly responsive, providing instant acceleration when you need it.While the Climber lacks suspension, its two 10-inch pneumatic tubed tires offer a comfortable ride, absorbing minor bumps and cracks on the road. InMotion has also included two extra inner tubes, making it easy to change a flat tire if needed.InMotion Climber: Range and Charging TimeThe InMotion Climber is designed to provide a decent range for your daily commutes. It is rated to travel up to 35 miles on a full charge, depending on factors such as rider weight and terrain. The battery takes approximately 8 hours to charge fully from zero.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramDuring our testing, we found that the actual range may vary, especially if riding more aggressively. However, even with a slightly shorter range, the InMotion Climber still offers enough mileage for most urban commutes.Riding in Different Weather ConditionsThe InMotion Climber excels in various weather conditions, including rain. Its IP56 rating for the body and IPX7 rating for the battery make it highly resistant to water. During our test rides in light rain, the scooter performed exceptionally well, with no issues with throttle or braking.The display remained visible, and the rubber mat on the deck provided sufficient traction, even when wet. InMotion has taken into account the challenges of riding in different weather conditions, ensuring that the Climber offers a reliable and safe riding experience, rain or shine.Comfort and ErgonomicsFolding and PortabilityDespite its powerful performance, the InMotion Climber is designed with portability in mind. The scooter weighs just under 46 pounds, which is relatively lightweight compared to other electric scooters in its class. It is also one of the easier scooters to fold and put in the trunk of a car, thanks to its simple folding latch.The folding latch not only makes storage and transportation convenient but also ensures a secure hold while riding. You can trust that the InMotion Climber will stay in place, even during bumpy rides or when carrying it up stairs.Handlebars and ControlsThe InMotion Climber features handlebars that are ergonomically designed for both storage and control. The width of the handlebars allows for easy storage in tight spaces, such as crowded bike racks or small apartments. At the same time, the handlebars provide a comfortable grip and facilitate better control during rides.The thumb throttle is conveniently positioned for easy access and is highly responsive. The controls for the scooter are intuitive and straightforward, with long-pressing the power button to turn it on or off. Double-pressing changes the ride modes, and a single press activates the lights, which can also be controlled via the app.Suspension and Tire QualityWhile the InMotion Climber does not have dedicated suspension, its two 10-inch pneumatic tubed tires offer a decent level of comfort. The tires effectively absorb minor shocks and vibrations, providing a smoother ride compared to scooters with solid rubber tires.InMotion has also included two extra inner tubes with the scooter, ensuring that you’re prepared for any unexpected flats. The manufacturer has designed the Climber to make changing flats easy, so you can get back on the road quickly and with minimal hassle.App Integration and Additional FeaturesThe InMotion Climber integrates seamlessly with the companion app, available for both iOS and Android devices. Through the app, you can connect your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a range of additional features and controls.The app allows you to lock the scooter, providing an extra layer of security against unauthorized use. It also displays the exact battery percentage and its relative health, so you can keep track of your scooter’s performance and plan your rides accordingly. Additionally, you can adjust the take-off preference from kick-start to zero-start, giving you more control over your riding experience.Price and Availability of InMotion ClimberThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is priced competitively at $999. It offers excellent value for money considering its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and robust construction. You can purchase the InMotion Climber directly from the manufacturer’s website or from authorized retailers.You can buy it from hereInMotion Climber review: ConclusionThe InMotion Climber electric scooter is a remarkable choice for urban commuters and adventure seekers alike. With its powerful dual motors, impressive speed, and sleek design, it offers a unique blend of practicality and performance. Whether you’re navigating through city streets or conquering steep hills, the InMotion Climber will get you where you need to go with ease.While it may lack some comfort features such as dedicated suspension, the InMotion Climber compensates with its powerful motor, sturdy construction, and thoughtful design choices. The integration with the companion app adds an extra layer of convenience and control to your riding experience.The Breakdown 4.5 9 The AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is a game-changer in the world of smart lighting. With its seamless interoperability, effortless setup process, and impressive features, the Linkind bulb offers a convenient and customizable lighting experience. Value for money 9 Performance 9 Application 9 Connectivity 9 The birth of Matter technology has changed the IoT landscape, making it even more easier to connect hundreds of smart devices to our household or a system of IoT.鑱 There’s a lot of talk about this most challenging new technology, and for a good reason. Endorsed by a lot of big names, including Google, Amazon, Apple, IKEA, Samsung and others, it aims to unify the smart home and the Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb will help us delve into the features and functionalities of this innovative smart lighting solution.With the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb, you can transform your home into a modern, connected space that offers convenience and efficiency. Whether you’re a smart home enthusiast or a beginner looking to upgrade your lighting system, this review will help you make an informed decision. So let’s get started and explore the world of Matter Smart Light Bulbs.Matter at a Glance:Communication protocol for smart home devices.1.0 version launched on October 4, 2022, after being postponed twice.Standardized set of commands, so devices from different manufacturers can talk to each other.Runs on top of IP networks, using either Thread, Wi-Fi, or Ethernet.Uses Security by Design and Zero-Trust.Runs locally 閳 typically connects to the cloud via a Matter hub.Exists alongside other smart home standards like鑱絑igbee,鑱絑-Wave, and鑱?33MHz.Battery life and range dependent on wireless networking technology.Coordinated by a Matter hub.Seamless Interoperability with Matter ProtocolThis Smart Light Bulb is built on the Matter protocol, as you can see. This enables seamless communication and interoperability with various other Matter-enabled devices. This way you can integrate it into your existing smart home ecosystem without any compatibility issues. Whether you use Apple’s HomeKit, Google Home, Samsung, or Amazon Alexa, the Linkind bulb will work seamlessly with these platforms, offering flexibility and ensuring a consistent user experience across devices.The Matter protocol also prioritizes security and privacy, ensuring that your data and interactions with the smart bulb are protected. With strong cryptographic algorithms and the potential for unlimited over-the-air upgrades, you can enjoy peace of mind knowing that your Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is secure and up to date.Effortless Setup ProcessSetting up smart home devices can be a daunting task, but the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb makes it easy. The setup process is designed to be intuitive and hassle-free, allowing you to quickly integrate the bulb into your smart home network.To set up the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb, simply follow these steps:Download and open your preferred smart home app, such as Alexa, Google Home, or Apple Home.Scan the QR code on the bulb or in the user manual using the app.Power on the bulb and ensure that it is connected to a 2.4GHz Wi-Fi network.Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the setup process. Enhanced Features for a Customized ExperienceThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers a range of enhanced features that allow you to customize your lighting experience according to your preferences. Let’s explore some of these features:Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram1. Adjustable Colors and BrightnessThe Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers over 16 million colors and dimmable whites ranging from warm to cool (1,800K-6,500K), giving you complete customization control. Whether you want to create a cozy ambiance or a vibrant atmosphere, you can easily adjust the color and brightness of the bulb to suit your mood and preferences. 2. Music SyncThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb has an innovative music sync feature. Using your phone’s built-in microphone, the bulb can sync with your music, creating a dynamic environment that pulsates with the rhythm. Whether you’re hosting a party or enjoying a quiet evening at home, the music sync feature enhances your lighting experience.3. Customized Scenes and RoutinesThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb allows you to create customized scenes and routines to enhance your life. With the Linkind app, you can set up scenes that match your activities. For example a “Movie Night” scene that dims the lights and sets a cozy ambiance, or a “Wake Up” routine that gradually increases the brightness in the morning to simulate natural sunlight. Customized scenes and routines add a personal touch to your smart lighting system, perfectly suited to your lifestyle.*Note that features 2 and 3 can only be accessed through the AiDot app.4. Energy EfficiencyBesides its advanced features, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is energy-efficient. With a power consumption of only 9W, the bulb offers brightness equivalent to a traditional 60W bulb, resulting in an 85% reduction in energy consumption. This energy efficiency not only helps you save on electricity bills but also contributes to a more sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyle.Impressive Performance and CompatibilityAfter testing the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb for several days, I can confidently say that it delivers impressive performance and compatibility. The bulb seamlessly integrates with popular smart home systems such as Google Home, Amazon Alexa, and Apple HomeKit. This allowing us to control lights using voice commands or through the respective apps. This interoperability and compatibility make it a versatile choice for those who have different smart home devices from different brands.Furthermore, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers a seamless transition between different platforms. You’re using an iPhone, an Android device, or a smart speaker? The bulb’s compatibility ensures that you can control your lights effortlessly, regardless of the platform you prefer.ConclusionIn conclusion, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is a game-changer in the world of smart lighting. With its seamless interoperability, effortless setup process, and impressive features, the Linkind bulb offers a convenient and customizable lighting experience. I am confident that the Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb will elevate your home’s ambiance and efficiency.
The Breakdown 4.5 9 The AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is a game-changer in the world of smart lighting. With its seamless interoperability, effortless setup process, and impressive features, the Linkind bulb offers a convenient and customizable lighting experience. Value for money 9 Performance 9 Application 9 Connectivity 9 The birth of Matter technology has changed the IoT landscape, making it even more easier to connect hundreds of smart devices to our household or a system of IoT.鑱 There’s a lot of talk about this most challenging new technology, and for a good reason. Endorsed by a lot of big names, including Google, Amazon, Apple, IKEA, Samsung and others, it aims to unify the smart home and the Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb will help us delve into the features and functionalities of this innovative smart lighting solution.With the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb, you can transform your home into a modern, connected space that offers convenience and efficiency. Whether you’re a smart home enthusiast or a beginner looking to upgrade your lighting system, this review will help you make an informed decision. So let’s get started and explore the world of Matter Smart Light Bulbs.Matter at a Glance:Communication protocol for smart home devices.1.0 version launched on October 4, 2022, after being postponed twice.Standardized set of commands, so devices from different manufacturers can talk to each other.Runs on top of IP networks, using either Thread, Wi-Fi, or Ethernet.Uses Security by Design and Zero-Trust.Runs locally 閳 typically connects to the cloud via a Matter hub.Exists alongside other smart home standards like鑱絑igbee,鑱絑-Wave, and鑱?33MHz.Battery life and range dependent on wireless networking technology.Coordinated by a Matter hub.Seamless Interoperability with Matter ProtocolThis Smart Light Bulb is built on the Matter protocol, as you can see. This enables seamless communication and interoperability with various other Matter-enabled devices. This way you can integrate it into your existing smart home ecosystem without any compatibility issues. Whether you use Apple’s HomeKit, Google Home, Samsung, or Amazon Alexa, the Linkind bulb will work seamlessly with these platforms, offering flexibility and ensuring a consistent user experience across devices.The Matter protocol also prioritizes security and privacy, ensuring that your data and interactions with the smart bulb are protected. With strong cryptographic algorithms and the potential for unlimited over-the-air upgrades, you can enjoy peace of mind knowing that your Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is secure and up to date.Effortless Setup ProcessSetting up smart home devices can be a daunting task, but the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb makes it easy. The setup process is designed to be intuitive and hassle-free, allowing you to quickly integrate the bulb into your smart home network.To set up the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb, simply follow these steps:Download and open your preferred smart home app, such as Alexa, Google Home, or Apple Home.Scan the QR code on the bulb or in the user manual using the app.Power on the bulb and ensure that it is connected to a 2.4GHz Wi-Fi network.Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the setup process. Enhanced Features for a Customized ExperienceThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers a range of enhanced features that allow you to customize your lighting experience according to your preferences. Let’s explore some of these features:Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram1. Adjustable Colors and BrightnessThe Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers over 16 million colors and dimmable whites ranging from warm to cool (1,800K-6,500K), giving you complete customization control. Whether you want to create a cozy ambiance or a vibrant atmosphere, you can easily adjust the color and brightness of the bulb to suit your mood and preferences. 2. Music SyncThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb has an innovative music sync feature. Using your phone’s built-in microphone, the bulb can sync with your music, creating a dynamic environment that pulsates with the rhythm. Whether you’re hosting a party or enjoying a quiet evening at home, the music sync feature enhances your lighting experience.3. Customized Scenes and RoutinesThe AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb allows you to create customized scenes and routines to enhance your life. With the Linkind app, you can set up scenes that match your activities. For example a “Movie Night” scene that dims the lights and sets a cozy ambiance, or a “Wake Up” routine that gradually increases the brightness in the morning to simulate natural sunlight. Customized scenes and routines add a personal touch to your smart lighting system, perfectly suited to your lifestyle.*Note that features 2 and 3 can only be accessed through the AiDot app.4. Energy EfficiencyBesides its advanced features, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is energy-efficient. With a power consumption of only 9W, the bulb offers brightness equivalent to a traditional 60W bulb, resulting in an 85% reduction in energy consumption. This energy efficiency not only helps you save on electricity bills but also contributes to a more sustainable and eco-friendly lifestyle.Impressive Performance and CompatibilityAfter testing the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb for several days, I can confidently say that it delivers impressive performance and compatibility. The bulb seamlessly integrates with popular smart home systems such as Google Home, Amazon Alexa, and Apple HomeKit. This allowing us to control lights using voice commands or through the respective apps. This interoperability and compatibility make it a versatile choice for those who have different smart home devices from different brands.Furthermore, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb offers a seamless transition between different platforms. You’re using an iPhone, an Android device, or a smart speaker? The bulb’s compatibility ensures that you can control your lights effortlessly, regardless of the platform you prefer.ConclusionIn conclusion, the AiDot Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb is a game-changer in the world of smart lighting. With its seamless interoperability, effortless setup process, and impressive features, the Linkind bulb offers a convenient and customizable lighting experience. I am confident that the Linkind Matter Smart Light Bulb will elevate your home’s ambiance and efficiency.The Breakdown The ZimaBlade is a marked improvement over its predecessor, the ZimaBoard. It addresses previous limitations with a sleeker design, enhanced power, and affordability at just $64 for the base kit. Featuring an advanced Intel J3455 CPU, it outperforms competitors like the Raspberry Pi 4. With 16GB RAM support, 32GB eMMC storage, and versatile connectivity options, it offers excellent value for its price. Performance – 8.0 Connectivity – 9.0 Setup Process and Ease of Use – 9.5 Versatility – 8.0 DIY Potential – 9.5 Accessory Options – 8.0 Overall Value – 9.0 Pros Affordable. Feature-packed. Extremely versatile. Expandable and can meet most DIY needs. Great value for money. Cons Doesnt come with proper documentation. Has only one USB Type-A external port. I was thoroughly impressed with ZimaBoard. However, it had some issues. For example, the board had soldered memory. And the highest available config could only offer 8GB of RAM. Also, ZimaBoard had no USB-C port, which I believe is a must-have for 2023. Well, IceWhale took notes. Meet the ZimaBlade!With this release, IceWhale didn’t only bring out something that looks sleeker than the Zimaboard, but also an SBC that’s both powerful and affordable. The base kit of the ZimaBlade is just $64. In comparison, the base ZimaBoard has a price tag of $119.90.But just because the new SBC is more affordable than the ZimaBoard, it doesn’t mean the ZimaBlade isn’t powerful. As a matter of fact, it’s more capable than ZimaBoard. And ZimaBoard already packs more power than most SBCs in the market.To compare, depending on the model you pick, the ZimaBoard comes with Intel N3350 or N3450. On the other hand, the high-spec version of ZimaBlade features Intel J3455, which I believe is one generation ahead of the CPU ZimaBoard came with.But the real question is, how good is the ZimaBlade? Let’s put it to the test!What’s In the Box?The base ZimaBlade kit comes with the SBC, USB Type-C Cable, and a SATA cable. It features the dual-core Intel N3350, which is also found in the ZimaBoard. And it’s current pricing on Crowd Supply is $64. If you don’t want to purchase the RAM separately, you can grab the 3760 Early Bird kit. It comes with an 8GB DDR3L stick. The Early Bird kit is priced at $72.But the one that I have with me is the ZimaBlade 7700, which comes with the Intel J3455. On Crowd Supply, this version goes for $96, and the accessories are the same as the base kit.Besides these two, you can grab the ZimaBlade 7700 Advanced kit. This kit will come with 16GB of DDR3L RAM, 12V / 3 A power adapter, 4K 60Hz DP to HDMI cable, and other accessories included with the previous kits. And it goes for $128.There are ZimaBlade NAS and 12-Core Cluster Kits available too. Here, the NAS kit comes with the accessories of the Advanced kit but with a dual 3.5-inch storage drive stand and a special SATA Y-cable. And with the 12-Core 48GB cluster, you get 3 ZimaBlade Advanced kits. The pricing for these two is $144 and $392, respectively.Get the ZimaBlade NAS and other kits from Crowd SupplyVisit ZimaBlade's official website for more information on the NAS and other kitsSpecifications of ZimaBladeCPUIntel N3350 Dual Core with a Turbo Speed of 2.4GHz (TDP 6W)orIntel J3455 with a Turbo Speed of 2.2GHz (TDP 10W)RAMSODIMM Slot, compatible with up to 16GB DDR3L at 1600MhzStorage32GB eMMCDisplayMini-DisplayPort 1.2 4K@60Hz x 1Type-C 4K@60Hz x 1NetworkingGigabit Ethernet portPortsOne PCIe 2.0 4 LaneOne USB 3.0 Type-COne USB 3.0 TypeTwo Internal USB 2.0Two SATA 6.0 Gb/sDimensions107 x 80 x 23mmZimaBlade Benchmark ResultsIf you’re going for performance, you are likely to get the ZimaBlade 7700, which is the model I have with me. The Intel J3455 CPU on this SBC can offer quite a punch. Compared to the Raspberry Pi 4, the ZimaBlade 7700 takes the lead in almost all the benchmarks. Check out the benchmark results in the picture attached below.Setting Up Your ZimaBladeIrrespective of the chosen kit, you won’t face any issues with setting up the ZimaBlade. You only need to connect it to a power source through the USB-C port and hook it up to a monitor or your router/PC with the ethernet port.If you use the DisplayPort to connect the ZimaBlade to a monitor, you’ll be greeted with a Linux SSH terminal. On the other hand, the Ethernet port connection will get you a beautiful Web UI after you put casaos.local on your browser. On that note, you can access the Terminal on the Web UI, which makes it extremely versatile.That said, you’re not stuck with CasaOS. Like the ZimaBoard, the ZimaBlade can run Windows, other distros of Linux, OpenWrt, pfSense, and Android. So, if you’re not happy with what CasaOS has to bring to the table, you can easily switch to your preferred OS.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramApp Store on CasaOSThe app store in CasaOS offers a good number of easy-to-install apps. For example, you can find MineOS on the app store, which lets you easily get a Minecraft server up and running on the ZimaBlade. There’s also Plex, enabling you to quickly set up your local Plex server for streaming.The Versatility of ZimaBladeWith such an amazing set of hardware, the ZimaBlade calls for some amazing DIY projects. To illustrate, you can get the NAS kit and build yourself the ultimate cloud storage that ensures maximum privacy. In addition, with the apps from the built-in app store, you can build a Home Assistant, DNS servers, database, BitTorrent appliance, and many more.What’s more interesting is that the ZimaBlade has what it takes to become a full-fledged retro emulator. You can easily get other distros of Linux installed and emulate the classic games on the SBC. But, of course, don’t expect to get gaming PC-like performance out of the board. After all, it comes with a low-power CPU.On that note, it’s also possible to get some Windows games up and running on the ZimaBlade. But, again, you won’t get modern AAA titles running on the board. And if you do want to use it as a gaming setup, I would recommend hooking up a GPU with the board. Something such as the GeForce GT 1030 Low Profile would perfectly pair with this SBC. Besides, it can be a perfect device for cloud gaming.Maximizing ZimaBlade’s Potential with AccessoriesIceWhale officially sells a good range of accessories that you can use to get the most out of the ZimaBlade. Let me give you a rundown on some of the accessories that I have with me:PCIe to NVMe & NGFF SSD AdapterPlanning to build a home server or hosting setup? In that case, you would want to prioritize speed. Well, on the official store of IceWhale, you’ll find the PCIe to NVMe & NGFF SSD adapter. With it, you can expand the storage of ZimaBlade with super-fast NVMe SSDs.PCIe to 4-Port 2.5G Ethernet Adapter with Intel I225 ChipsetNeedless to say, the I225 chipset is one of the most reliable ethernet chipsets out there. And with this expansion card, you can get quad 2.5Gbe ethernet ports on the ZimaBlade.PCIe to 5 Port SATA II AdapterThe ZimaBlade already comes with two built-in SATA ports. A home cloud server or NAS demands more drives. Well, that’s exactly where this expansion card comes into play. It features the trusty JMB585 chipset, which can deliver 1700MB/s.PCIe to 4-Channel USB AdapterOn the ZimaBlade, you get only one USB 3.0 Type-A port. And if you plan to use the board for emulating games, you’ll need a lot more. That’s where this expansion card steps in. It gives you 4 USB 3.0 ports with an interface speed of up to 5Gbps.PCIe to 10G Ethernet Adapter with AQC107 ChipsetHave a large number of file data transfer needs? In that case, you would want to pick up this expansion card for your ZimaBlade. It ramps up to 10 Gigabit speed.Closing Remarks om ZimaBladeAs someone who has tested the ZimaBoard 832, I can safely say that the ZimaBlade is an upgrade, especially when you consider the ZimaBlade 7770. But if you already have the ZimaBoard 832, there’s no need to upgrade. For these two SBCs, the performance is pretty much comparable.However, there’s no denying that the ZimaBlade offers more value, especially at the price point it is on Crowd Supply.Get the ZimaBlade NAS and other kits from Crowd SupplyVisit ZimaBlade's official website for more information on the NAS and other kits
The Breakdown 4.2 8.4 Although its assembly procedure is simple and straightforward, what this engraver can do... isnt. It may not be the most powerful in the market, however the Mecpow X3 is one of those gadgets that could possibly make you love a hobby... or a profession! Build quality 8.4 Assembly Procedure 8.4 Laser Power 8.4 Performance 8.4 The popularity of laser engraving has been on the rise in various industries, offering precise and efficient engraving and cutting capabilities. Among the notable laser engravers in the market, the MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver stands out. This comprehensive review delves into the impressive features, specifications, and benefits of the budget-friendly MECPOW X3. It also covers its applications and user experience.MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver: OverviewEngineered for versatility, the MECPOW X3 is a powerful tool capable of engraving and cutting various materials such as wood, acrylic, fabric, leather, and more. With its compact design and user-friendly interface, it is suitable for both professionals and hobbyists.Key FeaturesThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver boasts several key features that set it apart from other laser engravers in the market:High-Precision Engraving: By utilizing a 5W diode laser with a small focus size of 0.05×0.07mm, the MECPOW X3 delivers precise and detailed engraving with an impressive accuracy of 0.01mm.Large Engraving Area: With an engraving area of 410x400mm, the MECPOW X3 provides ample space for engraving and cutting various sizes of materials.User-Friendly Interface: The MECPOW X3 features an intuitive and easy-to-use interface, allowing users to control and adjust settings effortlessly.Compatibility: It’s compatible with popular software such as LaserGRBL (for Windows) and LightBurn (for Windows and Mac OS), enabling users to import and work with various file formats, including JPEG, BMP, GIF, PLT, and more.Safety Features: It’s equipped with safety features such as an alarm system, emergency stop button, and laser shield, ensuring the safety of users during operation.SpecificationsLet’s take a closer look at the specifications of the MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver:SpecificationDetailsFrame MaterialHigh-Strength AluminiumPower AdapterAC 100V-240V, 50/60HZElectrical Power60WLaser Power5鍗?.5WWavelength445鍗? nmSpot Size of Laser Beam0.05×0.07 mmEngraving Area410×400 mmEngraving Speed10000 mm/minEngraving Accuracy0.01 mmFocusingFixed-Focus LaserLaser ShieldYesService Life閳?0000 HoursHeat DissipationFan CoolingTilt Alarm50鍗?鎺矰ata Transmission MethodUSB Wired ConnectionSupported MaterialsWood, Acrylic, Fabric, and moreSystem SupportWindows, MacSoftware SupportLaserGRBL, LightBurnFile Format SupportJPEG, BMP, GIF, PLT, and moreThe Benefits of the MECPOW X3 5W Laser EngraverThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver offers several benefits that make it an excellent choice for engraving and cutting applications. Let’s explore some of these benefits:1. Precision and AccuracyWith its high precision and accuracy of 0.01mm, the MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver ensures precise and detailed engraving, allowing users to create intricate designs and patterns with ease.2. VersatilityThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver is compatible with a wide range of materials, including wood, acrylic, fabric, leather, and more. This versatility makes it suitable for various applications, such as personalized gifts, signage, and artwork.3. Ease of UseThe user-friendly interface of the MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver makes it easy for both beginners and experienced users to operate the machine. With its intuitive controls and straightforward software compatibility, users can start engraving and cutting projects with minimal effort.4. Efficiency and Time-SavingThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver’s high engraving speed of 10000 mm/min allows for efficient completion of projects, saving both time and effort. Its large engraving area also enables users to work on multiple pieces simultaneously, further increasing productivity.5. Safety FeaturesSafety is a top priority when working with laser engravers, and the MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver offers various safety features to protect users during operation. The alarm system, emergency stop button, and laser shield ensure a safe working environment, minimizing the risk of accidents.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramApplications of the MECPOW X3 5W Laser EngraverThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver finds applications in various industries and creative endeavors. Some popular applications include:1. Personalization and CustomizationThe MECPOW X3 allows for the personalization and customization of items such as phone cases, keychains, and jewelry. With its high precision, users can engrave names, logos, or intricate designs, adding a unique touch to their belongings.2. Arts and CraftsArtists and crafters can utilize the MECPOW X3 to create intricate patterns, sculptures, and artwork on various materials. From wood carving to acrylic etching, the laser engraver opens up a world of creative possibilities.3. Signage and BrandingBusinesses can benefit from this Laser Engraver by creating custom signage, branding materials, and promotional items. The ability to engrave logos and text onto materials like wood or acrylic helps businesses establish a professional and memorable presence.4. Educational and DIY ProjectsIt is also a valuable tool for educational purposes and DIY projects. Students and hobbyists can use it to explore engineering, architecture, and design concepts, bringing their ideas to life with precision and creativity.How did it perform?The package was well protected, and arrived in under 6 days from EU Warehouse of Mecpow. Assembly was easy (especially if you use the online instructions, not the ones that come in the box). The machine engraves and cuts nicely, but some may ask for more power from a 5W optical power. You can only use the machine with a computer and a USB cable. Even with LaserGRBL or LightBurn (which require a computer) there is no WiFi, no smartphone app, and no mention anywhere on how to use the TF card.This means that you have to do some of the work initially, to get all things to work. After this is done, the procedure is quite easy and straightforward. I suggest you use the Lightburn application, which is easy to install on PC, Mac or Linux and it connects easily with the MECPOW X5.In the package, the company was also kind enough to include the鑱紽C1 Laser Engraver Enclosure along with the H44 Honeycomb Working table. Especially the latter is vital for the proper placement of all types of materials to be engraved, as it keeps them stable during the process – when the laser is active.Obviously you need a PC/Mac to use this machine. You connect your laptop/PC/Mac to the USB port of the engraver and after installing the drivers (there are useful information inside the user manual), you can use an app like LaserGRBL or LightBurn. These are the basic steps. After that you can create almost everything you wish, engraving on most types of materials, such as wood, acrylic, fabric, leather, and more.It has several safety features, an easy to use kill-switch, along with protective glasses inside the main package.MECPOW X3 review: our opinionThe MECPOW X3 5W Laser Engraver provides an excellent solution for precise and efficient engraving and cutting tasks. With its high precision, user-friendly interface, and safety features, it is a reliable tool for a wide range of applications. Whether you are a professional engraver or a hobbyist, this specific device is worth considering for your next project.One thing I found a bit tricky was the custom positioning procedure. This means every time you change the placement of the laser you have to manually reposition it. Would be nice to have some measurements or some predefined holders to avoid set up complications.Disclaimer: This article is sponsored by MECPOW. The views and opinions in this article are solely those of the author. Use the coupon: 15O9GBQI and get 15% discount from Amazon below:You can buy the Mecpow X3 from Amazon The Breakdown 4.3 8.6 For those seeking a well-balanced mid-range smartphone under 閳?5,000, the Infinix Zero 30 5G should definitely be on your radar. Camera 8.6 Performance 8.6 Quality 8.6 Value for money 8.6 Android OS 8.6 In the competitive smartphone market, Infinix is a brand that often goes unnoticed by many consumers. However, their devices consistently offer excellent value for money, boasting specifications and features that rival those of more well-known brands. Amongst these devices is the Infinix Zero 30 5G, a mid-range smartphone that delivers exceptional performance without breaking the bank. In this review, we will take a deep dive into the key aspects of the Infinix Zero 30 5G and evaluate its performance, design, display, camera capabilities, battery life, and overall value for money.Infinix Zero 30 5G specifications6.67-inch (1080 x 2400 pixels) FHD+ 10-bit AMOLED curved display, 144Hz refresh rate, 2160Hz PWM Dimming, up to 950 nits peak brightness, Corning Gorilla Glass 5 protectionOcta Core (4 x 2.6GHz A78+ 4 x 2GHz A55) Dimensity 8020 6nm processor with Mali-G77 MC9 GPU8GB / 12GB LPDDR4X RAM, 256GB UFS3.1 storageAndroid 13 with XOS 13Dual SIM (nano + nano)108MP rear camera with 1/1.67閳 Samsung HM6 sensor, f/1.75 aperture, OIS, 13MP 120鎺 ultra-wide camera with f/2.2 aperture and 2MP depth sensor with f/2.4 aperture, Aura light, 4K 60 fps video recording50MP front camera with Samsung ISOCELL JN1 sensor, f/2.45 aperture, dual LED flash, 4K 60 fps video recordingIn-display fingerprint sensorUSB Type-C audio, Stereo speakers, Hi-Res audioDimensions: 162.66鑴?5.89鑴?.1mm; Weight: 187gDust and Splash resistant (IP53)5G SA/NSA, Dual 4G VoLTE, Wi-Fi 802.11 ac, Bluetooth 5.2,GPS/GLONASS, USB Type-C, NFC5000mAh (Typical) battery with 68W PD 3.0 fast chargingDesign and Build QualityThe Infinix Zero 30 5G impresses with its sleek and premium design. Available in two attractive color options, Golden Hour and Rome Green, this smartphone catches your attention from the moment you see it. The Golden Hour variant features a glass back protected by Gorilla Glass 5, while the Rome Green variant offers a luxurious vegan leather back. Whichever option you choose, you’ll be greeted with a slim and lightweight device that feels great in the hand.The back panel of the Infinix Zero 30 5G showcases a prominent camera module, which adds a touch of elegance to the overall design. The camera island, with its golden color and metallic feel, may be polarizing for some users, but it certainly helps the phone stand out from the crowd. The device’s side buttons are tactile and responsive, and the inclusion of dual stereo speakers with DTS Sound and Hi-Res audio support is a welcome addition.IP53 water and dust protection is also provided, offering peace of mind against accidental splashes. Overall, the design and build quality of this smartphone are top-notch, making it a compelling choice in its price range.Display and Visual ExperienceFeaturing a stunning 6.78-inch AMOLED display, the Infinix Zero 30 5G boasts鑱紽ull HD+ resolution and a 144 Hz refresh rate. The curved display, with its minimal bezels on the sides and slightly thicker bezels at the top and bottom, offers an immersive visual experience. Scrolling on the high refresh rate feels incredibly smooth, and the display’s responsiveness enhances the overall usability of the device.Boasting 100% DCI-P3 color gamut support and 2,160 PWM dimming, the Infinix Zero 30 5G’s display ensures vibrant colors and impressive contrast. The display is also certified for Widevine L1, allowing for HD content streaming on popular OTT platforms. While the display is bright with a peak brightness rating of 950 nits, legibility under harsh sunlight is not a concern.However, it’s important to note that the Infinix Zero 30 5G’s display does not support HDR10, despite its mention in some specifications. This is a minor disappointment, but it does not detract from the overall visual experience provided by the device.Performance and PowerPowering the Infinix Zero 30 5G is the MediaTek Dimensity 8020 SoC, which ensures smooth and efficient performance. With options for either 8 GB or 12 GB of LPDDR4X RAM, multitasking on this device is a breeze. Infinix has also implemented Virtual RAM technology, providing additional memory to enhance the overall performance.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram The inclusion of 256 GB of UFS 3.1 storage ensures ample space for apps, photos, and videos. Though lacking expandable storage may be seen as a drawback, the generous internal storage capacity should suffice for most users’ needs. Benchmark tests show that the Infinix Zero 30 5G performs exceptionally well within its price segment. It achieves commendable scores in GeekBench and PCMark Work, indicating its capability to handle productivity-related tasks with ease. Gaming performance is also impressive, with the device delivering smooth gameplay in popular titles such as Call of Duty: Mobile and Asphalt 9.The Infinix Zero 30 5G offers a clean and visually pleasing software experience, thanks to the improvements made by Infinix in their XOS interface. Animations are smooth, icons appear clean, and the overall user interface is intuitive. While some pre-installed Infinix apps and third-party applications are present, they do not significantly detract from the overall user experience.Infinix Zero 30 5G Camera CapabilitiesNoteworthy is the camera setup of the Infinix Zero 30 5G, especially given its price point. The device features a 108 MP Samsung ISOCELL HM6 primary camera with optical image stabilization (OIS), a 13 MP ultrawide shooter, and a 2 MP macro lens. On the front, there is a 50 MP Samsung ISOCELL JN1 sensor for capturing high-resolution selfies. In daylight or indoor lighting conditions, the primary camera captures photos with good dynamic range and decent detail retention. Some loss of detail may occur upon closer inspection, but the overall image quality is more than satisfactory for social media sharing. However, the color reproduction can be inconsistent, with the camera occasionally favoring a slightly yellowish tone indoors.Close-up shots exhibit minimal fringing and a pleasing bokeh effect, while portrait shots demonstrate good edge detection. However, human skin tones can appear whitewashed, resulting in an unnatural look. The ultrawide camera performs adequately, although there may be instances of overexposed highlights and loss of detail at the corners of the frame.In low-light conditions, the performance of the Infinix Zero 30 5G’s cameras is less impressive. The main camera tends to produce images with noticeable noise and reduced detail levels. Therefore, it is advisable to use the device primarily for daytime photography.On the front, the 50 MP selfie camera captures decent self-portraits, despite occasional focusing issues. The problem of over-smoothening and whitening of facial features persists, but overall, the camera delivers satisfactory results in well-lit conditions.Battery Life and ChargingWith a 5,000 mAh battery and 68 W PD 3.0 fast charging, the Zero 30 5G offers a reliable battery life. In our tests, the device reached a full charge from empty in just 49 minutes! This makes it convenient for users on the go. The battery endurance of the Infinix Zero 30 5G is decent. It offers over a day’s worth of usage for most casual users. However, heavy users may need to recharge the device in the evening or before going to bed. During our 4K video loop test, the Infinix Zero 30 5G lasted an impressive 14 hours and 14 minutes, indicating its ability to handle extended multimedia consumption. The inclusion of 68 W fast charging ensures that you can quickly top up the device whenever necessary.Infinix Zero 30 5G review: ConclusionGiven its competitive price point, the Infinix Zero 30 5G provides exceptional value for money. With its premium design, vibrant display, powerful performance, and capable camera setup, this mid-range smartphone stands out in the crowded market. While there are some minor drawbacks, such as mediocre low-light camera performance and limited software updates, the overall package provided by the Infinix Zero 30 5G is impressive.
The Breakdown 4.3 8.6 Even if youre not a party maniac, the Tronsmart Bang Max can be a nice piece of equipment in your office or home, playing soft and relaxing music.聽Either way, everyone you show it to will certainly hold their breath at first sight, as well as at first sound. Sound quality 8.6 Build quality 8.6 Connectivity 8.6 Value for money 8.6 Tronsmart Bang Max may sound unusual, but the name perfectly captures the essence of this impressive gadget. Tronsmart is a well-known name in the Bluetooth speakers world, and what is more important, their products are affordable, without compromising the quality.We’ve already tested other Tronsmart Bluetooth speakers in the Reviews section, but Bang Max is the flagship. It offers an output power of 130W, which is more than you can handle in your apartment if you want to be a nice neighbor. Otherwise, shake them up, and wait for the police to tell you that your party is over.Tronsmart Bang Max can seamlessly blend into your home decor if you adhere to the rules of good neighborly conduct. For instance, adjust the volume to half its maximum power. But, when you take it outside, it turns into a party beast. What’s more important, if your party on the beach lasts more than you expected, don’t worry. Tronsmart Bang Max battery can handle an impressive 24 hours on a single charge.Buy it from Amazon USYou can buy it from Amazon UKBuy it from Tronsmart websiteTronsmart Bang Max SpecificationsModelBang MaxColorBlackBluetooth Version5.Audio CodecSBCBluetooth CompatibilityA2DP/AVRCPTransmission Distance18m/59ftFrequency Range60Hz-20KHzPlaytime(Varied by Light Display, Volume Level & Audio Contents)LED Off: Up to 24 Hours(On a 50% Volume)Karaoke: Up to 10 Hours(On a 60% Volume)Battery Capacity18000mAh(11.1V/6000mAh)Power InputDC 15V-2AOutput Power130WIP RatingIPX6Charging Time5 HoursFrequency Band2402-2480MHzMaximum Transmit PowerBluetooth: 0.8dBm Bluetooth LE: -0.29dBmTronsmart Bang Max design and handlingThe form factor of this Bluetooth speaker reminds me of cassette players from the 80s. Not because of its design. The design itself is in harmony with the current era, but the way it’s constructed teases you to carry it on your shoulder and get out to the streets. Of course, this handle is needed for transportation and has an overall weight of 6 kg.To be honest, it’s a little bit heavy for my taste, but if you need true power and like to take advantage of its great battery life, you can handle these six kilograms with minimum effort.Oh, the light show. The speaker is equipped with a light show on the sides, with vibrant colors changing all the time you play the music. It’s really eye-catchy, and can spice up your party on the beach, park, or wherever you want to play the music loud.Water resistance is an essential feature of such devices. Not only in terms of beach parting but also at home. Just try to recall all your parties in the past, when someone accidentally spills drinks and makes damage. For that purpose, the Tronsmart Bang Max comes with an IPX6 certificate.Tronsmart Bang Max connectivity and on-body controlsApart from Bluetooth, this speaker can be connected to other devices with cables, through a variety of jacks and connectors. You have a 3.5mm audio jack which enters the AUX-in mode. There is also a TF (microSD) memory card slot, as well as a USB-A port if you want to play music directly, without using the Bluetooth connection.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram On the back, there are two Mic ports, where one of them can be used for plugging the guitar. Well, if you are more familiar with the music, you can impress your friends with your hard rock repertoire. You can even sing through the karaoke mode, of course, when nobody’s around. There’s also a DC connector because no matter how long the battery lasts, you will have to charge the speaker before living la vida loca. These jacks and ports are protected with a well-built gasket. Just don’t forget to put it back into place before you take your 聽Tronsmart Bang Max to the beach.On the front side, we have regular controls like the power button, BT pairing button, volume controls, next track button, Stereo pairing, Pulse equalizer, TrueConn, and Echo buttons. Everything else you want to do with the device is accessible through the app.The Tronsmart mobile appEven though you can play music and control most functions solely from the paired phone, there is an app in Google Play and App Store. The pairing to my Samsung phone was easy, even before I installed the app.When you do install it, you get many other functions, like equalizer. There is also preset mode like Deep Bass, Classical, and 鈥濻oundPulse鈥 option which activates increased basses without any distortion. This can be very pleasurable, depending on your music taste. There are also basic controls, just like those on the device itself, but if you’re in a crowded room or on the beach, it’s way easier to manage it on your phone.Tronsmart Bang Max experienceNowadays, many people start the track on YouTube or Spotify and play it on any kind of Bluetooth speaker, so they’re often disappointed. Well, in that case, don’t blame the speaker. It’s your phone. Namely, I tried playing the same YouTube track on my Samsung Galaxy Z Zold 4, and Redmi Note 12 Pro. The results were pretty different. Samsung reproduced the song way better than Redmi, and the reason for that is the quality of the sound chip on the phones.Also, you must keep in mind that not all YouTube tracks use the same codec. What’s more important, there are many songs with old codecs and poor bitrates. Those can affect the reproduction and quality of your music. This may not be noticeable on the phone, but when you reproduce the music to the speaker like Tronsmart Bang Max, you realize that it actually matters.Of course, when you play the music in your home, at low volume, you’re fine. But if you’re a party beast, you should consider downloading the original music file with the latest codecs. That guarantees the quality much more than streaming. In the end, it would be best if you use your music on the SD card, and simply put it into the slot. You can also use your USB memory stick. Yet, in that case, you can compromise water resistance due to the size of the stick.ConclusionThe Tronsmart Bang Max is really impressive Bluetooth speaker. In fact, it’s one of the best I’ve ever tested, especially when you consider its under $200 retail price. For affordable, you get great sound, an eye-catching light show, and very good sound quality. Also, a wild 130W of output power is an essential feature, as well as water resistance. The latter can be crucial if you party on the beach.Of course, if I had to describe the Tronsmart Bang Max with one word, it would be – Madness. The loudness of the speaker is mad. It can even be compared to the sound system of my car. Well, not exactly, but would you park your car on the beach to play the music? Maybe you would, but it’s safer to party with a Bluetooth speaker like this.The Breakdown 4.3 8.6 Even if youre not a party maniac, the Tronsmart Bang Max can be a nice piece of equipment in your office or home, playing soft and relaxing music.聽Either way, everyone you show it to will certainly hold their breath at first sight, as well as at first sound. Sound quality 8.6 Build quality 8.6 Connectivity 8.6 Value for money 8.6 Tronsmart Bang Max may sound unusual, but the name perfectly captures the essence of this impressive gadget. Tronsmart is a well-known name in the Bluetooth speakers world, and what is more important, their products are affordable, without compromising the quality.We’ve already tested other Tronsmart Bluetooth speakers in the Reviews section, but Bang Max is the flagship. It offers an output power of 130W, which is more than you can handle in your apartment if you want to be a nice neighbor. Otherwise, shake them up, and wait for the police to tell you that your party is over.Tronsmart Bang Max can seamlessly blend into your home decor if you adhere to the rules of good neighborly conduct. For instance, adjust the volume to half its maximum power. But, when you take it outside, it turns into a party beast. What’s more important, if your party on the beach lasts more than you expected, don’t worry. Tronsmart Bang Max battery can handle an impressive 24 hours on a single charge.Buy it from Amazon USYou can buy it from Amazon UKBuy it from Tronsmart websiteTronsmart Bang Max SpecificationsModelBang MaxColorBlackBluetooth Version5.Audio CodecSBCBluetooth CompatibilityA2DP/AVRCPTransmission Distance18m/59ftFrequency Range60Hz-20KHzPlaytime(Varied by Light Display, Volume Level & Audio Contents)LED Off: Up to 24 Hours(On a 50% Volume)Karaoke: Up to 10 Hours(On a 60% Volume)Battery Capacity18000mAh(11.1V/6000mAh)Power InputDC 15V-2AOutput Power130WIP RatingIPX6Charging Time5 HoursFrequency Band2402-2480MHzMaximum Transmit PowerBluetooth: 0.8dBm Bluetooth LE: -0.29dBmTronsmart Bang Max design and handlingThe form factor of this Bluetooth speaker reminds me of cassette players from the 80s. Not because of its design. The design itself is in harmony with the current era, but the way it’s constructed teases you to carry it on your shoulder and get out to the streets. Of course, this handle is needed for transportation and has an overall weight of 6 kg.To be honest, it’s a little bit heavy for my taste, but if you need true power and like to take advantage of its great battery life, you can handle these six kilograms with minimum effort.Oh, the light show. The speaker is equipped with a light show on the sides, with vibrant colors changing all the time you play the music. It’s really eye-catchy, and can spice up your party on the beach, park, or wherever you want to play the music loud.Water resistance is an essential feature of such devices. Not only in terms of beach parting but also at home. Just try to recall all your parties in the past, when someone accidentally spills drinks and makes damage. For that purpose, the Tronsmart Bang Max comes with an IPX6 certificate.Tronsmart Bang Max connectivity and on-body controlsApart from Bluetooth, this speaker can be connected to other devices with cables, through a variety of jacks and connectors. You have a 3.5mm audio jack which enters the AUX-in mode. There is also a TF (microSD) memory card slot, as well as a USB-A port if you want to play music directly, without using the Bluetooth connection.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram On the back, there are two Mic ports, where one of them can be used for plugging the guitar. Well, if you are more familiar with the music, you can impress your friends with your hard rock repertoire. You can even sing through the karaoke mode, of course, when nobody’s around. There’s also a DC connector because no matter how long the battery lasts, you will have to charge the speaker before living la vida loca. These jacks and ports are protected with a well-built gasket. Just don’t forget to put it back into place before you take your 聽Tronsmart Bang Max to the beach.On the front side, we have regular controls like the power button, BT pairing button, volume controls, next track button, Stereo pairing, Pulse equalizer, TrueConn, and Echo buttons. Everything else you want to do with the device is accessible through the app.The Tronsmart mobile appEven though you can play music and control most functions solely from the paired phone, there is an app in Google Play and App Store. The pairing to my Samsung phone was easy, even before I installed the app.When you do install it, you get many other functions, like equalizer. There is also preset mode like Deep Bass, Classical, and 鈥濻oundPulse鈥 option which activates increased basses without any distortion. This can be very pleasurable, depending on your music taste. There are also basic controls, just like those on the device itself, but if you’re in a crowded room or on the beach, it’s way easier to manage it on your phone.Tronsmart Bang Max experienceNowadays, many people start the track on YouTube or Spotify and play it on any kind of Bluetooth speaker, so they’re often disappointed. Well, in that case, don’t blame the speaker. It’s your phone. Namely, I tried playing the same YouTube track on my Samsung Galaxy Z Zold 4, and Redmi Note 12 Pro. The results were pretty different. Samsung reproduced the song way better than Redmi, and the reason for that is the quality of the sound chip on the phones.Also, you must keep in mind that not all YouTube tracks use the same codec. What’s more important, there are many songs with old codecs and poor bitrates. Those can affect the reproduction and quality of your music. This may not be noticeable on the phone, but when you reproduce the music to the speaker like Tronsmart Bang Max, you realize that it actually matters.Of course, when you play the music in your home, at low volume, you’re fine. But if you’re a party beast, you should consider downloading the original music file with the latest codecs. That guarantees the quality much more than streaming. In the end, it would be best if you use your music on the SD card, and simply put it into the slot. You can also use your USB memory stick. Yet, in that case, you can compromise water resistance due to the size of the stick.ConclusionThe Tronsmart Bang Max is really impressive Bluetooth speaker. In fact, it’s one of the best I’ve ever tested, especially when you consider its under $200 retail price. For affordable, you get great sound, an eye-catching light show, and very good sound quality. Also, a wild 130W of output power is an essential feature, as well as water resistance. The latter can be crucial if you party on the beach.Of course, if I had to describe the Tronsmart Bang Max with one word, it would be – Madness. The loudness of the speaker is mad. It can even be compared to the sound system of my car. Well, not exactly, but would you park your car on the beach to play the music? Maybe you would, but it’s safer to party with a Bluetooth speaker like this.The Breakdown 4.2 8.3 Its a budget-friendly tablet that offers several features that make it a reliable device with IP68 and IP69K certification for protection against dust, water, and shocks. In other words, its a TANK, and if youre looking for one, then you can have it! Durability 8.3 Android 8.3 Quality 8.3 Camera 8.3 Performance 8.3 Are you an outdoor enthusiast or a professional working in demanding industries? Are you tired of fragile tablets that can’t withstand the toughest environments? Look no further! Cubot, the Chinese tech company, has released its latest rugged tablet named Cubot Tab KingKong. This budget-friendly tablet is designed to be your reliable companion, offering durability and exceptional performance beyond expectations.鑱絀n this review, we will delve into the various features and specifications that make the Cubot Tab KingKong a VFM performer in the rugged tablet market. From its rugged design and build quality to its performance and long-lasting battery life, we will explore everything you need to know about this device.Specifications – Cubot Tab KingKongLatest Android 1310.1″ FHD+ screen16GB RAM (8GB+8GB Extended)IP68/IP69K (Waterproof, Dustproof, Shockproof)MT8788 Octa-Core10600mAh Battery256GB ROM16MP Main LensDesign and Build QualityThe Cubot Tab KingKong boasts a rugged yet stylish design, making it stand out in the market of durable tablets. The combination of polycarbonate and metal materials ensures a sturdy construction that can withstand harsh conditions. Its reinforced unibody design provides additional protection against dust, water, and shocks, making it an ideal choice for users who frequently find themselves in challenging environments.One of the standout features of the Tab KingKong’s design is the rubberized edges. They offer a secure grip, reducing the chances of accidental slips, even during intense use. Its overall build quality exudes durability, giving you peace of mind when using it in rugged outdoor settings or demanding work environments.Durability of Cubot Tab KingKongDurability is a defining feature of the Cubot Tab KingKong. It sets it apart from standard tablets in the market. Built to withstand the toughest environments, the device is engineered with rugged materials and certified with IP68 and IP69K ratings for durability.The IP68 rating ensures complete protection against dust and submersion in water up to 1.5 meters for 30 minutes. This feature makes it resistant to dust ingress and accidental spills. So it’s suitable for outdoor activities or work in challenging environments where dust and water are common. Furthermore, the IP69K rating offers exceptional resistance against high-pressure water and steam, making it a reliable companion in environments with intense water exposure, such as industrial or outdoor settings.Screen QualityThe screen quality of the Cubot Tab KingKong is decent. It provides users with an adequate visual experience. The device features a 10.1-inch FHD+ IPS touch screen, with nice colors and decent details. With a resolution of 1200 x 1920 pixels, it’s what you’d expect obviously. It’s not bad for streaming movies, playing games, and working on tasks. The FHD+ resolution ensures that images and videos appear nice, allowing users to enjoy content with clarity.The IPS technology further enhances the viewing angles, providing consistent and accurate colors. This feature is particularly useful when sharing the screen with others or when adjusting the tablet’s position during use. The touch responsiveness of the screen is quite precise, ensuring seamless navigation and interaction with applications and content. Whether you’re swiping, tapping, or using multi-touch gestures, the screen registers your actions accurately, enhancing the overall user experience.Latest Android 13The Cubot Tab KingKong comes with the latest Android 13 operating system. Android 13 brings a range of improvements, making the tablet more intuitive, secure, and user-friendly. It introduces a refined user interface with smoother animations and transitions. The improved UI enhances the overall user experience, making navigation and interaction with the tablet more seamless and enjoyable. Security is a top priority in Android 13, and the operating system includes various measures to protect user data and privacy. This includes enhanced app permissions, stronger encryption, and more robust security protocols. The operating system is optimized for performance, ensuring that the tablet runs smoothly and efficiently. It is designed to make the most out of the tablet’s hardware capabilities, providing faster app launches, improved multitasking, and better overall system performance.Also, you have access to an ecosystem of apps and services through the Google Play Store. Thankfully it is NOT filled with bloatware apps, something that most of us quite enjoy. Nice work Cubot!Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramPerformance and StorageThe Tab KingKong offers VFM performance and storage capabilities, I must admit. This makes it a somewhat powerful and efficient device for various tasks. At its heart lies an 8-Core MT8788 processor. This processor delivers lightning-fast speeds and ensures smooth multitasking. This allows users to run multiple applications simultaneously without experiencing significant lags. From browsing the internet to editing documents and playing games, the Tab KingKong handles all tasks with ease and efficiency. The 8-Core processor is complemented by up to 16GB of RAM (8+8GB RAM), which provides ample memory for app switching and improved overall performance. The generous RAM capacity ensures that the tablet can handle resource-intensive applications and complex tasks effortlessly.In terms of storage, the Cubot Tab KingKong offers ample space to store all your files, documents, and multimedia content. It comes with a base storage option of 256GB, but it also supports expandable storage via a microSD card, allowing users to add up to an additional 1TB of storage.Cameras setupWhile the Tab KingKong’s camera setup may not match the capabilities of high-end smartphones, it still provides a decent photography experience. Whether you want to capture landscapes, candid moments, or group selfies, the rear and front cameras of the Tab KingKong are sufficient for everyday photography needs.The rear camera of the Tab KingKong features a 16MP sensor with autofocus (AF) capabilities. This high-resolution lens enables users to capture clear images, even in challenging lighting conditions. The autofocus ensures that subjects remain in focus, making it easier to capture fast-moving objects or scenes. Additionally, the rear camera is accompanied by a 0.5A LED flashlight, which provides illumination in low-light situations, enhancing the quality of photos taken in dimly lit environments. On the front side of the tablet, there is an 8MP front camera. This front-facing camera is perfect for video calls, selfies, and online meetings. It enables users to take clear and detailed self-portraits and engage in high-quality video calls with friends, family, or colleagues.Battery LifeThe Cubot Tab KingKong boasts an impressive battery life, making it a reliable companion for users who require extended usage without the need for frequent recharging. The tablet is powered by a large 10600mAh battery, which offers substantial capacity to keep the device running for extended periods. This high-capacity battery ensures that users can engage in various activities throughout the day, such as web browsing, video playback, gaming, and more, without worrying about running out of power.The energy-efficient 8-Core processor, along with optimizations in the software, contributes to the tablet’s battery life. The processor ensures that tasks are executed efficiently, reducing unnecessary power consumption and extending the time between charges. The Cubot Tab KingKong’s battery life may vary depending on individual usage patterns and settings, but on average, I had up to 10 hours of continuous video playback or up to 5 hours of continuous gaming. For general use, such as web browsing or reading documents, it could easily last throughout my day.Furthermore, the tablet comes with power-saving features and battery optimization settings that allows us to further extend the battery life by customizing power consumption based on our needs.Navigation and ConnectivityNavigation:鑱絋he tablet comes equipped with built-in GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, and A-GPS support. This ensures accurate location tracking and reliable navigation. The inclusion of multiple satellite systems enhances the tablet’s positioning accuracy. This way you can find your destination even in areas with limited GPS signal availability.Connectivity:鑱絋he Cubot Tab KingKong offers versatile connectivity options to keep users connected no matter where they are. The tablet supports dual Nano-SIM cards or a combination of one Nano-SIM and one TF card, allowing users to stay connected to their mobile network for calls, messaging, and internet access. With global network compatibility, the Tab KingKong it provides decent connectivity in various regions around the world.For internet connectivity, it supports Wi-Fi 2.4GHz and 5GHz, providing fast and stable internet access when connected to a Wi-Fi network. The 5GHz capability allows for quicker data transfer and smoother online experiences. Additionally, the Tab KingKong features Bluetooth 4.2, enabling users to connect wirelessly to other Bluetooth-enabled devices, such as speakers, headphones, and keyboards.ConclusionGuys, I liked it A LOT! The Cubot Tab KingKong stands out as a rugged and mid-range tablet designed to cater to the needs of adventurous individuals, outdoor lovers, and professionals working in demanding environments. It’s a budget-friendly tablet that offers several features that make it a reliable device with IP68 and IP69K certification for protection against dust, water, and shocks.It’s a TANK, and if you’re looking for one, then you can have it!Price and availabilityThe Breakdown 4.2 8.4 As you may have guessed, the Cubot Note 50 is a budget smartphone that offers decent features and performance at an affordable price. Combined with its attractive design and some nice extra features, including NFC support and a side-mounted fingerprint sensor, the Cubot Note 50 is a decent choice for budget-conscious consumers. Performance 8.4 Battery life 8.4 Camera 8.4 Android 8.4 Value for money 8.4 In the world of budget smartphones, finding a device that strikes the perfect balance between affordability and functionality can be a challenge. However, Chinese company Cubot has managed to break the mold with their latest Cubot Note 50. A device packing nice features and specifications into an affordable package. In this hands-on review, we’ll take a closer look at the Cubot Note 50 and explore its key features, camera capabilities, and more.Design and DisplayThe Cubot Note 50 may not win any awards for its design, but it surely has a clean and functional aesthetic. It sports a 6.56-inch IPS display with a resolution of 1612×720 pixels. While the resolution may not be the highest, the IPS panel compensates with natural color reproduction and a 90Hz refresh rate. This results in smooth scrolling and an immersive viewing experience. The wide lower bezels of the screen and the outdated design of the 8-megapixel selfie camera may be noticeable, but they are forgivable considering the device’s affordable price tag.Performance and SoftwareUnder the hood, the Cubot Note 50 is powered by the UNISOC Tiger T606 processor. It’s an 8-core chipset that ensures smooth performance and efficient multitasking. Running on the latest Android 13 operating system, the device offers decent responsiveness. With 8GB of RAM, you can expect fast app launches and smooth navigation through the interface. While the Note 50 can handle most everyday tasks with ease, resource-intensive games may experience occasional lags on minimal graphics presets. Nevertheless, the device strikes a good balance between performance and energy efficiency, thanks to the UNISOC Tiger T606 chipset.You can buy the Cubot Note 50 from here Storage and Battery LifeStorage is often a concern for budget smartphones. The Cubot Note 50 however addresses this with its generous 256GB of internal storage. This allows users to store a large number of apps, photos, videos, and other media files without worrying about running out of space. Additionally, the device supports expandable storage via a microSD card. Powering the Note 50 is a 5200 mAh battery, which offers impressive endurance. With moderate use, the device can easily last for two days without recharge. This is a significant advantage for users who are always on the go and need a smartphone that can keep up with their busy lifestyle.Cubot Note 50 review: Camera CapabilitiesIn the photography department, the Cubot Note 50 can please with its dual-camera setup. The main camera consists of a 50-megapixel sensor paired with a 2-megapixel sensor. This allows for detailed and sharp daytime shots with minimal noise and blurring. Its camera performs well in well-lit environments, capturing vibrant and true-to-life colors.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram However, in low-light conditions, the camera may struggle to produce the same level of quality. I wouldn’t push it hard in this area. It’s best to reserve evening photo shoots for more expensive devices. On the front, an 8-megapixel camera is available for selfies and video calls, providing decent image quality for self-portraits and participating in virtual meetings. Not during the night however.Additional FeaturesThe Cubot Note 50 offers a range of additional features that enhance the overall user experience. The device supports NFC contactless payments, allowing users to make quick and secure transactions at supported merchants. This is a convenient feature that simplifies the payment process in supermarkets and other stores. Additionally, the Note 50 features a side-mounted fingerprint sensor for fast and secure unlocking. The sensor is conveniently located and offers reliable performance. Ensuring that only authorized users can access the device. Unfortunately the Note 50 does not feature stereo sound, but it does come with a 3.5mm headphone jack. This will allowed me to enjoy my favorite music with wired headphones. Cubot Note 50 review: connectivityThere’s full support for various connectivity options to keep you connected wherever you go. It is compatible with GSM technology, allowing users to make calls and access data on 2G, 3G, and 4G networks. The device also supports Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, for seamless internet access and fast data speeds when connected to compatible networks. Bluetooth v5.0 is available for wireless connectivity with other devices. You can connect with headphones, speakers, and smartwatches with ease. GPS with A-GPS and GLONASS support provides accurate and reliable navigation, guiding you to your destination with ease. Additionally, the Note 50 features a USB Type-C port for fast data transfer and charging.Cubot Note 50: Colors and AvailabilityThe Cubot Note 50 is available in a range of attractive colors. Options include Sleek Black, Vibrant Blue, Sophisticated Purple, and Refreshing Green. Each color variant adds a touch of personality to the device, but I prefer the Sleek Black. The Note 50 is readily available for purchase from Cubot Official Store and Aliexpress. I think it’s an appealing option for those looking for a budget smartphone that doesn’t compromise on performance or features.
The Breakdown 4.2 8.4 As you may have guessed, the Cubot Note 50 is a budget smartphone that offers decent features and performance at an affordable price. Combined with its attractive design and some nice extra features, including NFC support and a side-mounted fingerprint sensor, the Cubot Note 50 is a decent choice for budget-conscious consumers. Performance 8.4 Battery life 8.4 Camera 8.4 Android 8.4 Value for money 8.4 In the world of budget smartphones, finding a device that strikes the perfect balance between affordability and functionality can be a challenge. However, Chinese company Cubot has managed to break the mold with their latest Cubot Note 50. A device packing nice features and specifications into an affordable package. In this hands-on review, we’ll take a closer look at the Cubot Note 50 and explore its key features, camera capabilities, and more.Design and DisplayThe Cubot Note 50 may not win any awards for its design, but it surely has a clean and functional aesthetic. It sports a 6.56-inch IPS display with a resolution of 1612×720 pixels. While the resolution may not be the highest, the IPS panel compensates with natural color reproduction and a 90Hz refresh rate. This results in smooth scrolling and an immersive viewing experience. The wide lower bezels of the screen and the outdated design of the 8-megapixel selfie camera may be noticeable, but they are forgivable considering the device’s affordable price tag.Performance and SoftwareUnder the hood, the Cubot Note 50 is powered by the UNISOC Tiger T606 processor. It’s an 8-core chipset that ensures smooth performance and efficient multitasking. Running on the latest Android 13 operating system, the device offers decent responsiveness. With 8GB of RAM, you can expect fast app launches and smooth navigation through the interface. While the Note 50 can handle most everyday tasks with ease, resource-intensive games may experience occasional lags on minimal graphics presets. Nevertheless, the device strikes a good balance between performance and energy efficiency, thanks to the UNISOC Tiger T606 chipset.You can buy the Cubot Note 50 from here Storage and Battery LifeStorage is often a concern for budget smartphones. The Cubot Note 50 however addresses this with its generous 256GB of internal storage. This allows users to store a large number of apps, photos, videos, and other media files without worrying about running out of space. Additionally, the device supports expandable storage via a microSD card. Powering the Note 50 is a 5200 mAh battery, which offers impressive endurance. With moderate use, the device can easily last for two days without recharge. This is a significant advantage for users who are always on the go and need a smartphone that can keep up with their busy lifestyle.Cubot Note 50 review: Camera CapabilitiesIn the photography department, the Cubot Note 50 can please with its dual-camera setup. The main camera consists of a 50-megapixel sensor paired with a 2-megapixel sensor. This allows for detailed and sharp daytime shots with minimal noise and blurring. Its camera performs well in well-lit environments, capturing vibrant and true-to-life colors.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on Telegram However, in low-light conditions, the camera may struggle to produce the same level of quality. I wouldn’t push it hard in this area. It’s best to reserve evening photo shoots for more expensive devices. On the front, an 8-megapixel camera is available for selfies and video calls, providing decent image quality for self-portraits and participating in virtual meetings. Not during the night however.Additional FeaturesThe Cubot Note 50 offers a range of additional features that enhance the overall user experience. The device supports NFC contactless payments, allowing users to make quick and secure transactions at supported merchants. This is a convenient feature that simplifies the payment process in supermarkets and other stores. Additionally, the Note 50 features a side-mounted fingerprint sensor for fast and secure unlocking. The sensor is conveniently located and offers reliable performance. Ensuring that only authorized users can access the device. Unfortunately the Note 50 does not feature stereo sound, but it does come with a 3.5mm headphone jack. This will allowed me to enjoy my favorite music with wired headphones. Cubot Note 50 review: connectivityThere’s full support for various connectivity options to keep you connected wherever you go. It is compatible with GSM technology, allowing users to make calls and access data on 2G, 3G, and 4G networks. The device also supports Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, for seamless internet access and fast data speeds when connected to compatible networks. Bluetooth v5.0 is available for wireless connectivity with other devices. You can connect with headphones, speakers, and smartwatches with ease. GPS with A-GPS and GLONASS support provides accurate and reliable navigation, guiding you to your destination with ease. Additionally, the Note 50 features a USB Type-C port for fast data transfer and charging.Cubot Note 50: Colors and AvailabilityThe Cubot Note 50 is available in a range of attractive colors. Options include Sleek Black, Vibrant Blue, Sophisticated Purple, and Refreshing Green. Each color variant adds a touch of personality to the device, but I prefer the Sleek Black. The Note 50 is readily available for purchase from Cubot Official Store and Aliexpress. I think it’s an appealing option for those looking for a budget smartphone that doesn’t compromise on performance or features.The Breakdown 4.7 9.4 The ZimaBoard Single Board Server is an extremely versatile board. It comes with very affordable price tag and has reasonably great specs. As a matter of fact, its the perfect solution for those who are looking for something in between a fully packed PC and a Raspberry Pi or Arduino. Design 9.4 Cooling 9.4 Versatility 9.4 Value for money 9.4 Performance 9.4 Pros Sleek design. Great passive cooling. Offers surprisingly great performance. Versatile connectivity options. Small and has an easy setup process. Open source and has a large community. Cons No hardware power switch. Does not come with any documentations. Have you noticed the increasing cost of storage services, VPN subscriptions, and streaming platforms? And let’s not forget to mention that all the digital services you take use your data. So, wouldn’t it be nice if you could build your own solution that offers you complete control? Meet the ZimaBoard Single Board Server!But what exactly is it? If I were to explain it to you simply, ZimaBoard is a tiny computer that lets you build your own backup network storage, file sharing, streaming, VPN, and BitTorrent client solution.And those are just a few examples of what you can do with the ZimaBoard. It comes equipped with the right combination of hardware, which will let you make pretty much anything you want.You can install Windows 11, PfSense, Android, OpenWrt, and Linux on it. After installing one, you can do everything that ZimaBoard’s hardware allows you to do. Want to know more about this amazing single-board hackable device? Keep reading, as I will share everything I’ve learned from my experience with the board.ZimaBoard Single Board Server ConfigurationsSo, the main focus of ZimaBoard is to keep the hardware configuration powerful yet energy efficient. Depending on the model you choose, you get the Intel N3350 or the Intel N3450. The first is a dual-core processor, while the latter has four cores. And both of them are extremely power efficient, with a TDP rating of just 6W.ZimaBoard versions with specsWhen it comes to the RAM, you get 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB of LPDDR4 RAM. There’s onboard storage too. You can either get it with 16GB or 32GB eMMC 5.1 storage. Yes, this amount of onboard storage is not good enough for the applications I’ve mentioned above. And that’s basically where other aspects of the ZimaBoard come through.It offers many connectivity options for external devices, including:1x PCIe 2.0 with four lanes2x GbE LAN Ports with Realtek 811H2x USB 3.0 ports1x Mini DisplayPort (DP 1.2)Here, the display port of the ZimaBoard is capable of outputting 4K at 60Hz. And besides all of these ports, a power input takes DC 12V.What’s Included in the BoxI must admit, IceWhale has done a great job of making the unboxing enjoyable. And the great part is that you get pretty much everything you need to start making with the ZimaBoard.To be specific, the box of ZimaBoard contains:ZimaboardOne power adapter with multiple attachable outlet convertersOne SATA cableTwo stickersA letter from the creatorBox ContentGet the ZimaBoard from AmazonGet the ZimaBoard from the Official SiteWhat I Used the ZimaBoard Single Board Server ForThe model that I have with me is ZimaBoard 832. It comes with 32GB of onboard storage, 8GB of RAM, and four-core Intel Celeron N3450. I do have experience with building stuff with Adruino before. And with the power of this board, I know that I can make way cooler solutions for my home network experience.But I really needed a network storage solution. And as I already have a 1TB laptop HDD lying around, I got into working to make my ZimaBoard a personal and fully secure network storage drive.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramThing I NeededAs I mentioned earlier, ZimaBoard basically comes with everything to get started right away. But for my little project, the additional things I needed are:1TB HDDRJ45 to RJ45 ethernet cableSetup ProcessThe overall setup process is very easy. To power the ZimaBoard on, you only need to attach the right outlet converter to the power adapter and plug it into the wall. To configure the system, you have two options. First, you can connect a Mini Display port cable to an external display.Second, you can hook the ZimaBoard to your router and use the WebUI (CasaOS). As I didn’t have a Mini Display port lying around, I opted for the WebUI with an RJ45-to-RJ45 cable.User-friendly WebUI (CasaOS)Then, all I had to do was type鑱絟ttp://casaos.local/鑱給n my browser, and I was greeted with a clean and intuitive WebUI. As this was my first time, I had to create an account, and that’s pretty much it. I was logged into the WebUI. There, I was greeted by the app store.App StoreTo my surprise, the app store comes with tons of apps. Of course, for my small project, I did not need to use any of them. But considering that many apps are already available in the app store, you should be able to do many things with them.Configuring My Network File Sharing/Storage SolutionSo, for my network file-sharing/storage solution, I had to make the external HDD work like storage for ZimaBoard. It was pretty easy. The board picked up the HDD right away. And after that, all I had to do was press “Create Storage.”Configuring the external storageAfterward, I got into the file manager of ZimaBoard and created a new folder. If you are planning to do the same with your board, make sure you are creating the folder on the HDD, not the eMMC storage of the board.Sharing the network folderThen, all that was left to do was to share the folder. The UI gave me copyable the shared network folder link, which I could use from both Windows and Mac devices. And I know that it’s even possible to create a fully fledge Google Drive or One Drive solution. I will definitely start working on soon.Final Thoughts on Zimaboard Single Board ServerIn my view, the Zimaboard single-board server has perfectly filled in the gap between full-fledged computers and hobbyist systems such as Raspberry Pi and Arduino. The open-source nature and a huge community can make anything possible with this board.
The Breakdown 4.5 9 The Happrun H1 is a great affordable projector. For the price, you get superb picture quality, great sound performance, and a screen that can extend up to 200 inches. Picture Quality 9 Built-in Speaker Sound Quality 9 Setup Process 9 Ease of Use 9 Value For the Money 9 Connectivity Options 9 Pros Affordable.Can output up to a 200-inch screen.1080p FullHD projection.Easy setup and easy to control.Great built-in speakers. Cons No built-in wireless cast/screen mirroring functions.Includes a mediocre projector screen. Yes, it’s possible to get smart TVs for a very reasonable price these days. But purchasing a TV under $100 generally means settling for either a 720p model or a screen smaller than 32 inches. So, does that mean you cannot get a proper large-screen home theater setup without breaking the bank? With the Happrun H1 projector, you can!Now, there are a lot of projectors under $100 that can project large-sized screens. But not all of them can offer crisp image quality, great sound, and, most importantly, a hassle-free setup process. And that’s precisely where the Happrun H1 projector excels!Want to learn more? Having thoroughly tested the projector, I’ve explored its full range of capabilities. So, if you are looking for an in-depth review, you are in the right place!What’s In the BoxFor a projector that is less than $100, I must admit, the packaging and box content of the Happrun H1 are really nice. You basically get everything to get started with the projector. That includes:Happrun H1 ProjectorPower cableHDMI cableComponent cable100-inch proejction screenRemoteUser guideService cardHere, the inclusion of the 100-inch projection screen is one of the standouts. This saved me the trouble of buying a separate projection screen.Everything That Makes the Happrun H1 Projector Worth PurchasingFor a projector that costs less than $100, the Happrun H1 projector has to lot to offer. Let me give you a rundown of all the features of the projector that managed to amaze me:Setup ProcessAs mentioned earlier, you get everything out of the box. After unboxing, all I had to do was get the included screen on the wall, find the right placement for the Happrun H1 projector, get it powered, and get a source installed on the back. That’s it! Simple, right?Talking of which, you get multiple options to get a source connected to the Happrun H1. On the back, you will find the following:1x HDMI input2x USB inputs1x Component inputHere, the composite input connects old-fashioned multimedia devices, such as a PlayStation 1 or an old Wii gaming console. The USB and HDMI ports are for modern connections.For my case, I have hooked up the Happrun H1 to an Amazon Fire TV stick. But if you do not have an Android TV stick, you can use your laptop, PC, gaming console, and other media devices to get content on the screen.Picture QualityAlthough the Happrun H1 does not come with intelligent image output technologies, you can get a decent image quality by correctly placing and adjusting it. On the note of image output, the unit has a native 1080p LED projector. This means that you can enjoy the content at FullHD resolution with crisp and clear details.And the Happrun H1 really delivered. Of course, to get the best possible picture, you need to make some adjustments to the focus and keystone correction. But to adjust them, it took me just a minute. Also, as the H1 offers good room for adjustments, you can make it work flawlessly in pretty much every room.Let’s not forget to mention that you can get up to a 200-inch screen with the Happrun H1. That means it’s possible to get an extremely immersive viewing experience with this projector.On-Screen Display and Advanced SettingsI loved the fact that the Happrun H1 comes with a simple and easy-to-use on-screen display (OSD). With it, you can refine the image quality and get the best viewing experience. If you want to know the specifics, the OSD greets you with a home screen where you can choose the input mode (HDMI or AV).In addition, the home screen of Happrun H1 offers you options to play audio, video, and images through USB ports. You only need to use a USB stick and put compatible media into it.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramNow, when it comes to advanced settings, the Happrun H1 lets you play around with the picture mode settings, zoom, color temperature, noise reduction, sound settings (more on that later), projection mode, and others.These will let you further tune the projection of Happrun H1 and allow you to get a much-refined picture on the screen. Also, you can use the remote control or the built-in buttons to navigate through the OSD and power the projector on and off.Built-in Stereo SpeakerSo, when I first learned that the Happrun H1 comes with a built-in speaker, I thought it would be mediocre at best. For that reason, I was prepared to hook up an external speaker. Well, to my surprise, the projector’s built-in speaker is extremely good.Not to mention, you can adjust the sound settings and tune the audio output of the Happrun H1 according to your liking. But, yes, you cannot forget that the speaker inside has small-sized drivers. So, if you need more oomph and louder sound, you have to get an external speaker installed.But the good news is that the Happrun H1 projector offers multiple options for external audio. You can use the 3.5mm port on the back to get a wired sound system installed. Alternatively, you can use Bluetooth 5.1 to connect to a wireless speaker or headphones.Get the Happrun H1 From AmazonGet the Happrun H1 From the Official SiteThings That Could Have Made the Happrun H1 Projector BetterEven though the Happrun H1 projector excels in most factors, there is room for improvement. For example:Built-in Wireless Screen Sharing FunctionI loved the fact that the Happrun H1 offers a lot of options for connecting a source. However, it would have been better if there were options for wireless screen sharing. For instance, Chromecast built-in could have eliminated the need to install a wired device to get content on screen.But yes, I can see why Happrun did not include any fancy wireless screen-sharing function in the H1. It would have increased the price of the projector.Better Projector ScreenThe included projector screen gets the job done. But it’s not of high quality. I believe Happrun included it to get you started and expects you to purchase a better one in the future.Again, if Happrun H1 had come with a better projector screen, I believe the price point would not have been this cheap.Final Thoughts on Happrun H1 ProjectorThe Breakdown 4.4 8.8 I was really happy to review this little beast. The Tecno POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition is an excellent budget gaming phone with impressive specs and features. If youre looking for an affordable gaming phone, the Tecno POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition is definitely worth considering. Battery life 8.8 Performance 8.8 Value for money 8.8 Camera 8.8 Quality 8.8 Tecno, the well known Chinese smartphone manufacturer, has recently launched its new budget gaming phone, the Tecno POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition. As a dedicated iPhone user, I was excited to try out this Android gaming phone and see if it could compete with more expensive brands like Asus and Google. In this review, we’ll take a deep dive into the specs, design, performance, cameras, battery, and Free Fire-specific features of the Tecno POVA 5. Are you ready? Let’s take a dive then!Tecno POVA 5 – Technical SpecificationsAmber Gold/Mecha Black/Hurricane BlueHelio G99 6nm Processor120Hz Refresh Rate/6.78″ FHD+ Display6000 mAh Mega Battery/45W Smart Charge50MP AI Camera256GB ROM + 8GB RAMHiOS based on Android鈩 13Height: 168.61mmWidth: 76.61mmThickness: 9.00 mm120Hz Refresh Rate/6.78″ FHD+ Display1080*24606000mAh/45W Smart Charge256GB ROM + 8GB RAM8MP Front Camera with Flash50MP Dual Rear Camera with Dual FlashG-SensorFingerprint SensorAmbient Light and Distance sensorElectronic compassGyroscopeNFCThe first thing that caught my eye was the phone’s design. The Pova 5 has a sleek and futuristic shell design inspired by classic anime mecha designs. It comes in three color options: Amber Gold, Mecha Black, and Hurricane Blue. I found the Amber Gold color to be subtle and sleek, while the Hurricane Blue option (seen in my hands below) is bolder and stands out more. The phone’s display is a huge 6.78-inch FHD+ (1080 x 2460) with a 120Hz refresh rate, making every app look bright and clear. The front camera is located in a small hole punch cutout, which doesn’t obstruct the display.PerformanceThe Tecno POVA 5 is powered by a MediaTek Helio G99 chipset, which allows for a smooth and fast experience while looking stunning. I tried out a range of games on the Pova 5, from simple puzzle games like Candy Crush to more graphically-intensive games like Honkai Star Rail. The phone had no noticeable issues with any of the games, and I was impressed by how well it ran Love Live! School Idol Festival All Stars, a game that often crashes on my iPhone. The only downside was that the Pova 5’s gaming capabilities are limited when it comes to more demanding games like Honkai Star Rail, but given its budget pricing, I have no complaints. HiOS 13’s Always-On Display is a fantastic feature that allows you to explore a new visual realm. The intelligent color system and dynamic layout combine to create new dynamic effects that feed the imagination. The Always On Display presents important information in a visually appealing, customizable layout. Information includes the weather, calendar events, and more. The customization is rich with many features, a theme shop and a dark mode. We can find a memory boost app, Phone Master – a general taking care app, a private app shop called Palm Store, a browser, Instant Apps – a very nice shortcut app to various games and apps that you can use without installing, a Community app for Tecno, various tools, and various other applications like music stores, data share apps etc. Especially in Notifications we are constantly bombarded by information and advertisement鈥 The good thing is that we can find Google Services and you can instantly start removing any application you don鈥檛 use/need. In 20-30 minutes the software is more light and user friendly. Tecno POVA 5 CamerasThe Tecno POVA 5’s cameras are surprisingly good for a budget phone. The main AI camera has a 50MP image sensor that can recognize a range of different subjects, and the photos come out bright and clear. I found that the photos were often brighter than those taken on my iPhone, which can be a blessing or a curse depending on the subject. The phone also has a suite of built-in features, including beauty and sky filters, which are fun to play around with. It also has optimized the Super Night Mode 3.0 with AI Scene Light Detection, Multi-frame Fusion Optimization Algorithm and the cutting-edge Touch-up Restoration Technology. This appropriately brightens your image to make it both clear and natural even shooting in a dark environment. There’s also a 50MP Selfie camera placed at the front, that can provide聽several interesting features for youngsters mainly:Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramCustomized beauty adjustmentSmart AISmooth skinSkin tone adjustment3D sculpting/Nose shapeEye shapeTECNO has invested a lot in the selfie camera department, and I believe the result is impressive. I really enjoyed the AR Shot, with Animoji/stickers, the face recognition software that can transform our face in an instance, the portrait restoration technique that we can find embedded and of course a seriously sick bokeh effect!Tecno POVA 5 Ready for vloggingEmpowering users to capture their coolest moments, TECNO POVA 5 Series Free Fire Special Edition features a superb 50MP AI camera for capturing in ultra-clear detail. The device also enables dual view video for vlogging life with dual perspectives, and Sky Shop to magically edit the sky with just one tap. Meanwhile, a Portrait Beauty feature lets users amplify their brilliance, while the HDR mode ensures crystal-clear quality.聽聽HiOS 13′s Certified 96KHz/24bit hi-res hi-fi sound quality creates a full and layered surround sound experience. The details are rich, and the bass is vibrant, allowing you to imagine yourself at the recording studio or a live concert. HiOS 13’s Visha Player can do so much more than before. Use gestures to Drag and Drop media and video files with no delay.Tecno POVA 5 BatteryOne of the standout features of the Tecno POVA 5 is its long-lasting battery life. The phone has a 6000 mAh battery that can last all day, even with graphically-intensive games. The phone also has a fast recharge time and can be fully charged in just an hour. I was impressed by the phone’s ability to act as a power bank in a pinch, which is a handy feature to have when you’re out and about.I was happily impressed by the charging speed. The brand new Type-C 45W wall charger is a welcomed addition to the setup. It provides 1,5 hours for a full charge!聽The STS coating technology ensures safety by preventing dangerous internal short circuits caused by direct contact between aluminum foil and anode, providing you with complete peace of mind.Free Fire-Specific FeaturesThe Tecno POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition is a collaboration with Garena’s popular game Free Fire. The phone is based on the character Kelly and comes in a specially designed themed box featuring the character. You also get a clear phone case and a sheet of Kelly-themed stickers to customize your device. The phone’s wallpapers, ringtones, and app icons are all themed around Kelly and her companions. She’s聽a passionate runner with extreme speed and incredible stamina 鈥 this perfectly aligns with the ultimate power system and the incomparable performance of the POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition that would grant players a randomized in-game wearable or tool.As someone who hasn’t played Free Fire extensively, I found the tie-ins to be subtle enough that they didn’t detract from the phone’s overall design.I also experienced immersive and full-bodied sound with dual speakers, certified by DTS and Sony Hi-Res. I really enjoyed the pure audio quality that restores the essence of sound.Pricing and AvailabilityDetails about the availability and pricing of the Tecno POVA 5 Free Fire Special Edition were not listed on the company’s official website at the time of writing. According to reports, the phone will be available in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America soon. Tecno Pova 4 was launched in India in December last year with a price tag of Rs. 11,999 for the single 8GB RAM + 128GB onboard storage variant.Conclusion
The Breakdown 4.6 9.2 If you are looking for a speaker that can deliver rich and distortion-free bass, wide soundstage and beautifully executed highs, mids, and lows, then you should check out the Tronsmart Halo 200. This speaker has party-focused features such as Karaoke and guitar inputs, as well as versatile connectivity options such as Bluetooth, USB, and AUX. You can also enjoy up to 18 hours of battery life and sync the party lights with the music for a more immersive experience. The Tronsmart Halo 200 is basically the ultimate speaker for any occasion. Sound Performance 9.2 Battery Life 9.2 Design and Outlook 9.2 Connectivity Options 9.2 Ease of Use 9.2 Value for Money 9.2 Pros Rich and distortion-free bass.Wide soundstage and beautifully executed highs, mids, and lows.Party-focused Karaoke and guitar features.Versatile connectivity.Great battery life.Party lights. Cons SBC codec instead of aptX.IPX4 rating.Lack of advanced light customization options. A party without music is not a party worth being in. And when it comes to party music, you have two options: get a costly setup that would clutter your room with wires or grab a reasonably-priced good wireless speaker. It goes without saying that the second option is what most will choose, which is precisely where Tronsmart Halo 200 steps in.If you have not heard about Tronsmart, it is an audio-focused brand that has been offering high-quality speakers for ten years now. And if you look into the brand’s portfolio, you will see Tronsmart has a good range of wireless speakers that are not only reasonably priced but also packed with features. The same holds true for the Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker.Now, I’ve been lucky enough to experience all the great things that the Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker has to bring to the table. And if you’re considering the wireless party speaker, here’s all you need to know.What’s Included in the BoxTronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker2 x wireless microphones with silicone protectors (varies with the version you choose)Charging cableAux cableUser manualWarranty cardHere, you need to note that the Halo 200 comes in three versions. One is just the speaker, which does not come with any microphones. The second is the speaker with one microphone. And the last one is a speaker with two wireless microphones, which is the version I have with me.Grab the Tronsmart Halo 200 From AmazonGet the Tronsmart Halo 200 From the Official Site Everything I Loved About the Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party SpeakerI must admit, Tronsmart did a really good job with the Halo 200 wireless speaker. It does many things better than most of the other Bluetooth party speakers I have tried. Let me give you a rundown:Party-focused LooksTronsmart knows what it is doing with its party speakers. First of all, the Tronsmart Halo 200 comes with a premium build. Its sleek black color coating makes it blend exceptionally well in any setup. As you can see from the picture below, it even made my messy workstation look amazing.Secondly, it comes with party lights, a crucial feature a party speaker should have. What’s more important is that you get to choose between five different lighting modes. And they all sync with the music. You can check out the light syncing mechanism with the video I have attached below.120W of Room-filling and Detail Rich SoundThe Tronsmart Halo 200 Party Speaker comes with a three-way sound system. Its driver configuration can produce powerful bass, great treble, superb highs, and excellent mid-range sound. As a matter of fact, I discovered some hidden details from one of my favorite tracks on this speaker. Yes, it is that good!Another important highlight is that the Tronsmart Halo 200 comes with SoundPulse tech. You can activate it with the button on the speaker’s top. Once activated, this proprietary tech will eliminate noise and harmonic distortion from the output.Moreover, the SoundPulse tech broadens the sound range and makes the audio feel even richer than before. And let’s not forget to mention that the SoundPulse tech of Halo 200 can also pump up the bass. So, if you like to get powerful oomph from the music you listen to, the SoundPulse tech will be a game changer.Versatile Connectivity Options of Tronsmart Halo 200 Party SpeakerWhile receiving the package, I was expecting the Tronsmart Halo 200 Party Karaoke Speaker to feature multiple connectivity options. And truth be told, it surpassed my expectations. Not only there’s the latest Bluetooth 5.3, but you also have the option to use the bundled aux cable to play music in the wired mode.Do you not have a phone nearby or any other audio source nearby? Why not sing your own music? There are two dedicated inputs for getting wired microphones or a guitar hooked up with the Tronsmart Halo 200. With these ports, you and your friends can have a fully immersive Karaoke experience.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramAlternatively, you can use the USB port to play music from local storage. On that note, this USB port can have power passthrough, which makes the large internal battery act like a power bank. Tronsmart really thought about everything!Easy Setup and Hassle-free App ControlsOne thing that’s a deal breaker for me is lackluster controls and app support. Thankfully, Tronsmart Halo 200 bundles with an easy-to-use app. As you can see from the screenshots below, setting the speaker up and controlling its sound output is pretty easy. The UI of the app is straightforward, and you will find all the controls laid out in front of you. But what can you do with the app? You can:Control the playbackAdjust the volumeSet a predefined equalizer or customize your own EQChange the playing modes (Bluetooth, Aux, or USB)Enable stereo pairingTurn the Broadcast mode on (TC button)Here, stereo pairing lets you pair two Tronsmart Halo 200 speakers connect with each other. This will give a True Wireless Stereo (TWS) sound. And with the broadcast mode (TC button), you can sync with up to 100 speakers. Yeap, it’s possible to build a fully-fledged party setup with this wireless speaker.And did I mention that the app is available for both Android and iOS devices? So, it does not matter which operating system your phone is running on. That said, if you do not want to control the speaker with the app, there are physical controls on the top. They are easy to use too.All-Day Battery Life of Tronsmart Halo 200I was a bit bummed not to find any USB-C charging port on the Tronsmart Halo 200. But it all made sense when I saw that the speaker could offer up to 18 hours of runtime and charge in just 3.5 hours. Of course, I should also mention that the speaker has an output rating of 120W, which requires a robust power/charging system. So, the AC port is the right pick from Tronsmart in this regard.Nonetheless, the fact that the Halo 200 can offer up to 18 hours of run time means that you can listen to music all day, and the speaker will still have some juice left. And the great part is that you can monitor the battery level from the app and with the battery indicator placed on the top of the speaker.Things I Would Have Loved to See In the Tronsmart Halo 200 Wireless Party SpeakerEven though the Tronsmart Halo 200 is great for all that it comes with, there are some features that I would have loved to see it coming with. First of all, more advanced light controls for the party lights would have been nice. For example, the ability to keep the lights in a single-color mode with a pulsing effect.Secondly, the IP rating is IPX4, which is good enough for water splashes. But, in my opinion, an IPX6 rating for a portable party speaker such as the Halo 200 would be better.Finally, I noticed that the Tronsmart Halo 200 speaker utilizes SBC in Bluetooth mode. While I did not face any issues while wirelessly playing music with my phone, aptX support could have improved the wireless connection. To be exact, aptX could have made the speaker sound even better.Final Thoughts on Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party SpeakerIn short, the Tronsmart Halo 200 is an absolute party monster. It comes loaded with features that will take your wireless listening experience to the next level. And it’s a great karaoke speaker too.The Breakdown 4.6 9.2 If you are looking for a speaker that can deliver rich and distortion-free bass, wide soundstage and beautifully executed highs, mids, and lows, then you should check out the Tronsmart Halo 200. This speaker has party-focused features such as Karaoke and guitar inputs, as well as versatile connectivity options such as Bluetooth, USB, and AUX. You can also enjoy up to 18 hours of battery life and sync the party lights with the music for a more immersive experience. The Tronsmart Halo 200 is basically the ultimate speaker for any occasion. Sound Performance 9.2 Battery Life 9.2 Design and Outlook 9.2 Connectivity Options 9.2 Ease of Use 9.2 Value for Money 9.2 Pros Rich and distortion-free bass.Wide soundstage and beautifully executed highs, mids, and lows.Party-focused Karaoke and guitar features.Versatile connectivity.Great battery life.Party lights. Cons SBC codec instead of aptX.IPX4 rating.Lack of advanced light customization options. A party without music is not a party worth being in. And when it comes to party music, you have two options: get a costly setup that would clutter your room with wires or grab a reasonably-priced good wireless speaker. It goes without saying that the second option is what most will choose, which is precisely where Tronsmart Halo 200 steps in.If you have not heard about Tronsmart, it is an audio-focused brand that has been offering high-quality speakers for ten years now. And if you look into the brand’s portfolio, you will see Tronsmart has a good range of wireless speakers that are not only reasonably priced but also packed with features. The same holds true for the Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker.Now, I’ve been lucky enough to experience all the great things that the Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker has to bring to the table. And if you’re considering the wireless party speaker, here’s all you need to know.What’s Included in the BoxTronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party Speaker2 x wireless microphones with silicone protectors (varies with the version you choose)Charging cableAux cableUser manualWarranty cardHere, you need to note that the Halo 200 comes in three versions. One is just the speaker, which does not come with any microphones. The second is the speaker with one microphone. And the last one is a speaker with two wireless microphones, which is the version I have with me.Grab the Tronsmart Halo 200 From AmazonGet the Tronsmart Halo 200 From the Official Site Everything I Loved About the Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party SpeakerI must admit, Tronsmart did a really good job with the Halo 200 wireless speaker. It does many things better than most of the other Bluetooth party speakers I have tried. Let me give you a rundown:Party-focused LooksTronsmart knows what it is doing with its party speakers. First of all, the Tronsmart Halo 200 comes with a premium build. Its sleek black color coating makes it blend exceptionally well in any setup. As you can see from the picture below, it even made my messy workstation look amazing.Secondly, it comes with party lights, a crucial feature a party speaker should have. What’s more important is that you get to choose between five different lighting modes. And they all sync with the music. You can check out the light syncing mechanism with the video I have attached below.120W of Room-filling and Detail Rich SoundThe Tronsmart Halo 200 Party Speaker comes with a three-way sound system. Its driver configuration can produce powerful bass, great treble, superb highs, and excellent mid-range sound. As a matter of fact, I discovered some hidden details from one of my favorite tracks on this speaker. Yes, it is that good!Another important highlight is that the Tronsmart Halo 200 comes with SoundPulse tech. You can activate it with the button on the speaker’s top. Once activated, this proprietary tech will eliminate noise and harmonic distortion from the output.Moreover, the SoundPulse tech broadens the sound range and makes the audio feel even richer than before. And let’s not forget to mention that the SoundPulse tech of Halo 200 can also pump up the bass. So, if you like to get powerful oomph from the music you listen to, the SoundPulse tech will be a game changer.Versatile Connectivity Options of Tronsmart Halo 200 Party SpeakerWhile receiving the package, I was expecting the Tronsmart Halo 200 Party Karaoke Speaker to feature multiple connectivity options. And truth be told, it surpassed my expectations. Not only there’s the latest Bluetooth 5.3, but you also have the option to use the bundled aux cable to play music in the wired mode.Do you not have a phone nearby or any other audio source nearby? Why not sing your own music? There are two dedicated inputs for getting wired microphones or a guitar hooked up with the Tronsmart Halo 200. With these ports, you and your friends can have a fully immersive Karaoke experience.Gizchina News of the week Join GizChina on TelegramAlternatively, you can use the USB port to play music from local storage. On that note, this USB port can have power passthrough, which makes the large internal battery act like a power bank. Tronsmart really thought about everything!Easy Setup and Hassle-free App ControlsOne thing that’s a deal breaker for me is lackluster controls and app support. Thankfully, Tronsmart Halo 200 bundles with an easy-to-use app. As you can see from the screenshots below, setting the speaker up and controlling its sound output is pretty easy. The UI of the app is straightforward, and you will find all the controls laid out in front of you. But what can you do with the app? You can:Control the playbackAdjust the volumeSet a predefined equalizer or customize your own EQChange the playing modes (Bluetooth, Aux, or USB)Enable stereo pairingTurn the Broadcast mode on (TC button)Here, stereo pairing lets you pair two Tronsmart Halo 200 speakers connect with each other. This will give a True Wireless Stereo (TWS) sound. And with the broadcast mode (TC button), you can sync with up to 100 speakers. Yeap, it’s possible to build a fully-fledged party setup with this wireless speaker.And did I mention that the app is available for both Android and iOS devices? So, it does not matter which operating system your phone is running on. That said, if you do not want to control the speaker with the app, there are physical controls on the top. They are easy to use too.All-Day Battery Life of Tronsmart Halo 200I was a bit bummed not to find any USB-C charging port on the Tronsmart Halo 200. But it all made sense when I saw that the speaker could offer up to 18 hours of runtime and charge in just 3.5 hours. Of course, I should also mention that the speaker has an output rating of 120W, which requires a robust power/charging system. So, the AC port is the right pick from Tronsmart in this regard.Nonetheless, the fact that the Halo 200 can offer up to 18 hours of run time means that you can listen to music all day, and the speaker will still have some juice left. And the great part is that you can monitor the battery level from the app and with the battery indicator placed on the top of the speaker.Things I Would Have Loved to See In the Tronsmart Halo 200 Wireless Party SpeakerEven though the Tronsmart Halo 200 is great for all that it comes with, there are some features that I would have loved to see it coming with. First of all, more advanced light controls for the party lights would have been nice. For example, the ability to keep the lights in a single-color mode with a pulsing effect.Secondly, the IP rating is IPX4, which is good enough for water splashes. But, in my opinion, an IPX6 rating for a portable party speaker such as the Halo 200 would be better.Finally, I noticed that the Tronsmart Halo 200 speaker utilizes SBC in Bluetooth mode. While I did not face any issues while wirelessly playing music with my phone, aptX support could have improved the wireless connection. To be exact, aptX could have made the speaker sound even better.Final Thoughts on Tronsmart Halo 200 Karaoke Party SpeakerIn short, the Tronsmart Halo 200 is an absolute party monster. It comes loaded with features that will take your wireless listening experience to the next level. And it’s a great karaoke speaker too.
还没有评论，来说两句吧...